Ignore:
Timestamp:
Jan 15, 2010, 8:21:06 AM (16 years ago)
Author:
Herwig Bauernfeind
Message:

Update Samba 3.3 to 3.3.10 (docs)

Location:
branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages
Files:
83 edited

Legend:

Unmodified
Added
Removed

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/cifs.upcall.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: cifs.upcall
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "CIFS\&.UPCALL" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "CIFS\&.UPCALL" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022cifs.upcall \- Userspace upcall helper for Common Internet File System (CIFS)
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCcifs\&.upcall\F[] [\-c] [\-v] {keyid}
    175 .fam
     25cifs\&.upcall [\-\-trust\-dns|\-t] [\-\-version|\-v] {keyid}
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18838\-c
    18939.RS 4
    190 When handling a kerberos upcall, use a service principal that starts with "cifs/"\&. The default is to use the "host/" service principal\&.
     40This option is deprecated and is currently ignored\&.
    19141.RE
    19242.PP
    193 \-v
     43\-\-trust\-dns|\-t
     44.RS 4
     45With krb5 upcalls, the name used as the host portion of the service principal defaults to the hostname portion of the UNC\&. This option allows the upcall program to reverse resolve the network address of the server in order to get the hostname\&.
     46.sp
     47This is less secure than not trusting DNS\&. When using this option, it\'s possible that an attacker could get control of DNS and trick the client into mounting a different server altogether\&. It\'s preferable to instead add server principals to the KDC for every possible hostname, but this option exists for cases where that isn\'t possible\&. The default is to not trust reverse hostname lookups in this fashion\&.
     48.RE
     49.PP
     50\-\-version|\-v
    19451.RS 4
    19552Print version number and exit\&.
    … …  
    21471.RS 4
    21572.\}
    216 .fam C
    217 .ps -1
    21873.nf
    219 .if t \{\
    220 .sp -1
    221 .\}
    222 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    223 .sp -1
    224 
    22574#OPERATION  TYPE           D C PROGRAM ARG1 ARG2\&.\&.\&.
    226 #=========  =============  = = ==========================================
    227 create      cifs\&.spnego    * * /usr/local/sbin/cifs\&.upcall \-c %k
     75#=========  =============  = = ================================
     76create      cifs\&.spnego    * * /usr/local/sbin/cifs\&.upcall %k
    22877create      dns_resolver   * * /usr/local/sbin/cifs\&.upcall %k
    229 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    230 .if t \{\
    231 .sp 1
    232 .\}
    23378.fi
    234 .fam
    235 .ps +1
    23679.if n \{\
    23780.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/eventlogadm.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: eventlogadm
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "EVENTLOGADM" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "EVENTLOGADM" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022eventlogadm \- push records into the Samba event log store
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCeventlogadm\F[] [\fB\-d\fR] [\fB\-h\fR] \fB\-o\fR\ \FCaddsource\F[]\ \fIEVENTLOG\fR\ \fISOURCENAME\fR\ \fIMSGFILE\fR
    175 .fam
    176 .fam C
     25eventlogadm [\fB\-d\fR] [\fB\-h\fR] \fB\-o\fR\ addsource\ \fIEVENTLOG\fR\ \fISOURCENAME\fR\ \fIMSGFILE\fR
    17726.HP \w'\ 'u
    178 \FCeventlogadm\F[] [\fB\-d\fR] [\fB\-h\fR] \fB\-o\fR\ \FCwrite\F[]\ \fIEVENTLOG\fR
    179 .fam
     27eventlogadm [\fB\-d\fR] [\fB\-h\fR] \fB\-o\fR\ write\ \fIEVENTLOG\fR
    18028.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    18129.PP
    … …  
    18432suite\&.
    18533.PP
    186 \FCeventlogadm\F[]
     34eventlogadm
    18735is a filter that accepts formatted event log records on standard input and writes them to the Samba event log store\&. Windows client can then manipulate these record using the usual administration tools\&.
    18836.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    19139.RS 4
    19240The
    193 \FC\-d\F[]
     41\-d
    19442option causes
    195 \FCeventlogadm\F[]
     43eventlogadm
    19644to emit debugging information\&.
    19745.RE
    19846.PP
    199 \fB\-o\fR \FCaddsource\F[] \fIEVENTLOG\fR \fISOURCENAME\fR \fIMSGFILE\fR
     47\fB\-o\fR addsource \fIEVENTLOG\fR \fISOURCENAME\fR \fIMSGFILE\fR
    20048.RS 4
    20149The
    202 \FC\-o addsource\F[]
     50\-o addsource
    20351option creates a new event log source\&.
    20452.RE
    20553.PP
    206 \fB\-o\fR \FCwrite\F[] \fIEVENTLOG\fR
     54\fB\-o\fR write \fIEVENTLOG\fR
    20755.RS 4
    20856The
    209 \FC\-o write\F[]
     57\-o write
    21058reads event log records from standard input and writes them to the Samba event log store named by EVENTLOG\&.
    21159.RE
    … …  
    21866.PP
    21967For the write operation,
    220 \FCeventlogadm\F[]
     68eventlogadm
    22169expects to be able to read structured records from standard input\&. These records are a sequence of lines, with the record key and data separated by a colon character\&. Records are separated by at least one or more blank line\&.
    22270.PP
    … …  
    23280.\}
    23381
    234 \FCLEN\F[]
     82LEN
    23583\- This field should be 0, since
    236 \FCeventlogadm\F[]
     84eventlogadm
    23785will calculate this value\&.
    23886.RE
    … …  
    24795.\}
    24896
    249 \FCRS1\F[]
     97RS1
    25098\- This must be the value 1699505740\&.
    25199.RE
    … …  
    260108.\}
    261109
    262 \FCRCN\F[]
     110RCN
    263111\- This field should be 0\&.
    264112.RE
    … …  
    273121.\}
    274122
    275 \FCTMG\F[]
     123TMG
    276124\- The time the eventlog record was generated; format is the number of seconds since 00:00:00 January 1, 1970, UTC\&.
    277125.RE
    … …  
    286134.\}
    287135
    288 \FCTMW\F[]
     136TMW
    289137\- The time the eventlog record was written; format is the number of seconds since 00:00:00 January 1, 1970, UTC\&.
    290138.RE
    … …  
    299147.\}
    300148
    301 \FCEID\F[]
     149EID
    302150\- The eventlog ID\&.
    303151.RE
    … …  
    312160.\}
    313161
    314 \FCETP\F[]
     162ETP
    315163\- The event type \-\- one of "INFO", "ERROR", "WARNING", "AUDIT SUCCESS" or "AUDIT FAILURE"\&.
    316164.RE
    … …  
    325173.\}
    326174
    327 \FCECT\F[]
     175ECT
    328176\- The event category; this depends on the message file\&. It is primarily used as a means of filtering in the eventlog viewer\&.
    329177.RE
    … …  
    338186.\}
    339187
    340 \FCRS2\F[]
     188RS2
    341189\- This field should be 0\&.
    342190.RE
    … …  
    351199.\}
    352200
    353 \FCCRN\F[]
     201CRN
    354202\- This field should be 0\&.
    355203.RE
    … …  
    364212.\}
    365213
    366 \FCUSL\F[]
     214USL
    367215\- This field should be 0\&.
    368216.RE
    … …  
    377225.\}
    378226
    379 \FCSRC\F[]
     227SRC
    380228\- This field contains the source name associated with the event log\&. If a message file is used with an event log, there will be a registry entry for associating this source name with a message file DLL\&.
    381229.RE
    … …  
    390238.\}
    391239
    392 \FCSRN\F[]
     240SRN
    393241\- The name of the machine on which the eventlog was generated\&. This is typically the host name\&.
    394242.RE
    … …  
    403251.\}
    404252
    405 \FCSTR\F[]
     253STR
    406254\- The text associated with the eventlog\&. There may be more than one string in a record\&.
    407255.RE
    … …  
    416264.\}
    417265
    418 \FCDAT\F[]
     266DAT
    419267\- This field should be left unset\&.
    420268.SH "EXAMPLES"
    421269.PP
    422270An example of the record format accepted by
    423 \FCeventlogadm\F[]:
    424 .sp
    425 .if n \{\
    426 .RS 4
    427 .\}
    428 .fam C
    429 .ps -1
     271eventlogadm:
     272.sp
     273.if n \{\
     274.RS 4
     275.\}
    430276.nf
    431 .if t \{\
    432 .sp -1
    433 .\}
    434 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    435 .sp -1
    436 
    437277        LEN: 0
    438278        RS1: 1699505740
    … …  
    451291        DAT:
    452292       
    453 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    454 .if t \{\
    455 .sp 1
    456 .\}
    457293.fi
    458 .fam
    459 .ps +1
    460294.if n \{\
    461295.RE
    … …  
    467301.RS 4
    468302.\}
    469 .fam C
    470 .ps -1
    471303.nf
    472 .if t \{\
    473 .sp -1
    474 .\}
    475 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    476 .sp -1
    477 
    478304        eventlogadm \-o addsource Application MyApplication | \e\e
    479305                %SystemRoot%/system32/MyApplication\&.dll
    480306       
    481 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    482 .if t \{\
    483 .sp 1
    484 .\}
    485307.fi
    486 .fam
    487 .ps +1
    488308.if n \{\
    489309.RE
    … …  
    495315.RS 4
    496316.\}
    497 .fam C
    498 .ps -1
    499317.nf
    500 .if t \{\
    501 .sp -1
    502 .\}
    503 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    504 .sp -1
    505 
    506318        tail \-f /var/log/messages | \e\e
    507319                my_program_to_parse_into_eventlog_records | \e\e
    508320                eventlogadm SystemLogEvents
    509321       
    510 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    511 .if t \{\
    512 .sp 1
    513 .\}
    514322.fi
    515 .fam
    516 .ps +1
    517323.if n \{\
    518324.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/findsmb.1

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: findsmb
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: User Commands
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "FINDSMB" "1" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "FINDSMB" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022findsmb \- list info about machines that respond to SMB name queries on a subnet
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCfindsmb\F[] [subnet\ broadcast\ address]
    175 .fam
     25findsmb [subnet\ broadcast\ address]
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18030suite\&.
    18131.PP
    182 \FCfindsmb\F[]
     32findsmb
    18333is a perl script that prints out several pieces of information about machines on a subnet that respond to SMB name query requests\&. It uses
    18434\fBnmblookup\fR(1)
    … …  
    19141.RS 4
    19242Controls whether
    193 \FCfindsmb\F[]
     43findsmb
    19444takes bugs in Windows95 into account when trying to find a Netbios name registered of the remote machine\&. This option is disabled by default because it is specific to Windows 95 and Windows 95 machines only\&. If set,
    19545\fBnmblookup\fR(1)
    … …  
    20252.RS 4
    20353Without this option,
    204 \FCfindsmb \F[]
     54findsmb
    20555will probe the subnet of the machine where
    20656\fBfindsmb\fR(1)
    … …  
    21464.PP
    21565The output of
    216 \FCfindsmb\F[]
     66findsmb
    21767lists the following information for all machines that respond to the initial
    218 \FCnmblookup\F[]
     68nmblookup
    21969for any name: IP address, NetBIOS name, Workgroup name, operating system, and SMB server version\&.
    22070.PP
    … …  
    22676\fBnmbd\fR(8)
    22777running\&. If
    228 \FCnmbd\F[]
     78nmbd
    22979is running on the system, you will only get the IP address and the DNS name of the machine\&. To get proper responses from Windows 95 and Windows 98 machines, the command must be run as root and with
    23080\fB\-r\fR
    23181option on a machine without
    232 \FCnmbd\F[]
     82nmbd
    23383running\&.
    23484.PP
    23585For example, running
    236 \FCfindsmb\F[]
     86findsmb
    23787without
    23888\fB\-r\fR
    … …  
    24292.RS 4
    24393.\}
    244 .fam C
    245 .ps -1
    24694.nf
    247 .if t \{\
    248 .sp -1
    249 .\}
    250 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    251 .sp -1
    252 
    25395IP ADDR         NETBIOS NAME   WORKGROUP/OS/VERSION
    25496\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-
    … …  
    263105192\&.168\&.35\&.93   FROGSTAR\-PC    [MVENGR] [Windows 5\&.0] [Windows 2000 LAN Manager]
    264106192\&.168\&.35\&.97   HERBNT1       *[HERB\-NT] [Windows NT 4\&.0] [NT LAN Manager 4\&.0]
    265 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    266 .if t \{\
    267 .sp 1
    268 .\}
    269107.fi
    270 .fam
    271 .ps +1
    272108.if n \{\
    273109.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/idmap_ad.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: idmap_ad
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "IDMAP_AD" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "IDMAP_AD" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022idmap_ad \- Samba\'s idmap_ad Backend for Winbind
    17123.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    … …  
    19042.RS 4
    19143.\}
    192 .fam C
    193 .ps -1
    19444.nf
    195 .if t \{\
    196 .sp -1
    197 .\}
    198 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    199 .sp -1
    200 
    20145        [global]
    20246        idmap backend = tdb
    … …  
    20751        idmap config CORP : range = 1000\-999999
    20852       
    209 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    210 .if t \{\
    211 .sp 1
    212 .\}
    21353.fi
    214 .fam
    215 .ps +1
    21654.if n \{\
    21755.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/idmap_adex.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: idmap_adex
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "IDMAP_ADEX" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "IDMAP_ADEX" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022idmap_adex \- Samba\'s idmap_adex Backend for Winbind
    17123.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    … …  
    18638.RS 4
    18739.\}
    188 .fam C
    189 .ps -1
    19040.nf
    191 .if t \{\
    192 .sp -1
    193 .\}
    194 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    195 .sp -1
    196 
    19741        [global]
    19842        idmap backend = adex
    … …  
    20347        winbind normalize names = yes
    20448       
    205 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    206 .if t \{\
    207 .sp 1
    208 .\}
    20949.fi
    210 .fam
    211 .ps +1
    21250.if n \{\
    21351.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/idmap_hash.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: idmap_hash
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "IDMAP_HASH" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "IDMAP_HASH" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022idmap_hash \- Samba\'s idmap_hash Backend for Winbind
    17123.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    … …  
    18739.RS 4
    18840.\}
    189 .fam C
    190 .ps -1
    19141.nf
    192 .if t \{\
    193 .sp -1
    194 .\}
    195 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    196 .sp -1
    197 
    19842        [global]
    19943        idmap backend = hash
    … …  
    20549        idmap_hash:name_map = /etc/samba/name_map\&.cfg
    20650       
    207 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    208 .if t \{\
    209 .sp 1
    210 .\}
    21151.fi
    212 .fam
    213 .ps +1
    21452.if n \{\
    21553.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/idmap_ldap.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: idmap_ldap
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "IDMAP_LDAP" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "IDMAP_LDAP" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022idmap_ldap \- Samba\'s idmap_ldap Backend for Winbind
    17123.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    … …  
    22375.RS 4
    22476.\}
    225 .fam C
    226 .ps -1
    22777.nf
    228 .if t \{\
    229 .sp -1
    230 .\}
    231 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    232 .sp -1
    233 
    23478        [global]
    23579        idmap backend = ldap:ldap://localhost/
    … …  
    24185        idmap alloc config : ldap_base_dn = ou=idmap,dc=example,dc=com
    24286       
    243 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    244 .if t \{\
    245 .sp 1
    246 .\}
    24787.fi
    248 .fam
    249 .ps +1
    25088.if n \{\
    25189.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/idmap_nss.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: idmap_nss
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "IDMAP_NSS" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "IDMAP_NSS" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022idmap_nss \- Samba\'s idmap_nss Backend for Winbind
    17123.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    … …  
    17931.RS 4
    18032.\}
    181 .fam C
    182 .ps -1
    18333.nf
    184 .if t \{\
    185 .sp -1
    186 .\}
    187 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    188 .sp -1
    189 
    19034        [global]
    19135        idmap backend = tdb
    … …  
    19640        idmap config SAMBA : range = 1000\-999999
    19741       
    198 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    199 .if t \{\
    200 .sp 1
    201 .\}
    20242.fi
    203 .fam
    204 .ps +1
    20543.if n \{\
    20644.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/idmap_rid.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: idmap_rid
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "IDMAP_RID" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "IDMAP_RID" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022idmap_rid \- Samba\'s idmap_rid Backend for Winbind
    17123.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    … …  
    19244.RS 4
    19345.\}
    194 .fam C
    195 .ps -1
    19646.nf
    197 .if t \{\
    198 .sp -1
    199 .\}
    200 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    201 .sp -1
    202 
    20347        [global]
    20448        idmap backend = tdb
    … …  
    20953        idmap config TRUSTED : range    = 50000 \- 99999
    21054       
    211 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    212 .if t \{\
    213 .sp 1
    214 .\}
    21555.fi
    216 .fam
    217 .ps +1
    21856.if n \{\
    21957.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/idmap_tdb.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: idmap_tdb
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "IDMAP_TDB" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "IDMAP_TDB" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022idmap_tdb \- Samba\'s idmap_tdb Backend for Winbind
    17123.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    … …  
    19244.RS 4
    19345.\}
    194 .fam C
    195 .ps -1
    19646.nf
    197 .if t \{\
    198 .sp -1
    199 .\}
    200 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    201 .sp -1
    202 
    20347        [global]
    20448        # "idmap backend = tdb" is redundant here since it is the default
    … …  
    20751        idmap gid = 1000000\-2000000
    20852       
    209 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    210 .if t \{\
    211 .sp 1
    212 .\}
    21353.fi
    214 .fam
    215 .ps +1
    21654.if n \{\
    21755.RE
    … …  
    22361.RS 4
    22462.\}
    225 .fam C
    226 .ps -1
    22763.nf
    228 .if t \{\
    229 .sp -1
    230 .\}
    231 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    232 .sp -1
    233 
    23464        [global]
    23565        idmap backend = ldap
    … …  
    24272        idmap config DOM1 : range = 1000000\-2000000
    24373       
    244 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    245 .if t \{\
    246 .sp 1
    247 .\}
    24874.fi
    249 .fam
    250 .ps +1
    25175.if n \{\
    25276.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/idmap_tdb2.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: idmap_tdb2
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "IDMAP_TDB2" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "IDMAP_TDB2" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022idmap_tdb2 \- Samba\'s idmap_tdb2 Backend for Winbind
    17123.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    … …  
    19345.RS 4
    19446.\}
    195 .fam C
    196 .ps -1
    19747.nf
    198 .if t \{\
    199 .sp -1
    200 .\}
    201 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    202 .sp -1
    203 
    20448        SIDTOID S\-1\-xxxx
    20549        IDTOSID UID xxxx
    20650        IDTOSID GID xxxx
    20751       
    208 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    209 .if t \{\
    210 .sp 1
    211 .\}
    21252.fi
    213 .fam
    214 .ps +1
    21553.if n \{\
    21654.RE
    … …  
    22260.RS 4
    22361.\}
    224 .fam C
    225 .ps -1
    22662.nf
    227 .if t \{\
    228 .sp -1
    229 .\}
    230 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    231 .sp -1
    232 
    23363        UID:yyyy
    23464        GID:yyyy
    … …  
    23666        ERR:yyyy
    23767       
    238 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    239 .if t \{\
    240 .sp 1
    241 .\}
    24268.fi
    243 .fam
    244 .ps +1
    24569.if n \{\
    24670.RE
    … …  
    25579.RS 4
    25680.\}
    257 .fam C
    258 .ps -1
    25981.nf
    260 .if t \{\
    261 .sp -1
    262 .\}
    263 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    264 .sp -1
    265 
    26682        [global]
    26783        idmap backend = tdb2
    … …  
    26985        idmap gid = 1000000\-2000000
    27086       
    271 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    272 .if t \{\
    273 .sp 1
    274 .\}
    27587.fi
    276 .fam
    277 .ps +1
    27888.if n \{\
    27989.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/ldb.3

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: ldb
    23.\"    Author: [see the "Author" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: C Library Functions
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "LDB" "3" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "C Library Functions"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "LDB" "3" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "C Library Functions"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022ldb \- A light\-weight database library
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .sp
    173 .fam C
    174 .ps -1
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
     24.sp
    17525.nf
    17626#include <ldb\&.h>
    17727.fi
    178 .fam
    179 .ps +1
    180 .SH "description"
     28.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    18129.PP
    18230ldb is a light weight embedded database library and API\&. With a programming interface that is very similar to LDAP, ldb can store its data either in a tdb(3) database or in a real LDAP database\&.
    … …  
    581429\fBldb_set_debug_stderr(3)\fR
    582430\- set a debug handler for stderr output
    583 .SH "Author"
     431.SH "AUTHOR"
    584432.PP
    585433ldb was written by

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/ldbadd.1

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: ldbadd
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: User Commands
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "LDBADD" "1" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "LDBADD" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022ldbadd \- Command\-line utility for adding records to an LDB
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCldbadd\F[] [\-h] [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [ldif\-file1] [ldif\-file2] [\&.\&.\&.]
    175 .fam
     25ldbadd [\-h] [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [ldif\-file1] [ldif\-file2] [\&.\&.\&.]
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/ldbdel.1

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: ldbdel
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: User Commands
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "LDBDEL" "1" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "LDBDEL" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022ldbdel \- Command\-line program for deleting LDB records
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCldbdel\F[] [\-h] [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [dn] [\&.\&.\&.]
    175 .fam
     25ldbdel [\-h] [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [dn] [\&.\&.\&.]
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/ldbedit.1

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: ldbedit
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: User Commands
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "LDBEDIT" "1" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "LDBEDIT" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022ldbedit \- Edit LDB databases using your preferred editor
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCldbedit\F[] [\-?] [\-\-usage] [\-s\ base|one|sub] [\-b\ basedn] [\-a] [\-e\ editor] [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [expression] [attributes...]
    175 .fam
     25ldbedit [\-?] [\-\-usage] [\-s\ base|one|sub] [\-b\ basedn] [\-a] [\-e\ editor] [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [expression] [attributes...]
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/ldbmodify.1

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: ldbmodify
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: User Commands
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "LDBMODIFY" "1" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "LDBMODIFY" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022ldbmodify \- Modify records in a LDB database
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCldbmodify\F[] [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [ldif\-file]
    175 .fam
     25ldbmodify [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [ldif\-file]
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/ldbrename.1

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: ldbrename
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: [FIXME: manual]
    67.\"    Source: [FIXME: source]
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "LDBRENAME" "1" "10/12/2009" "[FIXME: source]" "[FIXME: manual]"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "LDBRENAME" "1" "01/14/2010" "[FIXME: source]" "[FIXME: manual]"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022ldbrename \- Edit LDB databases using your favorite editor
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCldbrename\F[] [\-h] [\-o\ options] {olddn} {newdb}
    175 .fam
     25ldbrename [\-h] [\-o\ options] {olddn} {newdb}
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/ldbsearch.1

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: ldbsearch
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: User Commands
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "LDBSEARCH" "1" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "LDBSEARCH" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022ldbsearch \- Search for records in a LDB database
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCldbsearch\F[] [\-h] [\-s\ base|one|sub] [\-b\ basedn] [\-i] [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [expression] [attributes]
    175 .fam
     25ldbsearch [\-h] [\-s\ base|one|sub] [\-b\ basedn] [\-i] [\-H\ LDB\-URL] [expression] [attributes]
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/libsmbclient.7

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: libsmbclient
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: 7
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "LIBSMBCLIENT" "7" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "7"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "LIBSMBCLIENT" "7" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "7"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022libsmbclient \- An extension library for browsers and that can be used as a generic browsing API\&.
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    17425.PP
    17526Browser URL:
    176 \FCsmb://[[[domain:]user[:password@]]server[/share[/path[/file]]]] [?options] \F[]
    177 .fam
     27smb://[[[domain:]user[:password@]]server[/share[/path[/file]]]] [?options]
    17828.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17929.PP
    … …  
    18333.PP
    18434
    185 \FClibsmbclient\F[]
     35libsmbclient
    18636is a library toolset that permits applications to manipulate CIFS/SMB network resources using many of the standards POSIX functions available for manipulating local UNIX/Linux files\&. It permits much more than just browsing, files can be opened and read or written, permissions changed, file times modified, attributes and ACL\'s can be manipulated, and so on\&. Of course, its functionality includes all the capabilities commonly called browsing\&.
    18737.PP
    18838
    189 \FClibsmbclient\F[]
     39libsmbclient
    19040can not be used directly from the command line, instead it provides an extension of the capabilities of tools such as file managers and browsers\&. This man page describes the configuration options for this tool so that the user may obtain greatest utility of use\&.
    19141.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    19848.sp
    19949The method of locating the list of workgroups (domains also) varies depending on the setting of the context variable
    200 \FC(context\->options\&.browse_max_lmb_count)\F[]\&. It is the responsibility of the application that calls this library to set this to a sensible value\&. This is a compile\-time option\&. This value determines the maximum number of local master browsers to query for the list of workgroups\&. In order to ensure that the list is complete for those present on the network, all master browsers must be querried\&. If there are a large number of workgroups on the network, the time spent querying will be significant\&. For small networks (just a few workgroups), it is suggested to set this value to 0, instructing libsmbclient to query all local master browsers\&. In an environment that has many workgroups a more reasonable setting may be around 3\&.
     50(context\->options\&.browse_max_lmb_count)\&. It is the responsibility of the application that calls this library to set this to a sensible value\&. This is a compile\-time option\&. This value determines the maximum number of local master browsers to query for the list of workgroups\&. In order to ensure that the list is complete for those present on the network, all master browsers must be querried\&. If there are a large number of workgroups on the network, the time spent querying will be significant\&. For small networks (just a few workgroups), it is suggested to set this value to 0, instructing libsmbclient to query all local master browsers\&. In an environment that has many workgroups a more reasonable setting may be around 3\&.
    20151.RE
    20252.PP
    … …  
    20757.PP
    20858When libsmbclient is invoked by an application it searches for a directory called
    209 \FC\&.smb\F[]
     59\&.smb
    21060in the $HOME directory that is specified in the users shell environment\&. It then searches for a file called
    211 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     61smb\&.conf
    21262which, if present, will fully over\-ride the system
    213 \FC/etc/samba/smb\&.conf\F[]
     63/etc/samba/smb\&.conf
    21464file\&. If instead libsmbclient finds a file called
    215 \FC~/\&.smb/smb\&.conf\&.append\F[], it will read the system
    216 \FC/etc/samba/smb\&.conf\F[]
     65~/\&.smb/smb\&.conf\&.append, it will read the system
     66/etc/samba/smb\&.conf
    21767and then append the contents of the
    218 \FC~/\&.smb/smb\&.conf\&.append\F[]
     68~/\&.smb/smb\&.conf\&.append
    21969to it\&.
    22070.PP
    22171
    222 \FClibsmbclient\F[]
     72libsmbclient
    22373will check the users shell environment for the
    224 \FCUSER\F[]
     74USER
    22575parameter and will use its value when if the
    226 \FCuser\F[]
     76user
    22777parameter was not included in the URL\&.
    22878.SH "PROGRAMMERS GUIDE"

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/lmhosts.5

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: lmhosts
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: File Formats and Conventions
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "LMHOSTS" "5" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "File Formats and Conventions"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "LMHOSTS" "5" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "File Formats and Conventions"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022lmhosts \- The Samba NetBIOS hosts file
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17224.PP
    173 \FClmhosts\F[]
     25lmhosts
    17426is the
    17527\fBsamba\fR(7)
    … …  
    18133suite\&.
    18234.PP
    183 \FClmhosts\F[]
     35lmhosts
    18436is the
    18537\fISamba \fR
    18638NetBIOS name to IP address mapping file\&. It is very similar to the
    187 \FC/etc/hosts\F[]
     39/etc/hosts
    18840file format, except that the hostname component must correspond to the NetBIOS naming format\&.
    18941.SH "FILE FORMAT"
    … …  
    22173.RS 4
    22274.\}
    223 .fam C
    224 .ps -1
    22575.nf
    226 .if t \{\
    227 .sp -1
    228 .\}
    229 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    230 .sp -1
    231 
    23276#
    23377# Sample Samba lmhosts file\&.
    … …  
    23680192\&.9\&.200\&.20      NTSERVER#20
    23781192\&.9\&.200\&.21      SAMBASERVER
    238 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    239 .if t \{\
    240 .sp 1
    241 .\}
    24282.fi
    243 .fam
    244 .ps +1
    24583.if n \{\
    24684.RE
    … …  
    25290.PP
    25391The default location of the
    254 \FClmhosts\F[]
     92lmhosts
    25593file is in the same directory as the
    25694\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    … …  
    25997.PP
    26098lmhosts is loaded from the configuration directory\&. This is usually
    261 \FC/etc/samba\F[]
     99/etc/samba
    262100or
    263 \FC/usr/local/samba/lib\F[]\&.
     101/usr/local/samba/lib\&.
    264102.SH "VERSION"
    265103.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/log2pcap.1

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: log2pcap
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: User Commands
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "LOG2PCAP" "1" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "LOG2PCAP" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022log2pcap \- Extract network traces from Samba log files
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FClog2pcap\F[] [\-h] [\-q] [logfile] [pcap_file]
    175 .fam
     25log2pcap [\-h] [\-q] [logfile] [pcap_file]
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18030suite\&.
    18131.PP
    182 \FClog2pcap\F[]
     32log2pcap
    18333reads in a samba log file and generates a pcap file (readable by most sniffers, such as ethereal or tcpdump) based on the packet dumps in the log file\&.
    18434.PP
    … …  
    22777.RS 4
    22878.\}
    229 .fam C
    230 .ps -1
    23179.nf
    232 .if t \{\
    233 .sp -1
    234 .\}
    235 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    236 .sp -1
    237 
    238                         \FC$\F[] log2pcap < /var/log/* > trace\&.pcap
     80                        $ log2pcap < /var/log/* > trace\&.pcap
    23981       
    240 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    241 .if t \{\
    242 .sp 1
    243 .\}
    24482.fi
    245 .fam
    246 .ps +1
    24783.if n \{\
    24884.RE
    … …  
    25490.RS 4
    25591.\}
    256 .fam C
    257 .ps -1
    25892.nf
    259 .if t \{\
    260 .sp -1
    261 .\}
    262 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    263 .sp -1
    264 
    265         \FC$\F[] log2pcap \-h samba\&.log | text2pcap \-T 139,139 \- trace\&.pcap
     93        $ log2pcap \-h samba\&.log | text2pcap \-T 139,139 \- trace\&.pcap
    26694       
    267 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    268 .if t \{\
    269 .sp 1
    270 .\}
    27195.fi
    272 .fam
    273 .ps +1
    27496.if n \{\
    27597.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/mount.cifs.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: mount.cifs
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "MOUNT\&.CIFS" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "MOUNT\&.CIFS" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022mount.cifs \- mount using the Common Internet File System (CIFS)
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCmount\&.cifs\F[] {service} {mount\-point} [\-o\ options]
    175 .fam
     25mount\&.cifs {service} {mount\-point} [\-o\ options]
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    20656.\}
    20757.RS 4
    208 .BM yellow
    20958.it 1 an-trap
    21059.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    22271\fIcred=\fR\&.
    22372.sp .5v
    224 .EM yellow
    22573.RE
    22674.RE
    … …  
    24492.RS 4
    24593.\}
    246 .fam C
    247 .ps -1
    24894.nf
    249 .if t \{\
    250 .sp -1
    251 .\}
    252 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    253 .sp -1
    254 
    25595                username=\fIvalue\fR
    25696                password=\fIvalue\fR
    257                 workgroup=\fIvalue\fR
    258 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    259 .if t \{\
    260 .sp 1
    261 .\}
     97                domain=\fIvalue\fR
    26298.fi
    263 .fam
    264 .ps +1
    26599.if n \{\
    266100.RE
    … …  
    268102.sp
    269103This is preferred over having passwords in plaintext in a shared file, such as
    270 \FC/etc/fstab\F[]\&. Be sure to protect any credentials file properly\&.
     104/etc/fstab\&. Be sure to protect any credentials file properly\&.
    271105.RE
    272106.PP
    … …  
    552386.PP
    553387The primary mechanism for making configuration changes and for reading debug information for the cifs vfs is via the Linux /proc filesystem\&. In the directory
    554 \FC/proc/fs/cifs\F[]
     388/proc/fs/cifs
    555389are various configuration files and pseudo files which can display debug information\&. There are additional startup options such as maximum buffer size and number of buffers which only may be set when the kernel cifs vfs (cifs\&.ko module) is loaded\&. These can be seen by running the modinfo utility against the file cifs\&.ko which will list the options that may be passed to cifs during module installation (device driver load)\&. For more information see the kernel file
    556 \FCfs/cifs/README\F[]\&.
     390fs/cifs/README\&.
    557391.SH "BUGS"
    558392.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/net.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: net
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "NET" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "NET" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022net \- Tool for administration of Samba and remote CIFS servers\&.
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCnet\F[] {<ads|rap|rpc>} [\-h] [\-w\ workgroup] [\-W\ myworkgroup] [\-U\ user] [\-I\ ip\-address] [\-p\ port] [\-n\ myname] [\-s\ conffile] [\-S\ server] [\-l] [\-P] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-V] [\-\-request\-timeout\ seconds]
    175 .fam
     25net {<ads|rap|rpc>} [\-h] [\-w\ workgroup] [\-W\ myworkgroup] [\-U\ user] [\-I\ ip\-address] [\-p\ port] [\-n\ myname] [\-s\ conffile] [\-S\ server] [\-l] [\-P] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-V] [\-\-request\-timeout\ seconds]
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    21363.RE
    21464.PP
    215 \-n <primary NetBIOS name>
     65\-n|\-\-netbiosname <primary NetBIOS name>
    21666.RS 4
    21767This option allows you to override the NetBIOS name that Samba uses for itself\&. This is identical to setting the
    218 \m[blue]\fBnetbios name\fR\m[]
     68\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    21969parameter in the
    220 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     70smb\&.conf
    22171file\&. However, a command line setting will take precedence over settings in
    222 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&.
    223 .RE
    224 .PP
    225 \-s <configuration file>
     72smb\&.conf\&.
     73.RE
     74.PP
     75\-s|\-\-configfile <configuration file>
    22676.RS 4
    22777The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    228 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     78smb\&.conf
    22979for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    23080.RE
    … …  
    260110.sp
    261111Note that specifying this parameter here will override the
    262 \m[blue]\fBlog level\fR\m[]
     112\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    263113parameter in the
    264 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     114smb\&.conf
    265115file\&.
    266116.RE
    … …  
    272122.PP
    273123The
    274 \FCNET TIME\F[]
     124NET TIME
    275125command allows you to view the time on a remote server or synchronise the time on the local server with the time on the remote server\&.
    276126.SS "TIME"
    277127.PP
    278128Without any options, the
    279 \FCNET TIME\F[]
     129NET TIME
    280130command displays the time on the remote server\&.
    281131.SS "TIME SYSTEM"
    282132.PP
    283133Displays the time on the remote server in a format ready for
    284 \FC/bin/date\F[]\&.
     134/bin/date\&.
    285135.SS "TIME SET"
    286136.PP
    287137Tries to set the date and time of the local server to that on the remote server using
    288 \FC/bin/date\F[]\&.
     138/bin/date\&.
    289139.SS "TIME ZONE"
    290140.PP
    … …  
    355205List files opened by specified
    356206\fIuser\fR\&. Please note that
    357 \FCnet rap file user\F[]
     207net rap file user
    358208does not work against Samba servers\&.
    359209.SS "SESSION"
    … …  
    389239.\}
    390240.RS 4
    391 .BM yellow
    392241.it 1 an-trap
    393242.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    401250Currently NOT implemented\&.
    402251.sp .5v
    403 .EM yellow
    404252.RE
    405253.SS "RAP GROUPMEMBER"
    … …  
    422270.\}
    423271.RS 4
    424 .BM yellow
    425272.it 1 an-trap
    426273.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    434281Currently NOT implemented\&.
    435282.sp .5v
    436 .EM yellow
    437283.RE
    438284.SS "RAP SERVICE"
    … …  
    444290.\}
    445291.RS 4
    446 .BM yellow
    447292.it 1 an-trap
    448293.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    456301Currently NOT implemented\&.
    457302.sp .5v
    458 .EM yellow
    459303.RE
    460304.SS "RAP SERVICE STOP"
    … …  
    465309.\}
    466310.RS 4
    467 .BM yellow
    468311.it 1 an-trap
    469312.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    477320Currently NOT implemented\&.
    478321.sp .5v
    479 .EM yellow
    480322.RE
    481323.SS "RAP PASSWORD \fIUSER\fR \fIOLDPASS\fR \fINEWPASS\fR"
    … …  
    635477.RS 4
    636478.\}
    637 .fam C
    638 .ps -1
    639479.nf
    640 .if t \{\
    641 .sp -1
    642 .\}
    643 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    644 .sp -1
    645 
    646480net groupmap add {rid=int|sid=string} unixgroup=string \e
    647481        [type={domain|local}] [ntgroup=string] [comment=string]
    648 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    649 .if t \{\
    650 .sp 1
    651 .\}
    652482.fi
    653 .fam
    654 .ps +1
    655483.if n \{\
    656484.RE
    … …  
    672500.RS 4
    673501.\}
    674 .fam C
    675 .ps -1
    676502.nf
    677 .if t \{\
    678 .sp -1
    679 .\}
    680 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    681 .sp -1
    682 
    683503net groupmap modify {ntgroup=string|sid=SID} [unixgroup=string] \e
    684504       [comment=string] [type={domain|local}]
    685 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    686 .if t \{\
    687 .sp 1
    688 .\}
    689505.fi
    690 .fam
    691 .ps +1
    692506.if n \{\
    693507.RE
    … …  
    721535\fB\'I\'\fR
    722536(interdomain trust account)\&. If the command is used against localhost it has the same effect as
    723 \FCsmbpasswd \-a \-i DOMAIN\F[]\&. Please note that both commands expect a appropriate UNIX account\&.
     537smbpasswd \-a \-i DOMAIN\&. Please note that both commands expect a appropriate UNIX account\&.
    724538.SS "RPC TRUSTDOM DEL DOMAIN"
    725539.PP
    726540Remove interdomain trust account for
    727541\fIDOMAIN\fR\&. If it is used against localhost it has the same effect as
    728 \FCsmbpasswd \-x DOMAIN$\F[]\&.
     542smbpasswd \-x DOMAIN$\&.
    729543.SS "RPC TRUSTDOM ESTABLISH DOMAIN"
    730544.PP
    … …  
    784598.PP
    785599Fetch domain SID and store it in the local
    786 \FCsecrets\&.tdb\F[]\&.
     600secrets\&.tdb\&.
    787601.SS "ADS LEAVE"
    788602.PP
    … …  
    791605.PP
    792606Print out status of machine account of the local machine in ADS\&. Prints out quite some debug info\&. Aimed at developers, regular users should use
    793 \FCNET ADS TESTJOIN\F[]\&.
     607NET ADS TESTJOIN\&.
    794608.SS "ADS PRINTER"
    795609.SS "ADS PRINTER INFO [PRINTER] [SERVER]"

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/nmbd.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: nmbd
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "NMBD" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "NMBD" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022nmbd \- NetBIOS name server to provide NetBIOS over IP naming services to clients
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCnmbd\F[] [\-D] [\-F] [\-S] [\-a] [\-i] [\-o] [\-h] [\-V] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-H\ <lmhosts\ file>] [\-l\ <log\ directory>] [\-p\ <port\ number>] [\-s\ <configuration\ file>]
    175 .fam
     25nmbd [\-D] [\-F] [\-S] [\-a] [\-i] [\-o] [\-h] [\-V] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-H\ <lmhosts\ file>] [\-l\ <log\ directory>] [\-p\ <port\ number>] [\-s\ <configuration\ file>]
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18030suite\&.
    18131.PP
    182 \FCnmbd\F[]
     32nmbd
    18333is a server that understands and can reply to NetBIOS over IP name service requests, like those produced by SMB/CIFS clients such as Windows 95/98/ME, Windows NT, Windows 2000, Windows XP and LanManager clients\&. It also participates in the browsing protocols which make up the Windows "Network Neighborhood" view\&.
    18434.PP
    … …  
    18636.PP
    18737Amongst other services,
    188 \FCnmbd\F[]
     38nmbd
    18939will listen for such requests, and if its own NetBIOS name is specified it will respond with the IP number of the host it is running on\&. Its "own NetBIOS name" is by default the primary DNS name of the host it is running on, but this can be overridden by the
    19040\m[blue]\fBnetbios name\fR\m[]
    19141in
    192 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&. Thus
    193 \FCnmbd\F[]
     42smb\&.conf\&. Thus
     43nmbd
    19444will reply to broadcast queries for its own name(s)\&. Additional names for
    195 \FCnmbd\F[]
     45nmbd
    19646to respond on can be set via parameters in the
    19747\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    19848configuration file\&.
    19949.PP
    200 \FCnmbd\F[]
     50nmbd
    20151can also be used as a WINS (Windows Internet Name Server) server\&. What this basically means is that it will act as a WINS database server, creating a database from name registration requests that it receives and replying to queries from clients for these names\&.
    20252.PP
    20353In addition,
    204 \FCnmbd\F[]
     54nmbd
    20555can act as a WINS proxy, relaying broadcast queries from clients that do not understand how to talk the WINS protocol to a WINS server\&.
    20656.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    20959.RS 4
    21060If specified, this parameter causes
    211 \FCnmbd\F[]
     61nmbd
    21262to operate as a daemon\&. That is, it detaches itself and runs in the background, fielding requests on the appropriate port\&. By default,
    213 \FCnmbd\F[]
     63nmbd
    21464will operate as a daemon if launched from a command shell\&. nmbd can also be operated from the
    215 \FCinetd\F[]
     65inetd
    21666meta\-daemon, although this is not recommended\&.
    21767.RE
    … …  
    22070.RS 4
    22171If specified, this parameter causes the main
    222 \FCnmbd\F[]
     72nmbd
    22373process to not daemonize, i\&.e\&. double\-fork and disassociate with the terminal\&. Child processes are still created as normal to service each connection request, but the main process does not exit\&. This operation mode is suitable for running
    224 \FCnmbd\F[]
     74nmbd
    22575under process supervisors such as
    226 \FCsupervise\F[]
     76supervise
    22777and
    228 \FCsvscan\F[]
     78svscan
    22979from Daniel J\&. Bernstein\'s
    230 \FCdaemontools\F[]
     80daemontools
    23181package, or the AIX process monitor\&.
    23282.RE
    … …  
    23585.RS 4
    23686If specified, this parameter causes
    237 \FCnmbd\F[]
     87nmbd
    23888to log to standard output rather than a file\&.
    23989.RE
    … …  
    24292.RS 4
    24393If this parameter is specified it causes the server to run "interactively", not as a daemon, even if the server is executed on the command line of a shell\&. Setting this parameter negates the implicit daemon mode when run from the command line\&.
    244 \FCnmbd\F[]
     94nmbd
    24595also logs to standard output, as if the
    24696\fB\-S\fR
    … …  
    262112\fINOT\fR
    263113used by
    264 \FCnmbd\F[]
     114nmbd
    265115to answer any name queries\&. Adding a line to this file affects name NetBIOS resolution from this host
    266116\fIONLY\fR\&.
    267117.sp
    268118The default path to this file is compiled into Samba as part of the build process\&. Common defaults are
    269 \FC/usr/local/samba/lib/lmhosts\F[],
    270 \FC/usr/samba/lib/lmhosts\F[]
     119/usr/local/samba/lib/lmhosts,
     120/usr/samba/lib/lmhosts
    271121or
    272 \FC/etc/samba/lmhosts\F[]\&. See the
     122/etc/samba/lmhosts\&. See the
    273123\fBlmhosts\fR(5)
    274124man page for details on the contents of this file\&.
    … …  
    285135.sp
    286136Note that specifying this parameter here will override the
    287 \m[blue]\fBlog level\fR\m[]
     137\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    288138parameter in the
    289 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     139smb\&.conf
    290140file\&.
    291141.RE
    292142.PP
    293 \-V
     143\-V|\-\-version
    294144.RS 4
    295145Prints the program version number\&.
    296146.RE
    297147.PP
    298 \-s <configuration file>
     148\-s|\-\-configfile <configuration file>
    299149.RS 4
    300150The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    301 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     151smb\&.conf
    302152for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    303153.RE
    … …  
    313163.RS 4
    314164UDP port number is a positive integer value\&. This option changes the default UDP port number (normally 137) that
    315 \FCnmbd\F[]
     165nmbd
    316166responds to name queries on\&. Don\'t use this option unless you are an expert, in which case you won\'t need help!
    317167.RE
    318168.SH "FILES"
    319169.PP
    320 \FC/etc/inetd\&.conf\F[]
     170/etc/inetd\&.conf
    321171.RS 4
    322172If the server is to be run by the
    323 \FCinetd\F[]
     173inetd
    324174meta\-daemon, this file must contain suitable startup information for the meta\-daemon\&.
    325175.RE
    326176.PP
    327 \FC/etc/rc\F[]
     177/etc/rc
    328178.RS 4
    329179or whatever initialization script your system uses)\&.
    … …  
    332182.RE
    333183.PP
    334 \FC/etc/services\F[]
     184/etc/services
    335185.RS 4
    336186If running the server via the meta\-daemon
    337 \FCinetd\F[], this file must contain a mapping of service name (e\&.g\&., netbios\-ssn) to service port (e\&.g\&., 139) and protocol type (e\&.g\&., tcp)\&.
    338 .RE
    339 .PP
    340 \FC/usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\F[]
     187inetd, this file must contain a mapping of service name (e\&.g\&., netbios\-ssn) to service port (e\&.g\&., 139) and protocol type (e\&.g\&., tcp)\&.
     188.RE
     189.PP
     190/usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf
    341191.RS 4
    342192This is the default location of the
    343193\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    344194server configuration file\&. Other common places that systems install this file are
    345 \FC/usr/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\F[]
     195/usr/samba/lib/smb\&.conf
    346196and
    347 \FC/etc/samba/smb\&.conf\F[]\&.
     197/etc/samba/smb\&.conf\&.
    348198.sp
    349199When run as a WINS server (see the
    … …  
    352202\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    353203man page),
    354 \FCnmbd\F[]
     204nmbd
    355205will store the WINS database in the file
    356 \FCwins\&.dat\F[]
     206wins\&.dat
    357207in the
    358 \FCvar/locks\F[]
     208var/locks
    359209directory configured under wherever Samba was configured to install itself\&.
    360210.sp
    361211If
    362 \FCnmbd\F[]
     212nmbd
    363213is acting as a
    364214\fI browse master\fR
    … …  
    368218\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    369219man page,
    370 \FCnmbd\F[]
     220nmbd
    371221will store the browsing database in the file
    372 \FCbrowse\&.dat \F[]
     222browse\&.dat
    373223in the
    374 \FCvar/locks\F[]
     224var/locks
    375225directory configured under wherever Samba was configured to install itself\&.
    376226.RE
    … …  
    378228.PP
    379229To shut down an
    380 \FCnmbd\F[]
     230nmbd
    381231process it is recommended that SIGKILL (\-9)
    382232\fINOT\fR
    383233be used, except as a last resort, as this may leave the name database in an inconsistent state\&. The correct way to terminate
    384 \FCnmbd\F[]
     234nmbd
    385235is to send it a SIGTERM (\-15) signal and wait for it to die on its own\&.
    386236.PP
    387 \FCnmbd\F[]
     237nmbd
    388238will accept SIGHUP, which will cause it to dump out its namelists into the file
    389 \FCnamelist\&.debug \F[]
     239namelist\&.debug
    390240in the
    391 \FC/usr/local/samba/var/locks\F[]
     241/usr/local/samba/var/locks
    392242directory (or the
    393 \FCvar/locks\F[]
     243var/locks
    394244directory configured under wherever Samba was configured to install itself)\&. This will also cause
    395 \FCnmbd\F[]
     245nmbd
    396246to dump out its server database in the
    397 \FClog\&.nmb\F[]
     247log\&.nmb
    398248file\&.
    399249.PP
    … …  
    413263\fBtestparm\fR(1),
    414264\fBtestprns\fR(1), and the Internet RFC\'s
    415 \FCrfc1001\&.txt\F[],
    416 \FCrfc1002\&.txt\F[]\&. In addition the CIFS (formerly SMB) specification is available as a link from the Web page
     265rfc1001\&.txt,
     266rfc1002\&.txt\&. In addition the CIFS (formerly SMB) specification is available as a link from the Web page
    417267http://samba\&.org/cifs/\&.
    418268.SH "AUTHOR"

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/nmblookup.1

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: nmblookup
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: User Commands
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "NMBLOOKUP" "1" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "NMBLOOKUP" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022nmblookup \- NetBIOS over TCP/IP client used to lookup NetBIOS names
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCnmblookup\F[] [\-M] [\-R] [\-S] [\-r] [\-A] [\-h] [\-B\ <broadcast\ address>] [\-U\ <unicast\ address>] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-i\ <NetBIOS\ scope>] [\-T] [\-f] {name}
    175 .fam
     25nmblookup [\-M] [\-R] [\-S] [\-r] [\-A] [\-h] [\-B\ <broadcast\ address>] [\-U\ <unicast\ address>] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-i\ <NetBIOS\ scope>] [\-T] [\-f] {name}
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18030suite\&.
    18131.PP
    182 \FCnmblookup\F[]
     32nmblookup
    18333is used to query NetBIOS names and map them to IP addresses in a network using NetBIOS over TCP/IP queries\&. The options allow the name queries to be directed at a particular IP broadcast area or to a particular machine\&. All queries are done over UDP\&.
    18434.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    22070.RE
    22171.PP
    222 \-n <primary NetBIOS name>
     72\-n|\-\-netbiosname <primary NetBIOS name>
    22373.RS 4
    22474This option allows you to override the NetBIOS name that Samba uses for itself\&. This is identical to setting the
    225 \m[blue]\fBnetbios name\fR\m[]
     75\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    22676parameter in the
    227 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     77smb\&.conf
    22878file\&. However, a command line setting will take precedence over settings in
    229 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&.
    230 .RE
    231 .PP
    232 \-i <scope>
     79smb\&.conf\&.
     80.RE
     81.PP
     82\-i|\-\-scope <scope>
    23383.RS 4
    23484This specifies a NetBIOS scope that
    235 \FCnmblookup\F[]
     85nmblookup
    23686will use to communicate with when generating NetBIOS names\&. For details on the use of NetBIOS scopes, see rfc1001\&.txt and rfc1002\&.txt\&. NetBIOS scopes are
    23787\fIvery\fR
    … …  
    24494.RE
    24595.PP
    246 \-O socket options
     96\-O|\-\-socket\-options socket options
    24797.RS 4
    24898TCP socket options to set on the client socket\&. See the socket options parameter in the
    249 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     99smb\&.conf
    250100manual page for the list of valid options\&.
    251101.RE
    … …  
    283133.sp
    284134Note that specifying this parameter here will override the
    285 \m[blue]\fBlog level\fR\m[]
     135\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    286136parameter in the
    287 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     137smb\&.conf
    288138file\&.
    289139.RE
    290140.PP
    291 \-V
     141\-V|\-\-version
    292142.RS 4
    293143Prints the program version number\&.
    294144.RE
    295145.PP
    296 \-s <configuration file>
     146\-s|\-\-configfile <configuration file>
    297147.RS 4
    298148The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    299 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     149smb\&.conf
    300150for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    301151.RE
    … …  
    328178.SH "EXAMPLES"
    329179.PP
    330 \FCnmblookup\F[]
     180nmblookup
    331181can be used to query a WINS server (in the same way
    332 \FCnslookup\F[]
     182nslookup
    333183is used to query DNS servers)\&. To query a WINS server,
    334 \FCnmblookup\F[]
     184nmblookup
    335185must be called like this:
    336186.PP
    337 \FCnmblookup \-U server \-R \'name\'\F[]
     187nmblookup \-U server \-R \'name\'
    338188.PP
    339189For example, running :
    340190.PP
    341 \FCnmblookup \-U samba\&.org \-R \'IRIX#1B\'\F[]
     191nmblookup \-U samba\&.org \-R \'IRIX#1B\'
    342192.PP
    343193would query the WINS server samba\&.org for the domain master browser (1B name type) for the IRIX workgroup\&.

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/ntlm_auth.1

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: ntlm_auth
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: User Commands
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "NTLM_AUTH" "1" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "NTLM_AUTH" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022ntlm_auth \- tool to allow external access to Winbind\'s NTLM authentication function
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCntlm_auth\F[] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-l\ logdir] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>]
    175 .fam
     25ntlm_auth [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-l\ logdir] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>]
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18030suite\&.
    18131.PP
    182 \FCntlm_auth\F[]
     32ntlm_auth
    18333is a helper utility that authenticates users using NT/LM authentication\&. It returns 0 if the users is authenticated successfully and 1 if access was denied\&. ntlm_auth uses winbind to access the user and authentication data for a domain\&. This utility is only indended to be used by other programs (currently
    18434Squid
    … …  
    19242.PP
    19343Some of these commands also require access to the directory
    194 \FCwinbindd_privileged\F[]
     44winbindd_privileged
    19545in
    196 \FC$LOCKDIR\F[]\&. This should be done either by running this command as root or providing group access to the
    197 \FCwinbindd_privileged\F[]
     46$LOCKDIR\&. This should be done either by running this command as root or providing group access to the
     47winbindd_privileged
    19848directory\&. For security reasons, this directory should not be world\-accessable\&.
    19949.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    21868.sp
    21969Requires access to the directory
    220 \FCwinbindd_privileged\F[]
     70winbindd_privileged
    22171in
    222 \FC$LOCKDIR\F[]\&. The protocol used is described here:
     72$LOCKDIR\&. The protocol used is described here:
    22373http://devel\&.squid\-cache\&.org/ntlm/squid_helper_protocol\&.html\&. This protocol has been extended to allow the NTLMSSP Negotiate packet to be included as an argument to the
    224 \FCYR\F[]
     74YR
    22575command\&. (Thus avoiding loss of information in the protocol exchange)\&.
    22676.RE
    … …  
    23181.sp
    23282This helper is a client, and as such may be run by any user\&. The protocol used is effectively the reverse of the previous protocol\&. A
    233 \FCYR\F[]
     83YR
    23484command (without any arguments) starts the authentication exchange\&.
    23585.RE
    … …  
    23888.RS 4
    23989Server\-side helper that implements GSS\-SPNEGO\&. This uses a protocol that is almost the same as
    240 \FCsquid\-2\&.5\-ntlmssp\F[], but has some subtle differences that are undocumented outside the source at this stage\&.
     90squid\-2\&.5\-ntlmssp, but has some subtle differences that are undocumented outside the source at this stage\&.
    24191.sp
    24292Requires access to the directory
    243 \FCwinbindd_privileged\F[]
     93winbindd_privileged
    24494in
    245 \FC$LOCKDIR\F[]\&.
     95$LOCKDIR\&.
    24696.RE
    24797.PP
    … …  
    256106.sp
    257107This protocol consists of lines in the form:
    258 \FCParameter: value\F[]
     108Parameter: value
    259109and
    260 \FCParameter:: Base64\-encode value\F[]\&. The presence of a single period
    261 \FC\&.\F[]
     110Parameter:: Base64\-encode value\&. The presence of a single period
     111\&.
    262112indicates that one side has finished supplying data to the other\&. (Which in turn could cause the helper to authenticate the user)\&.
    263113.sp
    … …  
    293143.RS 4
    294144The 8 byte
    295 \FCLANMAN Challenge\F[]
     145LANMAN Challenge
    296146value, generated randomly by the server, or (in cases such as MSCHAPv2) generated in some way by both the server and the client\&.
    297147.PP \fBExample\ \&7.\ \&\fR LANMAN\-Challege: 0102030405060708
    … …  
    301151.RS 4
    302152The 24 byte
    303 \FCLANMAN Response\F[]
     153LANMAN Response
    304154value, calculated from the user\'s password and the supplied
    305 \FCLANMAN Challenge\F[]\&. Typically, this is provided over the network by a client wishing to authenticate\&.
     155LANMAN Challenge\&. Typically, this is provided over the network by a client wishing to authenticate\&.
    306156.PP \fBExample\ \&8.\ \&\fR LANMAN\-Response: 0102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F101112131415161718
    307157.RE
    … …  
    310160.RS 4
    311161The >= 24 byte
    312 \FCNT Response\F[]
     162NT Response
    313163calculated from the user\'s password and the supplied
    314 \FCLANMAN Challenge\F[]\&. Typically, this is provided over the network by a client wishing to authenticate\&.
     164LANMAN Challenge\&. Typically, this is provided over the network by a client wishing to authenticate\&.
    315165.PP \fBExample\ \&9.\ \&\fR NT\-Response: 0102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F101112131415161718
    316166.RE
    … …  
    338188.\}
    339189.RS 4
    340 .BM yellow
    341190.it 1 an-trap
    342191.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    351200                a newline\&.  They may also need to decode strings from
    352201                the helper, which likewise may have been base64 encoded\&..sp .5v
    353 .EM yellow
    354202.RE
    355203.RE
    … …  
    408256.RS 4
    409257Perform Diagnostics on the authentication chain\&. Uses the password from
    410 \FC\-\-password\F[]
     258\-\-password
    411259or prompts for one\&.
    412260.RE
    … …  
    427275.sp
    428276Note that specifying this parameter here will override the
    429 \m[blue]\fBlog level\fR\m[]
     277\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    430278parameter in the
    431 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     279smb\&.conf
    432280file\&.
    433281.RE
    434282.PP
    435 \-V
     283\-V|\-\-version
    436284.RS 4
    437285Prints the program version number\&.
    438286.RE
    439287.PP
    440 \-s <configuration file>
     288\-s|\-\-configfile <configuration file>
    441289.RS 4
    442290The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    443 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     291smb\&.conf
    444292for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    445293.RE
    … …  
    459307.PP
    460308To setup ntlm_auth for use by squid 2\&.5, with both basic and NTLMSSP authentication, the following should be placed in the
    461 \FCsquid\&.conf\F[]
     309squid\&.conf
    462310file\&.
    463311.sp
    … …  
    465313.RS 4
    466314.\}
    467 .fam C
    468 .ps -1
    469315.nf
    470 .if t \{\
    471 .sp -1
    472 .\}
    473 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    474 .sp -1
    475 
    476316auth_param ntlm program ntlm_auth \-\-helper\-protocol=squid\-2\&.5\-ntlmssp
    477317auth_param basic program ntlm_auth \-\-helper\-protocol=squid\-2\&.5\-basic
    … …  
    479319auth_param basic realm Squid proxy\-caching web server
    480320auth_param basic credentialsttl 2 hours
    481 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    482 .if t \{\
    483 .sp 1
    484 .\}
    485321.fi
    486 .fam
    487 .ps +1
    488 .if n \{\
    489 .RE
    490 .\}
    491 .if n \{\
    492 .sp
    493 .\}
    494 .RS 4
    495 .BM yellow
     322.if n \{\
     323.RE
     324.\}
     325.if n \{\
     326.sp
     327.\}
     328.RS 4
    496329.it 1 an-trap
    497330.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    504337.PP
    505338This example assumes that ntlm_auth has been installed into your path, and that the group permissions on
    506 \FCwinbindd_privileged\F[]
     339winbindd_privileged
    507340are as described above\&.
    508341.sp .5v
    509 .EM yellow
    510342.RE
    511343.PP
    512344To setup ntlm_auth for use by squid 2\&.5 with group limitation in addition to the above example, the following should be added to the
    513 \FCsquid\&.conf\F[]
     345squid\&.conf
    514346file\&.
    515347.sp
    … …  
    517349.RS 4
    518350.\}
    519 .fam C
    520 .ps -1
    521351.nf
    522 .if t \{\
    523 .sp -1
    524 .\}
    525 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    526 .sp -1
    527 
    528352auth_param ntlm program ntlm_auth \-\-helper\-protocol=squid\-2\&.5\-ntlmssp \-\-require\-membership\-of=\'WORKGROUP\eDomain Users\'
    529353auth_param basic program ntlm_auth \-\-helper\-protocol=squid\-2\&.5\-basic \-\-require\-membership\-of=\'WORKGROUP\eDomain Users\'
    530 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    531 .if t \{\
    532 .sp 1
    533 .\}
    534354.fi
    535 .fam
    536 .ps +1
    537355.if n \{\
    538356.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/pam_winbind.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: pam_winbind
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: 8
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "PAM_WINBIND" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "8"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "PAM_WINBIND" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "8"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022pam_winbind \- PAM module for Winbind
    17123.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    … …  
    18335.RS 4
    18436.\}
    185 .fam C
    186 .ps -1
    18737.nf
    188 .if t \{\
    189 .sp -1
    190 .\}
    191 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    192 .sp -1
    193 
    19438                            \&.\&.\&.
    19539                            auth      required        pam_env\&.so
    … …  
    20549                            \&.\&.\&.
    20650               
    207 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    208 .if t \{\
    209 .sp 1
    210 .\}
    21151.fi
    212 .fam
    213 .ps +1
    21452.if n \{\
    21553.RE
    … …  
    22058.PP
    22159pam_winbind supports several options which can either be set in the PAM configuration files or in the pam_winbind configuration file situated at
    222 \FC/etc/security/pam_winbind\&.conf\F[]\&. Options from the PAM configuration file take precedence to those from the configuration file\&.
     60/etc/security/pam_winbind\&.conf\&. Options from the PAM configuration file take precedence to those from the configuration file\&.
    22361.PP
    22462debug
    … …  
    23876or
    23977\fIMYDOMAIN\e\emyuser\fR\&. pam_winbind will, in that case, lookup the SID internally\&. Note that NAME may not contain any spaces\&. It is thus recommended to only use SIDs\&. You can verify the list of SIDs a user is a member of with
    240 \FCwbinfo \-\-user\-sids=SID\F[]\&.
     78wbinfo \-\-user\-sids=SID\&.
    24179.RE
    24280.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/pdbedit.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: pdbedit
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "PDBEDIT" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "PDBEDIT" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022pdbedit \- manage the SAM database (Database of Samba Users)
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCpdbedit\F[] [\-L] [\-v] [\-w] [\-u\ username] [\-f\ fullname] [\-h\ homedir] [\-D\ drive] [\-S\ script] [\-p\ profile] [\-a] [\-t,\ \-\-password\-from\-stdin] [\-m] [\-r] [\-x] [\-i\ passdb\-backend] [\-e\ passdb\-backend] [\-b\ passdb\-backend] [\-g] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-s\ configfile] [\-P\ account\-policy] [\-C\ value] [\-c\ account\-control] [\-y]
    175 .fam
     25pdbedit [\-L] [\-v] [\-w] [\-u\ username] [\-f\ fullname] [\-h\ homedir] [\-D\ drive] [\-S\ script] [\-p\ profile] [\-a] [\-t,\ \-\-password\-from\-stdin] [\-m] [\-r] [\-x] [\-i\ passdb\-backend] [\-e\ passdb\-backend] [\-b\ passdb\-backend] [\-g] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-s\ configfile] [\-P\ account\-policy] [\-C\ value] [\-c\ account\-control] [\-y]
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    19242.sp
    19343Example:
    194 \FCpdbedit \-L\F[]
    195 .sp
    196 .if n \{\
    197 .RS 4
    198 .\}
    199 .fam C
    200 .ps -1
     44pdbedit \-L
     45.sp
     46.if n \{\
     47.RS 4
     48.\}
    20149.nf
    202 .if t \{\
    203 .sp -1
    204 .\}
    205 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    206 .sp -1
    207 
    20850sorce:500:Simo Sorce
    20951samba:45:Test User
    210 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    211 .if t \{\
    212 .sp 1
    213 .\}
    21452.fi
    215 .fam
    216 .ps +1
    21753.if n \{\
    21854.RE
    … …  
    22561.sp
    22662Example:
    227 \FCpdbedit \-L \-v\F[]
    228 .sp
    229 .if n \{\
    230 .RS 4
    231 .\}
    232 .fam C
    233 .ps -1
     63pdbedit \-L \-v
     64.sp
     65.if n \{\
     66.RS 4
     67.\}
    23468.nf
    235 .if t \{\
    236 .sp -1
    237 .\}
    238 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    239 .sp -1
    240 
    24169\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-
    24270username:       sorce
    … …  
    25785Logon Script:   
    25886Profile Path:   \e\eBERSERKER\eprofile
    259 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    260 .if t \{\
    261 .sp 1
    262 .\}
    26387.fi
    264 .fam
    265 .ps +1
    26688.if n \{\
    26789.RE
    … …  
    27294.RS 4
    27395This option sets the "smbpasswd" listing format\&. It will make pdbedit list the users in the database, printing out the account fields in a format compatible with the
    274 \FCsmbpasswd\F[]
     96smbpasswd
    27597file format\&. (see the
    27698\fBsmbpasswd\fR(5)
    … …  
    278100.sp
    279101Example:
    280 \FCpdbedit \-L \-w\F[]
    281 .sp
    282 .if n \{\
    283 .RS 4
    284 .\}
    285 .fam C
    286 .ps -1
     102pdbedit \-L \-w
     103.sp
     104.if n \{\
     105.RS 4
     106.\}
    287107.nf
    288 .if t \{\
    289 .sp -1
    290 .\}
    291 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    292 .sp -1
    293 
    294108sorce:500:508818B733CE64BEAAD3B435B51404EE:
    295109          D2A2418EFC466A8A0F6B1DBB5C3DB80C:
    … …  
    298112          BC281CE3F53B6A5146629CD4751D3490:
    299113          [UX         ]:LCT\-3BFA1E8D:
    300 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    301 .if t \{\
    302 .sp 1
    303 .\}
    304114.fi
    305 .fam
    306 .ps +1
    307115.if n \{\
    308116.RE
    … …  
    324132.sp
    325133Example:
    326 \FC\-f "Simo Sorce"\F[]
     134\-f "Simo Sorce"
    327135.RE
    328136.PP
    … …  
    332140.sp
    333141Example:
    334 \FC\-h "\e\e\e\eBERSERKER\e\esorce"\F[]
     142\-h "\e\e\e\eBERSERKER\e\esorce"
    335143.RE
    336144.PP
    … …  
    340148.sp
    341149Example:
    342 \FC\-D "H:"\F[]
     150\-D "H:"
    343151.RE
    344152.PP
    … …  
    348156.sp
    349157Example:
    350 \FC\-S "\e\e\e\eBERSERKER\e\enetlogon\e\esorce\&.bat"\F[]
     158\-S "\e\e\e\eBERSERKER\e\enetlogon\e\esorce\&.bat"
    351159.RE
    352160.PP
    … …  
    356164.sp
    357165Example:
    358 \FC\-p "\e\e\e\eBERSERKER\e\enetlogon"\F[]
     166\-p "\e\e\e\eBERSERKER\e\enetlogon"
    359167.RE
    360168.PP
    … …  
    364172.sp
    365173Example:
    366 \FC\-G S\-1\-5\-21\-2447931902\-1787058256\-3961074038\-1201\F[]
     174\-G S\-1\-5\-21\-2447931902\-1787058256\-3961074038\-1201
    367175.RE
    368176.PP
    … …  
    372180.sp
    373181Example:
    374 \FC\-U S\-1\-5\-21\-2447931902\-1787058256\-3961074038\-5004\F[]
     182\-U S\-1\-5\-21\-2447931902\-1787058256\-3961074038\-5004
    375183.RE
    376184.PP
    … …  
    504312.sp
    505313Example:
    506 \FC\-c "[X ]"\F[]
     314\-c "[X ]"
    507315.RE
    508316.PP
    … …  
    512320.sp
    513321Example:
    514 \FCpdbedit \-a \-u sorce\F[]
    515 .sp
    516 .if n \{\
    517 .RS 4
    518 .\}
    519 .fam C
    520 .ps -1
     322pdbedit \-a \-u sorce
     323.sp
     324.if n \{\
     325.RS 4
     326.\}
    521327.nf
    522 .BB lightgray
    523328new password:
    524329retype new password
    525 .EB lightgray
    526330.fi
    527 .fam
    528 .ps +1
    529 .if n \{\
    530 .RE
    531 .\}
    532 .sp
    533 .if n \{\
    534 .sp
    535 .\}
    536 .RS 4
    537 .BM yellow
     331.if n \{\
     332.RE
     333.\}
     334.sp
     335.if n \{\
     336.sp
     337.\}
     338.RS 4
    538339.it 1 an-trap
    539340.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    549350.sp
    550351If you wish to add a user and synchronise the password that immediately, use
    551 \FCsmbpasswd\F[]\'s
     352smbpasswd\'s
    552353\fB\-a\fR
    553354option\&.
    554355.sp .5v
    555 .EM yellow
    556356.RE
    557357.RE
    … …  
    560360.RS 4
    561361This option causes pdbedit to read the password from standard input, rather than from /dev/tty (like the
    562 \FCpasswd(1)\F[]
     362passwd(1)
    563363program does)\&. The password has to be submitted twice and terminated by a newline each\&.
    564364.RE
    … …  
    576376.sp
    577377Example:
    578 \FCpdbedit \-a \-m \-u w2k\-wks\F[]
     378pdbedit \-a \-m \-u w2k\-wks
    579379.RE
    580380.PP
    … …  
    584384.sp
    585385Example:
    586 \FCpdbedit \-x \-u bob\F[]
     386pdbedit \-x \-u bob
    587387.RE
    588388.PP
    … …  
    594394.sp
    595395Example:
    596 \FCpdbedit \-i smbpasswd:/etc/smbpasswd\&.old \F[]
     396pdbedit \-i smbpasswd:/etc/smbpasswd\&.old
    597397.RE
    598398.PP
    … …  
    604404.sp
    605405Example:
    606 \FCpdbedit \-e smbpasswd:/root/samba\-users\&.backup\F[]
     406pdbedit \-e smbpasswd:/root/samba\-users\&.backup
    607407.RE
    608408.PP
    … …  
    622422.sp
    623423Example:
    624 \FCpdbedit \-b xml:/root/pdb\-backup\&.xml \-l\F[]
     424pdbedit \-b xml:/root/pdb\-backup\&.xml \-l
    625425.RE
    626426.PP
    … …  
    632432.sp
    633433Example:
    634 \FCpdbedit \-P "bad lockout attempt"\F[]
    635 .sp
    636 .if n \{\
    637 .RS 4
    638 .\}
    639 .fam C
    640 .ps -1
     434pdbedit \-P "bad lockout attempt"
     435.sp
     436.if n \{\
     437.RS 4
     438.\}
    641439.nf
    642 .if t \{\
    643 .sp -1
    644 .\}
    645 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    646 .sp -1
    647 
    648440account policy value for bad lockout attempt is 0
    649 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    650 .if t \{\
    651 .sp 1
    652 .\}
    653441.fi
    654 .fam
    655 .ps +1
    656442.if n \{\
    657443.RE
    … …  
    666452.sp
    667453Example:
    668 \FCpdbedit \-P "bad lockout attempt" \-C 3\F[]
    669 .sp
    670 .if n \{\
    671 .RS 4
    672 .\}
    673 .fam C
    674 .ps -1
     454pdbedit \-P "bad lockout attempt" \-C 3
     455.sp
     456.if n \{\
     457.RS 4
     458.\}
    675459.nf
    676 .if t \{\
    677 .sp -1
    678 .\}
    679 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    680 .sp -1
    681 
    682460account policy value for bad lockout attempt was 0
    683461account policy value for bad lockout attempt is now 3
    684 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    685 .if t \{\
    686 .sp 1
    687 .\}
    688462.fi
    689 .fam
    690 .ps +1
    691463.if n \{\
    692464.RE
    … …  
    704476.sp
    705477Example:
    706 \FCpdbedit \-y \-i tdbsam: \-e ldapsam:ldap://my\&.ldap\&.host\F[]
     478pdbedit \-y \-i tdbsam: \-e ldapsam:ldap://my\&.ldap\&.host
    707479.RE
    708480.PP
    … …  
    722494.sp
    723495Note that specifying this parameter here will override the
    724 \m[blue]\fBlog level\fR\m[]
     496\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    725497parameter in the
    726 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     498smb\&.conf
    727499file\&.
    728500.RE
    729501.PP
    730 \-V
     502\-V|\-\-version
    731503.RS 4
    732504Prints the program version number\&.
    733505.RE
    734506.PP
    735 \-s <configuration file>
     507\-s|\-\-configfile <configuration file>
    736508.RS 4
    737509The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    738 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     510smb\&.conf
    739511for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    740512.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/profiles.1

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: profiles
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: User Commands
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "PROFILES" "1" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "PROFILES" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022profiles \- A utility to report and change SIDs in registry files
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCprofiles\F[] [\-v] [\-c\ SID] [\-n\ SID] {file}
    175 .fam
     25profiles [\-v] [\-c\ SID] [\-n\ SID] {file}
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18030suite\&.
    18131.PP
    182 \FCprofiles\F[]
     32profiles
    18333is a utility that reports and changes SIDs in windows registry files\&. It currently only supports NT\&.
    18434.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    19747.RS 4
    19848Change all occurences of SID1 in
    199 \FCfile\F[]
     49file
    20050by SID2\&.
    20151.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/rpcclient.1

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: rpcclient
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: User Commands
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "RPCCLIENT" "1" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "RPCCLIENT" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022rpcclient \- tool for executing client side MS\-RPC functions
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCrpcclient\F[] [\-A\ authfile] [\-c\ <command\ string>] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-h] [\-l\ logdir] [\-N] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-U\ username[%password]] [\-W\ workgroup] [\-N] [\-I\ destinationIP] {server}
    175 .fam
     25rpcclient [\-A\ authfile] [\-c\ <command\ string>] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-h] [\-l\ logdir] [\-N] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-U\ username[%password]] [\-W\ workgroup] [\-N] [\-I\ destinationIP] {server}
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18030suite\&.
    18131.PP
    182 \FCrpcclient\F[]
     32rpcclient
    18333is a utility initially developed to test MS\-RPC functionality in Samba itself\&. It has undergone several stages of development and stability\&. Many system administrators have now written scripts around it to manage Windows NT clients from their UNIX workstation\&.
    18434.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    21969.sp
    22070Note that specifying this parameter here will override the
    221 \m[blue]\fBlog level\fR\m[]
     71\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    22272parameter in the
    223 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     73smb\&.conf
    22474file\&.
    22575.RE
    22676.PP
    227 \-V
     77\-V|\-\-version
    22878.RS 4
    22979Prints the program version number\&.
    23080.RE
    23181.PP
    232 \-s <configuration file>
     82\-s|\-\-configfile <configuration file>
    23383.RS 4
    23484The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    235 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     85smb\&.conf
    23686for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    23787.RE
    … …  
    24494.RE
    24595.PP
    246 \-N
     96\-N|\-\-no\-pass
    24797.RS 4
    24898If specified, this parameter suppresses the normal password prompt from the client to the user\&. This is useful when accessing a service that does not require a password\&.
    … …  
    253103.RE
    254104.PP
    255 \-k
     105\-k|\-\-kerberos
    256106.RS 4
    257107Try to authenticate with kerberos\&. Only useful in an Active Directory environment\&.
    … …  
    265115.RS 4
    266116.\}
    267 .fam C
    268 .ps -1
    269117.nf
    270 .if t \{\
    271 .sp -1
    272 .\}
    273 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    274 .sp -1
    275 
    276118username = <value>
    277119password = <value>
    278120domain   = <value>
    279 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    280 .if t \{\
    281 .sp 1
    282 .\}
    283121.fi
    284 .fam
    285 .ps +1
    286122.if n \{\
    287123.RE
    … …  
    308144.sp
    309145Be cautious about including passwords in scripts\&. Also, on many systems the command line of a running process may be seen via the
    310 \FCps\F[]
     146ps
    311147command\&. To be safe always allow
    312 \FCrpcclient\F[]
     148rpcclient
    313149to prompt for a password and type it in directly\&.
    314150.RE
    315151.PP
    316 \-n <primary NetBIOS name>
     152\-n|\-\-netbiosname <primary NetBIOS name>
    317153.RS 4
    318154This option allows you to override the NetBIOS name that Samba uses for itself\&. This is identical to setting the
    319 \m[blue]\fBnetbios name\fR\m[]
     155\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    320156parameter in the
    321 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     157smb\&.conf
    322158file\&. However, a command line setting will take precedence over settings in
    323 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&.
    324 .RE
    325 .PP
    326 \-i <scope>
     159smb\&.conf\&.
     160.RE
     161.PP
     162\-i|\-\-scope <scope>
    327163.RS 4
    328164This specifies a NetBIOS scope that
    329 \FCnmblookup\F[]
     165nmblookup
    330166will use to communicate with when generating NetBIOS names\&. For details on the use of NetBIOS scopes, see rfc1001\&.txt and rfc1002\&.txt\&. NetBIOS scopes are
    331167\fIvery\fR
    … …  
    338174.RE
    339175.PP
    340 \-O socket options
     176\-O|\-\-socket\-options socket options
    341177.RS 4
    342178TCP socket options to set on the client socket\&. See the socket options parameter in the
    343 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     179smb\&.conf
    344180manual page for the list of valid options\&.
    345181.RE
    … …  
    578414.RS 4
    579415Execute an AddPrinterDriver() RPC to install the printer driver information on the server\&. Note that the driver files should already exist in the directory returned by
    580 \FCgetdriverdir\F[]\&. Possible values for
     416getdriverdir\&. Possible values for
    581417\fIarch\fR
    582418are the same as those for the
    583 \FCgetdriverdir\F[]
     419getdriverdir
    584420command\&. The
    585421\fIconfig\fR
    … …  
    589425.RS 4
    590426.\}
    591 .fam C
    592 .ps -1
    593427.nf
    594 .if t \{\
    595 .sp -1
    596 .\}
    597 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    598 .sp -1
    599 
    600428Long Printer Name:\e
    601429Driver File Name:\e
    … …  
    606434Default Data Type:\e
    607435Comma Separated list of Files
    608 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    609 .if t \{\
    610 .sp 1
    611 .\}
    612436.fi
    613 .fam
    614 .ps +1
    615437.if n \{\
    616438.RE
    … …  
    629451.RS 4
    630452Add a printer on the remote server\&. This printer will be automatically shared\&. Be aware that the printer driver must already be installed on the server (see
    631 \FCadddriver\F[]) and the
     453adddriver) and the
    632454\fIport\fRmust be a valid port name (see
    633 \FCenumports\F[]\&.
     455enumports\&.
    634456.RE
    635457.PP
    … …  
    682504.RS 4
    683505Retrieve the data for a given printer setting\&. See the
    684 \FCenumdata\F[]
     506enumdata
    685507command for more information\&. This command corresponds to the GetPrinterData() MS Platform SDK function\&.
    686508.RE
    … …  
    723545.sp
    724546See also the
    725 \FCenumprinters\F[]
     547enumprinters
    726548and
    727 \FCenumdrivers\F[]
     549enumdrivers
    728550commands for obtaining a list of of installed printers and drivers\&.
    729551.RE
    … …  
    814636.RS 4
    815637Exit
    816 \FCrpcclient \F[]\&.
     638rpcclient\&.
    817639.RE
    818640.SH "BUGS"
    819641.PP
    820 \FCrpcclient\F[]
     642rpcclient
    821643is designed as a developer testing tool and may not be robust in certain areas (such as command line parsing)\&. It has been known to generate a core dump upon failures when invalid parameters where passed to the interpreter\&.
    822644.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/samba.7

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: samba
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: Miscellanea
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "SAMBA" "7" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "Miscellanea"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "SAMBA" "7" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "Miscellanea"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022samba \- A Windows SMB/CIFS fileserver for UNIX
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCsamba\F[]
    175 .fam
     25samba
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18232.RS 4
    18333The
    184 \FCsmbd\F[]
     34smbd
    18535daemon provides the file and print services to SMB clients, such as Windows 95/98, Windows NT, Windows for Workgroups or LanManager\&. The configuration file for this daemon is described in
    18636\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    … …  
    19040.RS 4
    19141The
    192 \FCnmbd\F[]
     42nmbd
    19343daemon provides NetBIOS nameservice and browsing support\&. The configuration file for this daemon is described in
    19444\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    … …  
    19848.RS 4
    19949The
    200 \FCsmbclient\F[]
     50smbclient
    20151program implements a simple ftp\-like client\&. This is useful for accessing SMB shares on other compatible servers (such as Windows NT), and can also be used to allow a UNIX box to print to a printer attached to any SMB server (such as a PC running Windows NT)\&.
    20252.RE
    … …  
    20555.RS 4
    20656The
    207 \FCtestparm\F[]
     57testparm
    20858utility is a simple syntax checker for Samba\'s
    20959\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    … …  
    21464.RS 4
    21565The
    216 \FCtestprns\F[]
     66testprns
    21767utility supports testing printer names defined in your
    218 \FCprintcap\F[]
     68printcap
    21969file used by Samba\&.
    22070.RE
    … …  
    22373.RS 4
    22474The
    225 \FCsmbstatus\F[]
     75smbstatus
    22676tool provides access to information about the current connections to
    227 \FCsmbd\F[]\&.
     77smbd\&.
    22878.RE
    22979.PP
    … …  
    23181.RS 4
    23282The
    233 \FCnmblookup\F[]
     83nmblookup
    23484tools allows NetBIOS name queries to be made from a UNIX host\&.
    23585.RE
    … …  
    23888.RS 4
    23989The
    240 \FCsmbpasswd\F[]
     90smbpasswd
    24191command is a tool for changing LanMan and Windows NT password hashes on Samba and Windows NT servers\&.
    24292.RE
    … …  
    24595.RS 4
    24696The
    247 \FCsmbcacls\F[]
     97smbcacls
    24898command is a tool to set ACL\'s on remote CIFS servers\&.
    24999.RE
    … …  
    252102.RS 4
    253103The
    254 \FCsmbsh\F[]
     104smbsh
    255105command is a program that allows you to run a unix shell with with an overloaded VFS\&.
    256106.RE
    … …  
    259109.RS 4
    260110The
    261 \FCsmbtree\F[]
     111smbtree
    262112command is a text\-based network neighborhood tool\&.
    263113.RE
    … …  
    266116.RS 4
    267117The
    268 \FCsmbtar\F[]
     118smbtar
    269119can make backups of data on CIFS/SMB servers\&.
    270120.RE
    … …  
    272122\fBsmbspool\fR(8)
    273123.RS 4
    274 \FCsmbspool\F[]
     124smbspool
    275125is a helper utility for printing on printers connected to CIFS servers\&.
    276126.RE
    … …  
    278128\fBsmbcontrol\fR(1)
    279129.RS 4
    280 \FCsmbcontrol\F[]
     130smbcontrol
    281131is a utility that can change the behaviour of running samba daemons\&.
    282132.RE
    … …  
    284134\fBrpcclient\fR(1)
    285135.RS 4
    286 \FCrpcclient\F[]
     136rpcclient
    287137is a utility that can be used to execute RPC commands on remote CIFS servers\&.
    288138.RE
    … …  
    291141.RS 4
    292142The
    293 \FCpdbedit\F[]
     143pdbedit
    294144command can be used to maintain the local user database on a samba server\&.
    295145.RE
    … …  
    298148.RS 4
    299149The
    300 \FCfindsmb\F[]
     150findsmb
    301151command can be used to find SMB servers on the local network\&.
    302152.RE
    … …  
    305155.RS 4
    306156The
    307 \FCnet\F[]
     157net
    308158command is supposed to work similar to the DOS/Windows NET\&.EXE command\&.
    309159.RE
    … …  
    311161\fBswat\fR(8)
    312162.RS 4
    313 \FCswat\F[]
     163swat
    314164is a web\-based interface to configuring
    315 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&.
     165smb\&.conf\&.
    316166.RE
    317167.PP
    318168\fBwinbindd\fR(8)
    319169.RS 4
    320 \FCwinbindd\F[]
     170winbindd
    321171is a daemon that is used for integrating authentication and the user database into unix\&.
    322172.RE
    … …  
    324174\fBwbinfo\fR(1)
    325175.RS 4
    326 \FCwbinfo\F[]
     176wbinfo
    327177is a utility that retrieves and stores information related to winbind\&.
    328178.RE
    … …  
    330180\fBprofiles\fR(1)
    331181.RS 4
    332 \FCprofiles\F[]
     182profiles
    333183is a command\-line utility that can be used to replace all occurences of a certain SID with another SID\&.
    334184.RE
    … …  
    336186\fBlog2pcap\fR(1)
    337187.RS 4
    338 \FClog2pcap\F[]
     188log2pcap
    339189is a utility for generating pcap trace files from Samba log files\&.
    340190.RE
    … …  
    342192\fBvfstest\fR(1)
    343193.RS 4
    344 \FCvfstest\F[]
     194vfstest
    345195is a utility that can be used to test vfs modules\&.
    346196.RE
    … …  
    348198\fBntlm_auth\fR(1)
    349199.RS 4
    350 \FCntlm_auth\F[]
     200ntlm_auth
    351201is a helper\-utility for external programs wanting to do NTLM\-authentication\&.
    352202.RE
    … …  
    354204\fBsmbmount\fR(8), \fBsmbumount\fR(8), \fBsmbmnt\fR(8)
    355205.RS 4
    356 \FCsmbmount\F[],\FCsmbumount\F[]
     206smbmount,smbumount
    357207and
    358 \FCsmbmnt\F[]
     208smbmnt
    359209are commands that can be used to mount CIFS/SMB shares on Linux\&.
    360210.RE
    … …  
    362212\fBsmbcquotas\fR(1)
    363213.RS 4
    364 \FCsmbcquotas\F[]
     214smbcquotas
    365215is a tool that can set remote QUOTA\'s on server with NTFS 5\&.
    366216.RE
    … …  
    397247http://devel\&.samba\&.org/
    398248for information on how to do it properly\&. We prefer patches in
    399 \FCdiff \-u\F[]
     249diff \-u
    400250format\&.
    401251.SH "CONTRIBUTORS"
    402252.PP
    403253Contributors to the project are now too numerous to mention here but all deserve the thanks of all Samba users\&. To see a full list, look at the
    404 \FCchange\-log\F[]
     254change\-log
    405255in the source package for the pre\-CVS changes and at
    406256http://cvs\&.samba\&.org/

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/sharesec.1

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: sharesec
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: User Commands
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "SHARESEC" "1" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "SHARESEC" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022sharesec \- Set or get share ACLs
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCsharesec\F[] {sharename} [\-r,\ \-\-remove=ACL] [\-m,\ \-\-modify=ACL] [\-a,\ \-\-add=ACL] [\-R,\ \-\-replace=ACLs] [\-D,\ \-\-delete] [\-v,\ \-\-view] [\-M,\ \-\-machine\-sid] [\-F,\ \-\-force] [\-d,\ \-\-debuglevel=DEBUGLEVEL] [\-s,\ \-\-configfile=CONFIGFILE] [\-l,\ \-\-log\-basename=LOGFILEBASE] [\-V,\ \-\-version] [\-?,\ \-\-help] [\-\-usage]
    175 .fam
     25sharesec {sharename} [\-r,\ \-\-remove=ACL] [\-m,\ \-\-modify=ACL] [\-a,\ \-\-add=ACL] [\-R,\ \-\-replace=ACLs] [\-D,\ \-\-delete] [\-v,\ \-\-view] [\-M,\ \-\-machine\-sid] [\-F,\ \-\-force] [\-d,\ \-\-debuglevel=DEBUGLEVEL] [\-s,\ \-\-configfile=CONFIGFILE] [\-l,\ \-\-log\-basename=LOGFILEBASE] [\-V,\ \-\-version] [\-?,\ \-\-help] [\-\-usage]
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232The
    183 \FCsharesec\F[]
     33sharesec
    18434program manipulates share permissions on SMB file shares\&.
    18535.SH "OPTIONS"
    18636.PP
    18737The following options are available to the
    188 \FCsharesec\F[]
     38sharesec
    18939program\&. The format of ACLs is described in the section ACL FORMAT
    19040.PP
    … …  
    23989.sp
    24090Note that specifying this parameter here will override the
    241 \m[blue]\fBlog level\fR\m[]
     91\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    24292parameter in the
    243 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     93smb\&.conf
    24494file\&.
    24595.RE
    24696.PP
    247 \-V
     97\-V|\-\-version
    24898.RS 4
    24999Prints the program version number\&.
    250100.RE
    251101.PP
    252 \-s <configuration file>
     102\-s|\-\-configfile <configuration file>
    253103.RS 4
    254104The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    255 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     105smb\&.conf
    256106for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    257107.RE
    … …  
    270120.RS 4
    271121.\}
    272 .fam C
    273 .ps -1
    274122.nf
    275 .if t \{\
    276 .sp -1
    277 .\}
    278 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    279 .sp -1
    280 
    281123        REVISION:<revision number>
    282124        OWNER:<sid or name>
    … …  
    284126        ACL:<sid or name>:<type>/<flags>/<mask>
    285127       
    286 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    287 .if t \{\
    288 .sp 1
    289 .\}
    290128.fi
    291 .fam
    292 .ps +1
    293129.if n \{\
    294130.RE
    … …  
    417253.PP
    418254The
    419 \FCsharesec\F[]
     255sharesec
    420256program sets the exit status depending on the success or otherwise of the operations performed\&. The exit status may be one of the following values\&.
    421257.PP
    422258If the operation succeeded, sharesec returns and exit status of 0\&. If
    423 \FCsharesec\F[]
     259sharesec
    424260couldn\'t connect to the specified server, or there was an error getting or setting the ACLs, an exit status of 1 is returned\&. If there was an error parsing any command line arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned\&.
    425261.SH "EXAMPLES"
    … …  
    433269.RS 4
    434270.\}
    435 .fam C
    436 .ps -1
    437271.nf
    438 .if t \{\
    439 .sp -1
    440 .\}
    441 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    442 .sp -1
    443 
    444272        host:~ # sharesec share \-a S\-1\-5\-21\-1866488690\-1365729215\-3963860297\-17724:ALLOWED/0/FULL
    445273       
    446 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    447 .if t \{\
    448 .sp 1
    449 .\}
    450274.fi
    451 .fam
    452 .ps +1
    453275.if n \{\
    454276.RE
    … …  
    461283.RS 4
    462284.\}
    463 .fam C
    464 .ps -1
    465285.nf
    466 .if t \{\
    467 .sp -1
    468 .\}
    469 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    470 .sp -1
    471 
    472286        host:~ # sharesec share \-v
    473287        REVISION:1
    … …  
    477291        ACL:S\-1\-5\-21\-1866488690\-1365729215\-3963860297\-17724:ALLOWED/0/FULL
    478292       
    479 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    480 .if t \{\
    481 .sp 1
    482 .\}
    483293.fi
    484 .fam
    485 .ps +1
    486294.if n \{\
    487295.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/smb.conf.5

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: smb.conf
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: File Formats and Conventions
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "SMB\&.CONF" "5" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "File Formats and Conventions"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "SMB\&.CONF" "5" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "File Formats and Conventions"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022smb.conf \- The configuration file for the Samba suite
    17123.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17224.PP
    17325The
    174 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     26smb\&.conf
    17527file is a configuration file for the Samba suite\&.
    176 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     28smb\&.conf
    17729contains runtime configuration information for the Samba programs\&. The
    178 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     30smb\&.conf
    17931file is designed to be configured and administered by the
    18032\fBswat\fR(8)
    … …  
    18739.RS 4
    18840.\}
    189 .fam C
    190 .ps -1
    19141.nf
    192 .if t \{\
    193 .sp -1
    194 .\}
    195 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    196 .sp -1
    197 
    19842\fIname\fR = \fIvalue \fR
    199 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    200 .if t \{\
    201 .sp 1
    202 .\}
    20343.fi
    204 .fam
    205 .ps +1
    20644.if n \{\
    20745.RE
    … …  
    21755.PP
    21856Any line ending in a
    219 \(lq\FC\e\F[]\(rq
     57\(lq\e\(rq
    22058is continued on the next line in the customary UNIX fashion\&.
    22159.PP
    … …  
    24078.PP
    24179Sections other than guest services will require a password to access them\&. The client provides the username\&. As older clients only provide passwords and not usernames, you may specify a list of usernames to check against the password using the
    242 \FCuser =\F[]
     80user =
    24381option in the share definition\&. For modern clients such as Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000, this should not be necessary\&.
    24482.PP
    … …  
    24684.PP
    24785The following sample section defines a file space share\&. The user has write access to the path
    248 \FC/home/bar\F[]\&. The share is accessed via the share name
    249 \FCfoo\F[]:
     86/home/bar\&. The share is accessed via the share name
     87foo:
    25088.sp
    25189.if n \{\
    25290.RS 4
    25391.\}
    254 .fam C
    255 .ps -1
    25692.nf
    257 .if t \{\
    258 .sp -1
    259 .\}
    260 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    261 .sp -1
    262 
    26393        \fI[foo]\fR
    26494        \m[blue]\fBpath = /home/bar\fR\m[]
    26595        \m[blue]\fBread only = no\fR\m[]
    266 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    267 .if t \{\
    268 .sp 1
    269 .\}
    27096.fi
    271 .fam
    272 .ps +1
    27397.if n \{\
    27498.RE
    … …  
    282106.RS 4
    283107.\}
    284 .fam C
    285 .ps -1
    286108.nf
    287 .if t \{\
    288 .sp -1
    289 .\}
    290 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    291 .sp -1
    292 
    293109        \fI[aprinter]\fR
    294110        \m[blue]\fBpath = /usr/spool/public\fR\m[]
    … …  
    296112        \m[blue]\fBprintable = yes\fR\m[]
    297113        \m[blue]\fBguest ok = yes\fR\m[]
    298 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    299 .if t \{\
    300 .sp 1
    301 .\}
    302114.fi
    303 .fam
    304 .ps +1
    305115.if n \{\
    306116.RE
    … …  
    349159.RS 4
    350160.\}
    351 .fam C
    352 .ps -1
    353161.nf
    354 .if t \{\
    355 .sp -1
    356 .\}
    357 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    358 .sp -1
    359 
    360162\fBpath = /data/pchome/%S\fR
    361 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    362 .if t \{\
    363 .sp 1
    364 .\}
    365163.fi
    366 .fam
    367 .ps +1
    368164.if n \{\
    369165.RE
    … …  
    382178.RS 4
    383179.\}
    384 .fam C
    385 .ps -1
    386180.nf
    387 .if t \{\
    388 .sp -1
    389 .\}
    390 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    391 .sp -1
    392 
    393181\fI[homes]\fR
    394182\m[blue]\fBread only = no\fR\m[]
    395 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    396 .if t \{\
    397 .sp 1
    398 .\}
    399183.fi
    400 .fam
    401 .ps +1
    402184.if n \{\
    403185.RE
    … …  
    464246.RS 4
    465247.\}
    466 .fam C
    467 .ps -1
    468248.nf
    469 .if t \{\
    470 .sp -1
    471 .\}
    472 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    473 .sp -1
    474 
    475249\fI[printers]\fR
    476250\m[blue]\fBpath = /usr/spool/public\fR\m[]
    477251\m[blue]\fBguest ok = yes\fR\m[]
    478252\m[blue]\fBprintable = yes\fR\m[]
    479 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    480 .if t \{\
    481 .sp 1
    482 .\}
    483253.fi
    484 .fam
    485 .ps +1
    486254.if n \{\
    487255.RE
    … …  
    493261.RS 4
    494262.\}
    495 .fam C
    496 .ps -1
    497263.nf
    498 .if t \{\
    499 .sp -1
    500 .\}
    501 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    502 .sp -1
    503 
    504264alias|alias|alias|alias\&.\&.\&.   
    505 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    506 .if t \{\
    507 .sp 1
    508 .\}
    509265.fi
    510 .fam
    511 .ps +1
    512266.if n \{\
    513267.RE
    … …  
    516270Each alias should be an acceptable printer name for your printing subsystem\&. In the [global] section, specify the new file as your printcap\&. The server will only recognize names found in your pseudo\-printcap, which of course can contain whatever aliases you like\&. The same technique could be used simply to limit access to a subset of your local printers\&.
    517271.PP
    518 An alias, by the way, is defined as any component of the first entry of a printcap record\&. Records are separated by newlines, components (if there are more than one) are separated by vertical bar symbols (\FC|\F[])\&.
     272An alias, by the way, is defined as any component of the first entry of a printcap record\&. Records are separated by newlines, components (if there are more than one) are separated by vertical bar symbols (|)\&.
    519273.if n \{\
    520274.sp
    521275.\}
    522276.RS 4
    523 .BM yellow
    524277.it 1 an-trap
    525278.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    532285.PP
    533286On SYSV systems which use lpstat to determine what printers are defined on the system you may be able to use
    534 \FCprintcap name = lpstat\F[]
     287printcap name = lpstat
    535288to automatically obtain a list of printers\&. See the
    536 \FCprintcap name\F[]
     289printcap name
    537290option for more details\&.
    538291.sp .5v
    539 .EM yellow
    540292.RE
    541293.SH "USERSHARES"
    … …  
    581333.PP
    582334To allow members of the UNIX group
    583 \FCfoo\F[]
     335foo
    584336to create user defined shares, create the directory to contain the share definitions as follows:
    585337.PP
    … …  
    589341.RS 4
    590342.\}
    591 .fam C
    592 .ps -1
    593343.nf
    594 .if t \{\
    595 .sp -1
    596 .\}
    597 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    598 .sp -1
    599 
    600344mkdir /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares
    601345chgrp foo /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares
    602346chmod 1770 /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares
    603 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    604 .if t \{\
    605 .sp 1
    606 .\}
    607347.fi
    608 .fam
    609 .ps +1
    610348.if n \{\
    611349.RE
    … …  
    617355.RS 4
    618356.\}
    619 .fam C
    620 .ps -1
    621357.nf
    622 .if t \{\
    623 .sp -1
    624 .\}
    625 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    626 .sp -1
    627 
    628358        \m[blue]\fBusershare path = /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares\fR\m[]
    629359        \m[blue]\fBusershare max shares = 10\fR\m[] # (or the desired number of shares)
    630 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    631 .if t \{\
    632 .sp 1
    633 .\}
    634360.fi
    635 .fam
    636 .ps +1
    637361.if n \{\
    638362.RE
    … …  
    640364.sp
    641365to the global section of your
    642 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&. Members of the group foo may then manipulate the user defined shares using the following commands\&.
     366smb\&.conf\&. Members of the group foo may then manipulate the user defined shares using the following commands\&.
    643367.PP
    644368net usershare add sharename path [comment] [acl] [guest_ok=[y|n]]
    … …  
    804528.RS 4
    805529the path of the service\'s home directory, obtained from your NIS auto\&.map entry\&. The NIS auto\&.map entry is split up as
    806 \FC%N:%p\F[]\&.
     530%N:%p\&.
    807531.RE
    808532.PP
    809533There are some quite creative things that can be done with these substitutions and other
    810 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     534smb\&.conf
    811535options\&.
    812536.SH "NAME MANGLING"
    813537.PP
    814538Samba supports
    815 \FCname mangling\F[]
     539name mangling
    816540so that DOS and Windows clients can use files that don\'t conform to the 8\&.3 format\&. It can also be set to adjust the case of 8\&.3 format filenames\&.
    817541.PP
    … …  
    843567.RS 4
    844568controls whether new files (ie\&. files that don\'t currently exist in the filesystem) are created with the case that the client passes, or if they are forced to be the
    845 \FCdefault\F[]
     569default
    846570case\&. Default
    847571\fIyes\fR\&.
    … …  
    851575.RS 4
    852576controls if new files (ie\&. files that don\'t currently exist in the filesystem) which conform to 8\&.3 syntax, that is all in upper case and of suitable length, are created upper case, or if they are forced to be the
    853 \FCdefault\F[]
     577default
    854578case\&. This option can be used with
    855 \FCpreserve case = yes\F[]
     579preserve case = yes
    856580to permit long filenames to retain their case, while short names are lowercased\&. Default
    857581\fIyes\fR\&.
    … …  
    876600.\}
    877601If the client has passed a username/password pair and that username/password pair is validated by the UNIX system\'s password programs, the connection is made as that username\&. This includes the
    878 \FC\e\eserver\eservice\F[]%\fIusername\fR
     602\e\eserver\eservice%\fIusername\fR
    879603method of passing a username\&.
    880604.RE
    … …  
    922646.\}
    923647If a
    924 \FCuser = \F[]
     648user =
    925649field is given in the
    926 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     650smb\&.conf
    927651file for the service and the client has supplied a password, and that password matches (according to the UNIX system\'s password checking) with one of the usernames from the
    928 \FCuser =\F[]
     652user =
    929653field, the connection is made as the username in the
    930 \FCuser =\F[]
     654user =
    931655line\&. If one of the usernames in the
    932 \FCuser =\F[]
     656user =
    933657list begins with a
    934 \FC@\F[], that name expands to a list of names in the group of the same name\&.
     658@, that name expands to a list of names in the group of the same name\&.
    935659.RE
    936660.sp
    … …  
    944668.\}
    945669If the service is a guest service, a connection is made as the username given in the
    946 \FCguest account =\F[]
     670guest account =
    947671for the service, irrespective of the supplied password\&.
    948672.RE
    … …  
    950674.PP
    951675Starting with Samba version 3\&.2\&.0, the capability to store Samba configuration in the registry is available\&. The configuration is stored in the registry key
    952 \fI\FCHKLM\eSoftware\eSamba\esmbconf\F[]\fR\&. There are two levels of registry configuration:
     676\fIHKLM\eSoftware\eSamba\esmbconf\fR\&. There are two levels of registry configuration:
    953677.sp
    954678.RS 4
    … …  
    1013737\fInet (rpc) registry\fR
    1014738in the key
    1015 \fI\FCHKLM\eSoftware\eSamba\esmbconf\F[]\fR\&. More conveniently, the
     739\fIHKLM\eSoftware\eSamba\esmbconf\fR\&. More conveniently, the
    1016740\fIconf\fR
    1017741subcommand of the
    … …  
    1034758.sp
    1035759Default:
    1036 \fI\fIabort shutdown script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC""\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1037 .sp
    1038 Example:
    1039 \fI\fIabort shutdown script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/sbin/shutdown \-c\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     760\fI\fIabort shutdown script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI""\fR\fI \fR
     761.sp
     762Example:
     763\fI\fIabort shutdown script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/sbin/shutdown \-c\fR\fI \fR
    1040764.RE
    1041765
    … …  
    1050774.sp
    1051775Default:
    1052 \fI\fIacl check permissions\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCTrue\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     776\fI\fIacl check permissions\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fITrue\fR\fI \fR
    1053777.RE
    1054778
    … …  
    1066790.sp
    1067791Default:
    1068 \fI\fIacl compatibility\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCAuto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1069 .sp
    1070 Example:
    1071 \fI\fIacl compatibility\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCwin2k\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     792\fI\fIacl compatibility\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIAuto\fR\fI \fR
     793.sp
     794Example:
     795\fI\fIacl compatibility\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIwin2k\fR\fI \fR
    1072796.RE
    1073797
    … …  
    1095819.sp
    1096820Default:
    1097 \fI\fIacl group control\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     821\fI\fIacl group control\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    1098822.RE
    1099823
    … …  
    1106830.sp
    1107831Default:
    1108 \fI\fIacl map full control\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCTrue\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     832\fI\fIacl map full control\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fITrue\fR\fI \fR
    1109833.RE
    1110834
    … …  
    1122846.sp
    1123847Default:
    1124 \fI\fIadd group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1125 .sp
    1126 Example:
    1127 \fI\fIadd group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/sbin/groupadd %g\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     848\fI\fIadd group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     849.sp
     850Example:
     851\fI\fIadd group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/sbin/groupadd %g\fR\fI \fR
    1128852.RE
    1129853
    … …  
    1140864.sp
    1141865Default:
    1142 \fI\fIadd machine script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1143 .sp
    1144 Example:
    1145 \fI\fIadd machine script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/sbin/adduser \-n \-g machines \-c Machine \-d /var/lib/nobody \-s /bin/false %u\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     866\fI\fIadd machine script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     867.sp
     868Example:
     869\fI\fIadd machine script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/sbin/adduser \-n \-g machines \-c Machine \-d /var/lib/nobody \-s /bin/false %u\fR\fI \fR
    1146870.RE
    1147871
    … …  
    1177901.sp
    1178902Default:
    1179 \fI\fIadd port command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1180 .sp
    1181 Example:
    1182 \fI\fIadd port command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/etc/samba/scripts/addport\&.sh\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     903\fI\fIadd port command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     904.sp
     905Example:
     906\fI\fIadd port command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/etc/samba/scripts/addport\&.sh\fR\fI \fR
    1183907.RE
    1184908
    … …  
    1192916\fIaddprinter command\fR
    1193917defines a script to be run which will perform the necessary operations for adding the printer to the print system and to add the appropriate service definition to the
    1194 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     918smb\&.conf
    1195919file in order that it can be shared by
    1196920\fBsmbd\fR(8)\&.
    … …  
    1271995\fIaddprinter command\fR
    1272996has been executed,
    1273 \FCsmbd\F[]
     997smbd
    1274998will reparse the
    1275 \FC smb\&.conf\F[]
     999smb\&.conf
    12761000to determine if the share defined by the APW exists\&. If the sharename is still invalid, then
    1277 \FCsmbd \F[]
     1001smbd
    12781002will return an ACCESS_DENIED error to the client\&.
    12791003.sp
    … …  
    12831007.sp
    12841008Default:
    1285 \fI\fIaddprinter command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1286 .sp
    1287 Example:
    1288 \fI\fIaddprinter command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/bin/addprinter\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1009\fI\fIaddprinter command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     1010.sp
     1011Example:
     1012\fI\fIaddprinter command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/bin/addprinter\fR\fI \fR
    12891013.RE
    12901014
    … …  
    12961020\fIadd share command\fR
    12971021is used to define an external program or script which will add a new service definition to
    1298 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&.
     1022smb\&.conf\&.
    12991023.sp
    13001024In order to successfully execute the
    13011025\fIadd share command\fR,
    1302 \FCsmbd\F[]
     1026smbd
    13031027requires that the administrator connects using a root account (i\&.e\&. uid == 0) or has the
    1304 \FCSeDiskOperatorPrivilege\F[]\&. Scripts defined in the
     1028SeDiskOperatorPrivilege\&. Scripts defined in the
    13051029\fIadd share command\fR
    13061030parameter are executed as root\&.
    13071031.sp
    13081032When executed,
    1309 \FCsmbd\F[]
     1033smbd
    13101034will automatically invoke the
    13111035\fIadd share command\fR
    … …  
    13221046\fIconfigFile\fR
    13231047\- the location of the global
    1324 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     1048smb\&.conf
    13251049file\&.
    13261050.RE
    … …  
    13781102.sp
    13791103Default:
    1380 \fI\fIadd share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1381 .sp
    1382 Example:
    1383 \fI\fIadd share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/bin/addshare\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1104\fI\fIadd share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     1105.sp
     1106Example:
     1107\fI\fIadd share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/bin/addshare\fR\fI \fR
    13841108.RE
    13851109
    … …  
    14141138\m[blue]\fBpassword server\fR\m[]
    14151139and attempts to authenticate the given user with the given password\&. If the authentication succeeds then
    1416 \FCsmbd\F[]
     1140smbd
    14171141attempts to find a UNIX user in the UNIX password database to map the Windows user into\&. If this lookup fails, and
    14181142\m[blue]\fBadd user script\fR\m[]
    14191143is set then
    1420 \FCsmbd\F[]
     1144smbd
    14211145will call the specified script
    14221146\fIAS ROOT\fR, expanding any
    … …  
    14251149.sp
    14261150If this script successfully creates the user then
    1427 \FCsmbd\F[]
     1151smbd
    14281152will continue on as though the UNIX user already existed\&. In this way, UNIX users are dynamically created to match existing Windows NT accounts\&.
    14291153.sp
    … …  
    14341158.sp
    14351159Default:
    1436 \fI\fIadd user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1437 .sp
    1438 Example:
    1439 \fI\fIadd user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/samba/bin/add_user %u\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1160\fI\fIadd user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     1161.sp
     1162Example:
     1163\fI\fIadd user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/samba/bin/add_user %u\fR\fI \fR
    14401164.RE
    14411165
    … …  
    14531177.sp
    14541178Note that the
    1455 \FCadduser\F[]
     1179adduser
    14561180command used in the example below does not support the used syntax on all systems\&.
    14571181.sp
    14581182Default:
    1459 \fI\fIadd user to group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1460 .sp
    1461 Example:
    1462 \fI\fIadd user to group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/sbin/adduser %u %g\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1183\fI\fIadd user to group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     1184.sp
     1185Example:
     1186\fI\fIadd user to group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/sbin/adduser %u %g\fR\fI \fR
    14631187.RE
    14641188
    … …  
    14761200.sp
    14771201Default:
    1478 \fI\fIadministrative share\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1202\fI\fIadministrative share\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    14791203.RE
    14801204
    … …  
    14921216.sp
    14931217Default:
    1494 \fI\fIadmin users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1495 .sp
    1496 Example:
    1497 \fI\fIadmin users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCjason\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1218\fI\fIadmin users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     1219.sp
     1220Example:
     1221\fI\fIadmin users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIjason\fR\fI \fR
    14981222.RE
    14991223
    … …  
    15071231.sp
    15081232Default:
    1509 \fI\fIafs share\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1233\fI\fIafs share\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    15101234.RE
    15111235
    … …  
    15191243.sp
    15201244Default:
    1521 \fI\fIafs username map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1522 .sp
    1523 Example:
    1524 \fI\fIafs username map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC%u@afs\&.samba\&.org\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1245\fI\fIafs username map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     1246.sp
     1247Example:
     1248\fI\fIafs username map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI%u@afs\&.samba\&.org\fR\fI \fR
    15251249.RE
    15261250
    … …  
    15401264.sp
    15411265Default:
    1542 \fI\fIaio read size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1543 .sp
    1544 Example:
    1545 \fI\fIaio read size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC16384 # Use asynchronous I/O for reads bigger than 16KB request size\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1266\fI\fIaio read size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     1267.sp
     1268Example:
     1269\fI\fIaio read size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI16384 # Use asynchronous I/O for reads bigger than 16KB request size\fR\fI \fR
     1270.RE
     1271
     1272aio write behind (S)
     1273.\" aio write behind
     1274.PP
     1275.RS 4
     1276If Samba has been built with asynchronous I/O support, Samba will not wait until write requests are finished before returning the result to the client for files listed in this parameter\&. Instead, Samba will immediately return that the write request has been finished successfully, no matter if the operation will succeed or not\&. This might speed up clients without aio support, but is really dangerous, because data could be lost and files could be damaged\&.
     1277.sp
     1278The syntax is identical to the
     1279\m[blue]\fBveto files\fR\m[]
     1280parameter\&.
     1281.sp
     1282Default:
     1283\fI\fIaio write behind\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     1284.sp
     1285Example:
     1286\fI\fIaio write behind\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/*\&.tmp/\fR\fI \fR
    15461287.RE
    15471288
    … …  
    15611302.sp
    15621303Default:
    1563 \fI\fIaio write size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1564 .sp
    1565 Example:
    1566 \fI\fIaio write size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC16384 # Use asynchronous I/O for writes bigger than 16KB request size\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1304\fI\fIaio write size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     1305.sp
     1306Example:
     1307\fI\fIaio write size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI16384 # Use asynchronous I/O for writes bigger than 16KB request size\fR\fI \fR
    15671308.RE
    15681309
    … …  
    15781319.sp
    15791320Default:
    1580 \fI\fIalgorithmic rid base\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1581 .sp
    1582 Example:
    1583 \fI\fIalgorithmic rid base\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC100000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1321\fI\fIalgorithmic rid base\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1000\fR\fI \fR
     1322.sp
     1323Example:
     1324\fI\fIalgorithmic rid base\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI100000\fR\fI \fR
    15841325.RE
    15851326
    … …  
    15931334.sp
    15941335Default:
    1595 \fI\fIallocation roundup size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1048576\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1596 .sp
    1597 Example:
    1598 \fI\fIallocation roundup size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0 # (to disable roundups)\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1336\fI\fIallocation roundup size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1048576\fR\fI \fR
     1337.sp
     1338Example:
     1339\fI\fIallocation roundup size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0 # (to disable roundups)\fR\fI \fR
    15991340.RE
    16001341
    … …  
    16141355.sp
    16151356Default:
    1616 \fI\fIallow trusted domains\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1357\fI\fIallow trusted domains\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    16171358.RE
    16181359
    … …  
    16261367.sp
    16271368Default:
    1628 \fI\fIannounce as\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNT Server\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1629 .sp
    1630 Example:
    1631 \fI\fIannounce as\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCWin95\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1369\fI\fIannounce as\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINT Server\fR\fI \fR
     1370.sp
     1371Example:
     1372\fI\fIannounce as\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIWin95\fR\fI \fR
    16321373.RE
    16331374
    … …  
    16391380.sp
    16401381Default:
    1641 \fI\fIannounce version\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC4\&.9\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1642 .sp
    1643 Example:
    1644 \fI\fIannounce version\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC2\&.0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1382\fI\fIannounce version\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI4\&.9\fR\fI \fR
     1383.sp
     1384Example:
     1385\fI\fIannounce version\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI2\&.0\fR\fI \fR
    16451386.RE
    16461387
    … …  
    16501391.RS 4
    16511392This option allows the administrator to chose what authentication methods
    1652 \FCsmbd\F[]
     1393smbd
    16531394will use when authenticating a user\&. This option defaults to sensible values based on
    16541395\m[blue]\fBsecurity\fR\m[]\&. This should be considered a developer option and used only in rare circumstances\&. In the majority (if not all) of production servers, the default setting should be adequate\&.
    … …  
    16691410.sp
    16701411Default:
    1671 \fI\fIauth methods\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1672 .sp
    1673 Example:
    1674 \fI\fIauth methods\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCguest sam winbind\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1412\fI\fIauth methods\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     1413.sp
     1414Example:
     1415\fI\fIauth methods\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIguest sam winbind\fR\fI \fR
    16751416.RE
    16761417
    … …  
    16851426.sp
    16861427Default:
    1687 \fI\fIavailable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1428\fI\fIavailable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    16881429.RE
    16891430
    … …  
    16991440.sp
    17001441For name service it causes
    1701 \FCnmbd\F[]
     1442nmbd
    17021443to bind to ports 137 and 138 on the interfaces listed in the
    17031444\m[blue]\fBinterfaces\fR\m[]
    17041445parameter\&.
    1705 \FCnmbd\F[]
     1446nmbd
    17061447also binds to the "all addresses" interface (0\&.0\&.0\&.0) on ports 137 and 138 for the purposes of reading broadcast messages\&. If this option is not set then
    1707 \FCnmbd\F[]
     1448nmbd
    17081449will service name requests on all of these sockets\&. If
    17091450\m[blue]\fBbind interfaces only\fR\m[]
    17101451is set then
    1711 \FCnmbd\F[]
     1452nmbd
    17121453will check the source address of any packets coming in on the broadcast sockets and discard any that don\'t match the broadcast addresses of the interfaces in the
    17131454\m[blue]\fBinterfaces\fR\m[]
    17141455parameter list\&. As unicast packets are received on the other sockets it allows
    1715 \FCnmbd\F[]
     1456nmbd
    17161457to refuse to serve names to machines that send packets that arrive through any interfaces not listed in the
    17171458\m[blue]\fBinterfaces\fR\m[]
    17181459list\&. IP Source address spoofing does defeat this simple check, however, so it must not be used seriously as a security feature for
    1719 \FCnmbd\F[]\&.
     1460nmbd\&.
    17201461.sp
    17211462For file service it causes
    … …  
    17241465\m[blue]\fBinterfaces\fR\m[]
    17251466parameter\&. This restricts the networks that
    1726 \FCsmbd\F[]
     1467smbd
    17271468will serve, to packets coming in on those interfaces\&. Note that you should not use this parameter for machines that are serving PPP or other intermittent or non\-broadcast network interfaces as it will not cope with non\-permanent interfaces\&.
    17281469.sp
    … …  
    17401481.sp
    17411482To change a users SMB password, the
    1742 \FCsmbpasswd\F[]
     1483smbpasswd
    17431484by default connects to the
    17441485\fIlocalhost \- 127\&.0\&.0\&.1\fR
    … …  
    17501491\m[blue]\fBinterfaces\fR\m[]
    17511492parameter list then
    1752 \FC smbpasswd\F[]
     1493smbpasswd
    17531494will fail to connect in it\'s default mode\&.
    1754 \FCsmbpasswd\F[]
     1495smbpasswd
    17551496can be forced to use the primary IP interface of the local host by using its
    17561497\fBsmbpasswd\fR(8)
    … …  
    17611502.sp
    17621503The
    1763 \FCswat\F[]
     1504swat
    17641505status page tries to connect with
    1765 \FCsmbd\F[]
     1506smbd
    17661507and
    1767 \FCnmbd\F[]
     1508nmbd
    17681509at the address
    17691510\fI127\&.0\&.0\&.1\fR
    … …  
    17711512\fI127\&.0\&.0\&.1\fR
    17721513will cause
    1773 \FC smbd\F[]
     1514smbd
    17741515and
    1775 \FCnmbd\F[]
     1516nmbd
    17761517to always show "not running" even if they really are\&. This can prevent
    1777 \FC swat\F[]
     1518swat
    17781519from starting/stopping/restarting
    1779 \FCsmbd\F[]
     1520smbd
    17801521and
    1781 \FCnmbd\F[]\&.
    1782 .sp
    1783 Default:
    1784 \fI\fIbind interfaces only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1522nmbd\&.
     1523.sp
     1524Default:
     1525\fI\fIbind interfaces only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    17851526.RE
    17861527
    … …  
    17991540.sp
    18001541Default:
    1801 \fI\fIblocking locks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1542\fI\fIblocking locks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    18021543.RE
    18031544
    … …  
    18151556.sp
    18161557Default:
    1817 \fI\fIblock size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1024\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1818 .sp
    1819 Example:
    1820 \fI\fIblock size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC4096\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1558\fI\fIblock size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1024\fR\fI \fR
     1559.sp
     1560Example:
     1561\fI\fIblock size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI4096\fR\fI \fR
    18211562.RE
    18221563
    … …  
    18361577.sp
    18371578Default:
    1838 \fI\fIbrowseable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1579\fI\fIbrowseable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    18391580.RE
    18401581
    … …  
    18461587\fBsmbd\fR(8)
    18471588will serve a browse list to a client doing a
    1848 \FCNetServerEnum\F[]
     1589NetServerEnum
    18491590call\&. Normally set to
    18501591\fByes\fR\&. You should never need to change this\&.
    18511592.sp
    18521593Default:
    1853 \fI\fIbrowse list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1594\fI\fIbrowse list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    18541595.RE
    18551596
    … …  
    18701611.sp
    18711612Default:
    1872 \fI\fIcase sensitive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1613\fI\fIcase sensitive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    18731614.RE
    18741615
    … …  
    18821623.sp
    18831624Default:
    1884 \fI\fIchange notify\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1625\fI\fIchange notify\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    18851626.RE
    18861627
    … …  
    18921633\fIchange share command\fR
    18931634is used to define an external program or script which will modify an existing service definition in
    1894 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&.
     1635smb\&.conf\&.
    18951636.sp
    18961637In order to successfully execute the
    18971638\fIchange share command\fR,
    1898 \FCsmbd\F[]
     1639smbd
    18991640requires that the administrator connects using a root account (i\&.e\&. uid == 0) or has the
    1900 \FCSeDiskOperatorPrivilege\F[]\&. Scripts defined in the
     1641SeDiskOperatorPrivilege\&. Scripts defined in the
    19011642\fIchange share command\fR
    19021643parameter are executed as root\&.
    19031644.sp
    19041645When executed,
    1905 \FCsmbd\F[]
     1646smbd
    19061647will automatically invoke the
    19071648\fIchange share command\fR
    … …  
    19181659\fIconfigFile\fR
    19191660\- the location of the global
    1920 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     1661smb\&.conf
    19211662file\&.
    19221663.RE
    … …  
    19731714.sp
    19741715Default:
    1975 \fI\fIchange share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1976 .sp
    1977 Example:
    1978 \fI\fIchange share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/bin/changeshare\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1716\fI\fIchange share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     1717.sp
     1718Example:
     1719\fI\fIchange share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/bin/changeshare\fR\fI \fR
    19791720.RE
    19801721
    … …  
    19881729.sp
    19891730Note: In the example directory is a sample program called
    1990 \FCcrackcheck\F[]
     1731crackcheck
    19911732that uses cracklib to check the password quality\&.
    19921733.sp
    19931734Default:
    1994 \fI\fIcheck password script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCDisabled\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    1995 .sp
    1996 Example:
    1997 \fI\fIcheck password script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/sbin/crackcheck\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1735\fI\fIcheck password script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIDisabled\fR\fI \fR
     1736.sp
     1737Example:
     1738\fI\fIcheck password script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/sbin/crackcheck\fR\fI \fR
    19981739.RE
    19991740
    … …  
    20091750.sp
    20101751Disabling this option will also disable the
    2011 \FCclient plaintext auth\F[]
     1752client plaintext auth
    20121753option\&.
    20131754.sp
    20141755Likewise, if the
    2015 \FCclient ntlmv2 auth\F[]
     1756client ntlmv2 auth
    20161757parameter is enabled, then only NTLMv2 logins will be attempted\&.
    20171758.sp
    20181759Default:
    2019 \fI\fIclient lanman auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1760\fI\fIclient lanman auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    20201761.RE
    20211762
    … …  
    20381779are only available if Samba has been compiled against a modern OpenLDAP version (2\&.3\&.x or higher)\&.
    20391780.sp
    2040 This option is needed in the case of Domain Controllers enforcing the usage of signed LDAP connections (e\&.g\&. Windows 2000 SP3 or higher)\&. LDAP sign and seal can be controlled with the registry key "\FCHKLM\eSystem\eCurrentControlSet\eServices\e\F[]
    2041 \FCNTDS\eParameters\eLDAPServerIntegrity\F[]" on the Windows server side\&.
     1781This option is needed in the case of Domain Controllers enforcing the usage of signed LDAP connections (e\&.g\&. Windows 2000 SP3 or higher)\&. LDAP sign and seal can be controlled with the registry key "HKLM\eSystem\eCurrentControlSet\eServices\e
     1782NTDS\eParameters\eLDAPServerIntegrity" on the Windows server side\&.
    20421783.sp
    20431784Depending on the used KRB5 library (MIT and older Heimdal versions) it is possible that the message "integrity only" is not supported\&. In this case,
    … …  
    20541795.sp
    20551796Default:
    2056 \fI\fIclient ldap sasl wrapping\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCplain\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1797\fI\fIclient ldap sasl wrapping\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIplain\fR\fI \fR
    20571798.RE
    20581799
    … …  
    20681809.sp
    20691810Similarly, if enabled, NTLMv1,
    2070 \FCclient lanman auth\F[]
     1811client lanman auth
    20711812and
    2072 \FCclient plaintext auth\F[]
     1813client plaintext auth
    20731814authentication will be disabled\&. This also disables share\-level authentication\&.
    20741815.sp
    20751816If disabled, an NTLM response (and possibly a LANMAN response) will be sent by the client, depending on the value of
    2076 \FCclient lanman auth\F[]\&.
     1817client lanman auth\&.
    20771818.sp
    20781819Note that some sites (particularly those following \'best practice\' security polices) only allow NTLMv2 responses, and not the weaker LM or NTLM\&.
    20791820.sp
    20801821Default:
    2081 \fI\fIclient ntlmv2 auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1822\fI\fIclient ntlmv2 auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    20821823.RE
    20831824
    … …  
    20891830.sp
    20901831Default:
    2091 \fI\fIclient plaintext auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1832\fI\fIclient plaintext auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    20921833.RE
    20931834
    … …  
    21051846.sp
    21061847Default:
    2107 \fI\fIclient schannel\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCauto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    2108 .sp
    2109 Example:
    2110 \fI\fIclient schannel\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1848\fI\fIclient schannel\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIauto\fR\fI \fR
     1849.sp
     1850Example:
     1851\fI\fIclient schannel\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    21111852.RE
    21121853
    … …  
    21241865.sp
    21251866Default:
    2126 \fI\fIclient signing\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCauto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1867\fI\fIclient signing\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIauto\fR\fI \fR
    21271868.RE
    21281869
    … …  
    21341875.sp
    21351876Default:
    2136 \fI\fIclient use spnego\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1877\fI\fIclient use spnego\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    21371878.RE
    21381879
    … …  
    21441885.sp
    21451886Default:
    2146 \fI\fIcluster addresses\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    2147 .sp
    2148 Example:
    2149 \fI\fIcluster addresses\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC10\&.0\&.0\&.1 10\&.0\&.0\&.2 10\&.0\&.0\&.3\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1887\fI\fIcluster addresses\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     1888.sp
     1889Example:
     1890\fI\fIcluster addresses\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI10\&.0\&.0\&.1 10\&.0\&.0\&.2 10\&.0\&.0\&.3\fR\fI \fR
    21501891.RE
    21511892
    … …  
    21571898.sp
    21581899Set this parameter to
    2159 \FCyes\F[]
     1900yes
    21601901only if you have a cluster setup with ctdb running\&.
    21611902.sp
    21621903Default:
    2163 \fI\fIclustering\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1904\fI\fIclustering\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    21641905.RE
    21651906
    … …  
    21691910.RS 4
    21701911This is a text field that is seen next to a share when a client does a queries the server, either via the network neighborhood or via
    2171 \FCnet view\F[]
     1912net view
    21721913to list what shares are available\&.
    21731914.sp
    … …  
    21771918.sp
    21781919Default:
    2179 \fI\fIcomment\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # No comment\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    2180 .sp
    2181 Example:
    2182 \fI\fIcomment\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCFred\'s Files\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1920\fI\fIcomment\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # No comment\fR\fI \fR
     1921.sp
     1922Example:
     1923\fI\fIcomment\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIFred\'s Files\fR\fI \fR
    21831924.RE
    21841925
    … …  
    22011942.sp
    22021943Default:
    2203 \fI\fIconfig backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCfile\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    2204 .sp
    2205 Example:
    2206 \fI\fIconfig backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCregistry\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1944\fI\fIconfig backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIfile\fR\fI \fR
     1945.sp
     1946Example:
     1947\fI\fIconfig backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIregistry\fR\fI \fR
    22071948.RE
    22081949
    … …  
    22121953.RS 4
    22131954This allows you to override the config file to use, instead of the default (usually
    2214 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[])\&. There is a chicken and egg problem here as this option is set in the config file!
     1955smb\&.conf)\&. There is a chicken and egg problem here as this option is set in the config file!
    22151956.sp
    22161957For this reason, if the name of the config file has changed when the parameters are loaded then it will reload them from the new config file\&.
    … …  
    22231964.sp
    22241965Example:
    2225 \fI\fIconfig file\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\&.%m\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1966\fI\fIconfig file\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\&.%m\fR\fI \fR
    22261967.RE
    22271968
    … …  
    22351976.sp
    22361977Default:
    2237 \fI\fIcopy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    2238 .sp
    2239 Example:
    2240 \fI\fIcopy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCotherservice\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     1978\fI\fIcopy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     1979.sp
     1980Example:
     1981\fI\fIcopy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIotherservice\fR\fI \fR
    22411982.RE
    22421983
    … …  
    22581999.sp
    22592000The default value of this parameter removes the
    2260 \FCgroup\F[]
     2001group
    22612002and
    2262 \FCother\F[]
     2003other
    22632004write and execute bits from the UNIX modes\&.
    22642005.sp
    … …  
    22752016.sp
    22762017Default:
    2277 \fI\fIcreate mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0744\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    2278 .sp
    2279 Example:
    2280 \fI\fIcreate mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0775\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2018\fI\fIcreate mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0744\fR\fI \fR
     2019.sp
     2020Example:
     2021\fI\fIcreate mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0775\fR\fI \fR
    22812022.RE
    22822023
    … …  
    22942035.sp
    22952036Default:
    2296 \fI\fIcsc policy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCmanual\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    2297 .sp
    2298 Example:
    2299 \fI\fIcsc policy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCprograms\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2037\fI\fIcsc policy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fImanual\fR\fI \fR
     2038.sp
     2039Example:
     2040\fI\fIcsc policy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIprograms\fR\fI \fR
    23002041.RE
    23012042
    … …  
    23052046.RS 4
    23062047If you set
    2307 \FCclustering=yes\F[], you need to tell Samba where ctdbd listens on its unix domain socket\&. The default path as of ctdb 1\&.0 is /tmp/ctdb\&.socket which you have to explicitly set for Samba in smb\&.conf\&.
    2308 .sp
    2309 Default:
    2310 \fI\fIctdbd socket\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    2311 .sp
    2312 Example:
    2313 \fI\fIctdbd socket\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/tmp/ctdb\&.socket\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2048clustering=yes, you need to tell Samba where ctdbd listens on its unix domain socket\&. The default path as of ctdb 1\&.0 is /tmp/ctdb\&.socket which you have to explicitly set for Samba in smb\&.conf\&.
     2049.sp
     2050Default:
     2051\fI\fIctdbd socket\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     2052.sp
     2053Example:
     2054\fI\fIctdbd socket\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/tmp/ctdb\&.socket\fR\fI \fR
    23142055.RE
    23152056
    … …  
    23262067.sp
    23272068Default:
    2328 \fI\fIcups connection timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC30\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    2329 .sp
    2330 Example:
    2331 \fI\fIcups connection timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC60\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2069\fI\fIcups connection timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI30\fR\fI \fR
     2070.sp
     2071Example:
     2072\fI\fIcups connection timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI60\fR\fI \fR
    23322073.RE
    23332074
    … …  
    23462087\fBraw\fR
    23472088if your CUPS server
    2348 \FCerror_log\F[]
     2089error_log
    23492090file contains messages such as "Unsupported format \'application/octet\-stream\'" when printing from a Windows client through Samba\&. It is no longer necessary to enable system wide raw printing in
    2350 \FC/etc/cups/mime\&.{convs,types}\F[]\&.
    2351 .sp
    2352 Default:
    2353 \fI\fIcups options\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC""\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    2354 .sp
    2355 Example:
    2356 \fI\fIcups options\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC"raw media=a4"\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2091/etc/cups/mime\&.{convs,types}\&.
     2092.sp
     2093Default:
     2094\fI\fIcups options\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI""\fR\fI \fR
     2095.sp
     2096Example:
     2097\fI\fIcups options\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI"raw media=a4"\fR\fI \fR
    23572098.RE
    23582099
    … …  
    23672108.sp
    23682109If set, this option overrides the ServerName option in the CUPS
    2369 \FCclient\&.conf\F[]\&. This is necessary if you have virtual samba servers that connect to different CUPS daemons\&.
     2110client\&.conf\&. This is necessary if you have virtual samba servers that connect to different CUPS daemons\&.
    23702111.sp
    23712112Optionally, a port can be specified by separating the server name and port number with a colon\&. If no port was specified, the default port for IPP (631) will be used\&.
    23722113.sp
    23732114Default:
    2374 \fI\fIcups server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC""\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    2375 .sp
    2376 Example:
    2377 \fI\fIcups server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCmycupsserver\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    2378 .sp
    2379 Example:
    2380 \fI\fIcups server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCmycupsserver:1631\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2115\fI\fIcups server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI""\fR\fI \fR
     2116.sp
     2117Example:
     2118\fI\fIcups server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fImycupsserver\fR\fI \fR
     2119.sp
     2120Example:
     2121\fI\fIcups server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fImycupsserver:1631\fR\fI \fR
    23812122.RE
    23822123
    … …  
    23962137.sp
    23972138Default:
    2398 \fI\fIdeadtime\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    2399 .sp
    2400 Example:
    2401 \fI\fIdeadtime\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC15\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2139\fI\fIdeadtime\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     2140.sp
     2141Example:
     2142\fI\fIdeadtime\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI15\fR\fI \fR
    24022143.RE
    24032144
    … …  
    24122153.sp
    24132154Default:
    2414 \fI\fIdebug class\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2155\fI\fIdebug class\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    24152156.RE
    24162157
    … …  
    24262167.sp
    24272168Default:
    2428 \fI\fIdebug hires timestamp\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2169\fI\fIdebug hires timestamp\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    24292170.RE
    24302171
    … …  
    24412182.sp
    24422183Default:
    2443 \fI\fIdebug pid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2184\fI\fIdebug pid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    24442185.RE
    24452186
    … …  
    24572198.sp
    24582199Default:
    2459 \fI\fIdebug prefix timestamp\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2200\fI\fIdebug prefix timestamp\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    24602201.RE
    24612202
    … …  
    24772218.sp
    24782219Default:
    2479 \fI\fIdebug timestamp\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2220\fI\fIdebug timestamp\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    24802221.RE
    24812222
    … …  
    24912232.sp
    24922233Default:
    2493 \fI\fIdebug uid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2234\fI\fIdebug uid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    24942235.RE
    24952236
    … …  
    25042245.sp
    25052246Default:
    2506 \fI\fIdefault case\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FClower\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2247\fI\fIdefault case\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIlower\fR\fI \fR
    25072248.RE
    25082249
    … …  
    25182259.sp
    25192260This parameter should be used with care and tested with the printer driver in question\&. It is better to leave the device mode to NULL and let the Windows client set the correct values\&. Because drivers do not do this all the time, setting
    2520 \FCdefault devmode = yes\F[]
     2261default devmode = yes
    25212262will instruct smbd to generate a default one\&.
    25222263.sp
    … …  
    25252266.sp
    25262267Default:
    2527 \fI\fIdefault devmode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2268\fI\fIdefault devmode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    25282269.RE
    25292270
    … …  
    25582299.sp
    25592300Default:
    2560 \fI\fIdefault service\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    2561 .sp
    2562 Example:
    2563 \fI\fIdefault service\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCpub\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2301\fI\fIdefault service\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     2302.sp
     2303Example:
     2304\fI\fIdefault service\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIpub\fR\fI \fR
    25642305.RE
    25652306
    … …  
    25752316.sp
    25762317Default:
    2577 \fI\fIdefer sharing violations\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCTrue\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2318\fI\fIdefer sharing violations\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fITrue\fR\fI \fR
    25782319.RE
    25792320
    … …  
    25902331.sp
    25912332Default:
    2592 \fI\fIdelete group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2333\fI\fIdelete group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    25932334.RE
    25942335
    … …  
    26022343\m[blue]\fBdeleteprinter command\fR\m[]
    26032344defines a script to be run which will perform the necessary operations for removing the printer from the print system and from
    2604 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&.
     2345smb\&.conf\&.
    26052346.sp
    26062347The
    … …  
    26122353\m[blue]\fBdeleteprinter command\fR\m[]
    26132354has been executed,
    2614 \FCsmbd\F[]
     2355smbd
    26152356will reparse the
    2616 \FC smb\&.conf\F[]
     2357smb\&.conf
    26172358to check that the associated printer no longer exists\&. If the sharename is still valid, then
    2618 \FCsmbd \F[]
     2359smbd
    26192360will return an ACCESS_DENIED error to the client\&.
    26202361.sp
    26212362Default:
    2622 \fI\fIdeleteprinter command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    2623 .sp
    2624 Example:
    2625 \fI\fIdeleteprinter command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/bin/removeprinter\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2363\fI\fIdeleteprinter command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     2364.sp
     2365Example:
     2366\fI\fIdeleteprinter command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/bin/removeprinter\fR\fI \fR
    26262367.RE
    26272368
    … …  
    26352376.sp
    26362377Default:
    2637 \fI\fIdelete readonly\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2378\fI\fIdelete readonly\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    26382379.RE
    26392380
    … …  
    26452386\fIdelete share command\fR
    26462387is used to define an external program or script which will remove an existing service definition from
    2647 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&.
     2388smb\&.conf\&.
    26482389.sp
    26492390In order to successfully execute the
    26502391\fIdelete share command\fR,
    2651 \FCsmbd\F[]
     2392smbd
    26522393requires that the administrator connects using a root account (i\&.e\&. uid == 0) or has the
    2653 \FCSeDiskOperatorPrivilege\F[]\&. Scripts defined in the
     2394SeDiskOperatorPrivilege\&. Scripts defined in the
    26542395\fIdelete share command\fR
    26552396parameter are executed as root\&.
    26562397.sp
    26572398When executed,
    2658 \FCsmbd\F[]
     2399smbd
    26592400will automatically invoke the
    26602401\fIdelete share command\fR
    … …  
    26712412\fIconfigFile\fR
    26722413\- the location of the global
    2673 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     2414smb\&.conf
    26742415file\&.
    26752416.RE
    … …  
    26912432.sp
    26922433Default:
    2693 \fI\fIdelete share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    2694 .sp
    2695 Example:
    2696 \fI\fIdelete share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/bin/delshare\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2434\fI\fIdelete share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     2435.sp
     2436Example:
     2437\fI\fIdelete share command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/bin/delshare\fR\fI \fR
    26972438.RE
    26982439
    … …  
    27102451.sp
    27112452Default:
    2712 \fI\fIdelete user from group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    2713 .sp
    2714 Example:
    2715 \fI\fIdelete user from group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/sbin/deluser %u %g\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2453\fI\fIdelete user from group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     2454.sp
     2455Example:
     2456\fI\fIdelete user from group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/sbin/deluser %u %g\fR\fI \fR
    27162457.RE
    27172458
    … …  
    27252466.sp
    27262467This script is called when a remote client removes a user from the server, normally using \'User Manager for Domains\' or
    2727 \FCrpcclient\F[]\&.
     2468rpcclient\&.
    27282469.sp
    27292470This script should delete the given UNIX username\&.
    27302471.sp
    27312472Default:
    2732 \fI\fIdelete user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    2733 .sp
    2734 Example:
    2735 \fI\fIdelete user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/samba/bin/del_user %u\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2473\fI\fIdelete user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     2474.sp
     2475Example:
     2476\fI\fIdelete user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/samba/bin/del_user %u\fR\fI \fR
    27362477.RE
    27372478
    … …  
    27482489If this option is set to
    27492490\fByes\fR, then Samba will attempt to recursively delete any files and directories within the vetoed directory\&. This can be useful for integration with file serving systems such as NetAtalk which create meta\-files within directories you might normally veto DOS/Windows users from seeing (e\&.g\&.
    2750 \FC\&.AppleDouble\F[])
     2491\&.AppleDouble)
    27512492.sp
    27522493Setting
    … …  
    27552496.sp
    27562497Default:
    2757 \fI\fIdelete veto files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2498\fI\fIdelete veto files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    27582499.RE
    27592500
    … …  
    27752516.sp
    27762517Example:
    2777 \fI\fIdfree cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCdfree cache time = 60\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2518\fI\fIdfree cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIdfree cache time = 60\fR\fI \fR
    27782519.RE
    27792520
    … …  
    27932534.sp
    27942535The external program will be passed a single parameter indicating a directory in the filesystem being queried\&. This will typically consist of the string
    2795 \FC\&./\F[]\&. The script should return two integers in ASCII\&. The first should be the total disk space in blocks, and the second should be the number of available blocks\&. An optional third return value can give the block size in bytes\&. The default blocksize is 1024 bytes\&.
     2536\&./\&. The script should return two integers in ASCII\&. The first should be the total disk space in blocks, and the second should be the number of available blocks\&. An optional third return value can give the block size in bytes\&. The default blocksize is 1024 bytes\&.
    27962537.sp
    27972538Note: Your script should
    … …  
    28042545.RS 4
    28052546.\}
    2806 .fam C
    2807 .ps -1
    28082547.nf
    2809 .BB lightgray
    28102548 
    28112549#!/bin/sh
    28122550df $1 | tail \-1 | awk \'{print $(NF\-4),$(NF\-2)}\'
    2813 .EB lightgray
    28142551.fi
    2815 .fam
    2816 .ps +1
    28172552.if n \{\
    28182553.RE
    … …  
    28242559.RS 4
    28252560.\}
    2826 .fam C
    2827 .ps -1
    28282561.nf
    2829 .BB lightgray
    28302562 
    28312563#!/bin/sh
    28322564/usr/bin/df \-k $1 | tail \-1 | awk \'{print $3" "$5}\'
    2833 .EB lightgray
    28342565.fi
    2835 .fam
    2836 .ps +1
    28372566.if n \{\
    28382567.RE
    … …  
    28462575.sp
    28472576Example:
    2848 \fI\fIdfree command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/samba/bin/dfree\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2577\fI\fIdfree command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/samba/bin/dfree\fR\fI \fR
    28492578.RE
    28502579
    … …  
    28772606.sp
    28782607Default:
    2879 \fI\fIdirectory mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0755\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    2880 .sp
    2881 Example:
    2882 \fI\fIdirectory mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0775\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2608\fI\fIdirectory mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0755\fR\fI \fR
     2609.sp
     2610Example:
     2611\fI\fIdirectory mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0775\fR\fI \fR
    28832612.RE
    28842613
    … …  
    29012630.sp
    29022631Default:
    2903 \fI\fIdirectory security mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0777\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    2904 .sp
    2905 Example:
    2906 \fI\fIdirectory security mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0700\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2632\fI\fIdirectory security mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0777\fR\fI \fR
     2633.sp
     2634Example:
     2635\fI\fIdirectory security mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0700\fR\fI \fR
    29072636.RE
    29082637
    … …  
    29162645.\}
    29172646.RS 4
    2918 .BM yellow
    29192647.it 1 an-trap
    29202648.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    29272655Clients that only support netbios won\'t be able to see your samba server when netbios support is disabled\&.
    29282656.sp .5v
    2929 .EM yellow
    2930 .RE
    2931 Default:
    2932 \fI\fIdisable netbios\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2657.RE
     2658Default:
     2659\fI\fIdisable netbios\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    29332660.RE
    29342661
    … …  
    29412668.sp
    29422669Default:
    2943 \fI\fIdisable spoolss\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2670\fI\fIdisable spoolss\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    29442671.RE
    29452672
    … …  
    29522679.sp
    29532680Default:
    2954 \fI\fIdisplay charset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC"LOCALE" or "ASCII" (depending on the system)\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    2955 .sp
    2956 Example:
    2957 \fI\fIdisplay charset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCUTF8\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2681\fI\fIdisplay charset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI"LOCALE" or "ASCII" (depending on the system)\fR\fI \fR
     2682.sp
     2683Example:
     2684\fI\fIdisplay charset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIUTF8\fR\fI \fR
    29582685.RE
    29592686
    … …  
    29692696.sp
    29702697Default:
    2971 \fI\fIdmapi support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2698\fI\fIdmapi support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    29722699.RE
    29732700
    … …  
    29822709Note that the maximum length for a NetBIOS name is 15 characters, so the DNS name (or DNS alias) can likewise only be 15 characters, maximum\&.
    29832710.sp
    2984 \FCnmbd\F[]
     2711nmbd
    29852712spawns a second copy of itself to do the DNS name lookup requests, as doing a name lookup is a blocking action\&.
    29862713.sp
    29872714Default:
    2988 \fI\fIdns proxy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2715\fI\fIdns proxy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    29892716.RE
    29902717
    … …  
    29992726.sp
    30002727Default:
    3001 \fI\fIdomain logons\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2728\fI\fIdomain logons\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    30022729.RE
    30032730
    … …  
    30092736\fBsmbd\fR(8)
    30102737to enable WAN\-wide browse list collation\&. Setting this option causes
    3011 \FCnmbd\F[]
     2738nmbd
    30122739to claim a special domain specific NetBIOS name that identifies it as a domain master browser for its given
    30132740\m[blue]\fBworkgroup\fR\m[]\&. Local master browsers in the same
    30142741\m[blue]\fBworkgroup\fR\m[]
    30152742on broadcast\-isolated subnets will give this
    3016 \FCnmbd\F[]
     2743nmbd
    30172744their local browse lists, and then ask
    30182745\fBsmbd\fR(8)
    … …  
    30242751\m[blue]\fBworkgroup\fR\m[]
    30252752by default (i\&.e\&. there is no way to prevent a Windows NT PDC from attempting to do this)\&. This means that if this parameter is set and
    3026 \FCnmbd\F[]
     2753nmbd
    30272754claims the special name for a
    30282755\m[blue]\fBworkgroup\fR\m[]
    … …  
    30442771.sp
    30452772Default:
    3046 \fI\fIdomain master\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCauto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2773\fI\fIdomain master\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIauto\fR\fI \fR
    30472774.RE
    30482775
    … …  
    30522779.RS 4
    30532780There are certain directories on some systems (e\&.g\&., the
    3054 \FC/proc\F[]
     2781/proc
    30552782tree under Linux) that are either not of interest to clients or are infinitely deep (recursive)\&. This parameter allows you to specify a comma\-delimited list of directories that the server should always show as empty\&.
    30562783.sp
    30572784Note that Samba can be very fussy about the exact format of the "dont descend" entries\&. For example you may need
    3058 \FC \&./proc\F[]
     2785\&./proc
    30592786instead of just
    3060 \FC/proc\F[]\&. Experimentation is the best policy :\-)
    3061 .sp
    3062 Default:
    3063 \fI\fIdont descend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    3064 .sp
    3065 Example:
    3066 \fI\fIdont descend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/proc,/dev\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2787/proc\&. Experimentation is the best policy :\-)
     2788.sp
     2789Default:
     2790\fI\fIdont descend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     2791.sp
     2792Example:
     2793\fI\fIdont descend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/proc,/dev\fR\fI \fR
    30672794.RE
    30682795
    … …  
    30872814.sp
    30882815Default:
    3089 \fI\fIdos filemode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2816\fI\fIdos filemode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    30902817.RE
    30912818
    … …  
    31002827.sp
    31012828Default:
    3102 \fI\fIdos filetime resolution\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2829\fI\fIdos filetime resolution\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    31032830.RE
    31042831
    … …  
    31082835.RS 4
    31092836Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a file they can change the timestamp on it\&. Under POSIX semantics, only the owner of the file or root may change the timestamp\&. By default, Samba runs with POSIX semantics and refuses to change the timestamp on a file if the user
    3110 \FCsmbd\F[]
     2837smbd
    31112838is acting on behalf of is not the file owner\&. Setting this option to
    31122839\fB yes\fR
    … …  
    31162843.sp
    31172844Default:
    3118 \fI\fIdos filetimes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2845\fI\fIdos filetimes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    31192846.RE
    31202847
    … …  
    31282855.sp
    31292856Default:
    3130 \fI\fIea support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2857\fI\fIea support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    31312858.RE
    31322859
    … …  
    31382865.sp
    31392866Default:
    3140 \fI\fIenable asu support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2867\fI\fIenable asu support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     2868.RE
     2869
     2870enable core files (G)
     2871.\" enable core files
     2872.PP
     2873.RS 4
     2874This parameter specifies whether core dumps should be written on internal exits\&. Normally set to
     2875\fByes\fR\&. You should never need to change this\&.
     2876.sp
     2877Default:
     2878\fI\fIenable core files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
     2879.sp
     2880Example:
     2881\fI\fIenable core files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    31412882.RE
    31422883
    … …  
    31462887.RS 4
    31472888This parameter controls whether or not smbd will honor privileges assigned to specific SIDs via either
    3148 \FCnet rpc rights\F[]
     2889net rpc rights
    31492890or one of the Windows user and group manager tools\&. This parameter is enabled by default\&. It can be disabled to prevent members of the Domain Admins group from being able to assign privileges to users or groups which can then result in certain smbd operations running as root that would normally run under the context of the connected user\&.
    31502891.sp
    … …  
    31542895.sp
    31552896Default:
    3156 \fI\fIenable privileges\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2897\fI\fIenable privileges\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    31572898.RE
    31582899
    … …  
    31762917\m[blue]\fBsecurity = [server|domain|ads]\fR\m[]
    31772918parameter which causes
    3178 \FCsmbd\F[]
     2919smbd
    31792920to authenticate against another server\&.
    31802921.sp
    31812922Default:
    3182 \fI\fIencrypt passwords\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2923\fI\fIencrypt passwords\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    31832924.RE
    31842925
    … …  
    31962937.sp
    31972938Default:
    3198 \fI\fIenhanced browsing\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2939\fI\fIenhanced browsing\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    31992940.RE
    32002941
    … …  
    32032944.PP
    32042945.RS 4
    3205 The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign to UNIX hosts\&. Under Windows NT/2000 print servers, a port is associated with a port monitor and generally takes the form of a local port (i\&.e\&. LPT1:, COM1:, FILE:) or a remote port (i\&.e\&. LPD Port Monitor, etc\&.\&.\&.)\&. By default, Samba has only one port defined\-\-\fB"Samba Printer Port"\fR\&. Under Windows NT/2000, all printers must have a valid port name\&. If you wish to have a list of ports displayed (\FCsmbd \F[]
     2946The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign to UNIX hosts\&. Under Windows NT/2000 print servers, a port is associated with a port monitor and generally takes the form of a local port (i\&.e\&. LPT1:, COM1:, FILE:) or a remote port (i\&.e\&. LPD Port Monitor, etc\&.\&.\&.)\&. By default, Samba has only one port defined\-\-\fB"Samba Printer Port"\fR\&. Under Windows NT/2000, all printers must have a valid port name\&. If you wish to have a list of ports displayed (smbd
    32062947does not use a port name for anything) other than the default
    32072948\fB"Samba Printer Port"\fR, you can define
    … …  
    32102951.sp
    32112952Default:
    3212 \fI\fIenumports command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    3213 .sp
    3214 Example:
    3215 \fI\fIenumports command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/bin/listports\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2953\fI\fIenumports command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     2954.sp
     2955Example:
     2956\fI\fIenumports command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/bin/listports\fR\fI \fR
    32162957.RE
    32172958
    … …  
    32212962.RS 4
    32222963This option defines a list of log names that Samba will report to the Microsoft EventViewer utility\&. The listed eventlogs will be associated with tdb file on disk in the
    3223 \FC$(lockdir)/eventlog\F[]\&.
     2964$(lockdir)/eventlog\&.
    32242965.sp
    32252966The administrator must use an external process to parse the normal Unix logs such as
    3226 \FC/var/log/messages\F[]
     2967/var/log/messages
    32272968and write then entries to the eventlog tdb files\&. Refer to the eventlogadm(8) utility for how to write eventlog entries\&.
    32282969.sp
    32292970Default:
    3230 \fI\fIeventlog list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    3231 .sp
    3232 Example:
    3233 \fI\fIeventlog list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCSecurity Application Syslog Apache\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2971\fI\fIeventlog list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     2972.sp
     2973Example:
     2974\fI\fIeventlog list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fISecurity Application Syslog Apache\fR\fI \fR
    32342975.RE
    32352976
    … …  
    32452986.sp
    32462987Default:
    3247 \fI\fIfake directory create times\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     2988\fI\fIfake directory create times\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    32482989.RE
    32492990
    … …  
    32552996.sp
    32562997When you set
    3257 \FCfake oplocks = yes\F[],
     2998fake oplocks = yes,
    32582999\fBsmbd\fR(8)
    32593000will always grant oplock requests no matter how many clients are using the file\&.
    … …  
    32663007.sp
    32673008Default:
    3268 \fI\fIfake oplocks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3009\fI\fIfake oplocks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    32693010.RE
    32703011
    … …  
    32783019\fBno\fR
    32793020prevents any file or directory that is a symbolic link from being followed (the user will get an error)\&. This option is very useful to stop users from adding a symbolic link to
    3280 \FC/etc/passwd\F[]
     3021/etc/passwd
    32813022in their home directory for instance\&. However it will slow filename lookups down slightly\&.
    32823023.sp
    32833024This option is enabled (i\&.e\&.
    3284 \FCsmbd\F[]
     3025smbd
    32853026will follow symbolic links) by default\&.
    32863027.sp
    32873028Default:
    3288 \fI\fIfollow symlinks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3029\fI\fIfollow symlinks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    32893030.RE
    32903031
    … …  
    33023043.sp
    33033044Default:
    3304 \fI\fIforce create mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    3305 .sp
    3306 Example:
    3307 \fI\fIforce create mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0755\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3045\fI\fIforce create mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI000\fR\fI \fR
     3046.sp
     3047Example:
     3048\fI\fIforce create mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0755\fR\fI \fR
    33083049.RE
    33093050
    … …  
    33213062.sp
    33223063Default:
    3323 \fI\fIforce directory mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    3324 .sp
    3325 Example:
    3326 \fI\fIforce directory mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0755\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3064\fI\fIforce directory mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI000\fR\fI \fR
     3065.sp
     3066Example:
     3067\fI\fIforce directory mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0755\fR\fI \fR
    33273068.RE
    33283069
    … …  
    33433084.\}
    33443085.RS 4
    3345 .BM yellow
    33463086.it 1 an-trap
    33473087.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    33543094Users who can access the Samba server through other means can easily bypass this restriction, so it is primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems\&. Administrators of most normal systems will probably want to leave it set as 0000\&.
    33553095.sp .5v
    3356 .EM yellow
    3357 .RE
    3358 Default:
    3359 \fI\fIforce directory security mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    3360 .sp
    3361 Example:
    3362 \fI\fIforce directory security mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC700\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3096.RE
     3097Default:
     3098\fI\fIforce directory security mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     3099.sp
     3100Example:
     3101\fI\fIforce directory security mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI700\fR\fI \fR
    33633102.RE
    33643103
    … …  
    33783117.sp
    33793118In Samba 2\&.0\&.5 and above this parameter has extended functionality in the following way\&. If the group name listed here has a \'+\' character prepended to it then the current user accessing the share only has the primary group default assigned to this group if they are already assigned as a member of that group\&. This allows an administrator to decide that only users who are already in a particular group will create files with group ownership set to that group\&. This gives a finer granularity of ownership assignment\&. For example, the setting
    3380 \FCforce group = +sys\F[]
     3119force group = +sys
    33813120means that only users who are already in group sys will have their default primary group assigned to sys when accessing this Samba share\&. All other users will retain their ordinary primary group\&.
    33823121.sp
    … …  
    33893128.sp
    33903129Default:
    3391 \fI\fIforce group\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    3392 .sp
    3393 Example:
    3394 \fI\fIforce group\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCagroup\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3130\fI\fIforce group\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     3131.sp
     3132Example:
     3133\fI\fIforce group\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIagroup\fR\fI \fR
    33953134.RE
    33963135
    … …  
    34003139.RS 4
    34013140When printing from Windows NT (or later), each printer in
    3402 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     3141smb\&.conf
    34033142has two associated names which can be used by the client\&. The first is the sharename (or shortname) defined in smb\&.conf\&. This is the only printername available for use by Windows 9x clients\&. The second name associated with a printer can be seen when browsing to the "Printers" (or "Printers and Faxes") folder on the Samba server\&. This is referred to simply as the printername (not to be confused with the
    34043143\fIprinter name\fR
    … …  
    34133152.sp
    34143153Default:
    3415 \fI\fIforce printername\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3154\fI\fIforce printername\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    34163155.RE
    34173156
    … …  
    34333172.sp
    34343173Default:
    3435 \fI\fIforce security mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    3436 .sp
    3437 Example:
    3438 \fI\fIforce security mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC700\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3174\fI\fIforce security mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     3175.sp
     3176Example:
     3177\fI\fIforce security mode\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI700\fR\fI \fR
    34393178.RE
    34403179
    … …  
    34503189.sp
    34513190Default:
    3452 \fI\fIforce unknown acl user\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3191\fI\fIforce unknown acl user\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    34533192.RE
    34543193
    … …  
    34643203.sp
    34653204Default:
    3466 \fI\fIforce user\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    3467 .sp
    3468 Example:
    3469 \fI\fIforce user\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCauser\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3205\fI\fIforce user\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     3206.sp
     3207Example:
     3208\fI\fIforce user\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIauser\fR\fI \fR
    34703209.RE
    34713210
    … …  
    34853224.sp
    34863225Default:
    3487 \fI\fIfstype\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNTFS\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    3488 .sp
    3489 Example:
    3490 \fI\fIfstype\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCSamba\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3226\fI\fIfstype\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINTFS\fR\fI \fR
     3227.sp
     3228Example:
     3229\fI\fIfstype\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fISamba\fR\fI \fR
    34913230.RE
    34923231
    … …  
    34963235.RS 4
    34973236The
    3498 \FCget quota command\F[]
     3237get quota command
    34993238should only be used whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that samba can use\&.
    35003239.sp
    35013240This option is only available you have compiled Samba with the
    3502 \FC\-\-with\-sys\-quotas\F[]
     3241\-\-with\-sys\-quotas
    35033242option or on Linux with
    3504 \FC\-\-with\-quotas\F[]
     3243\-\-with\-quotas
    35053244and a working quota api was found in the system\&.
    35063245.sp
    … …  
    36793418.RE
    36803419Default:
    3681 \fI\fIget quota command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    3682 .sp
    3683 Example:
    3684 \fI\fIget quota command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/sbin/query_quota\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3420\fI\fIget quota command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     3421.sp
     3422Example:
     3423\fI\fIget quota command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/sbin/query_quota\fR\fI \fR
    36853424.RE
    36863425
    … …  
    36953434.sp
    36963435Default:
    3697 \fI\fIgetwd cache\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3436\fI\fIgetwd cache\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    36983437.RE
    36993438
    … …  
    37073446.sp
    37083447On some systems the default guest account "nobody" may not be able to print\&. Use another account in this case\&. You should test this by trying to log in as your guest user (perhaps by using the
    3709 \FCsu \-\F[]
     3448su \-
    37103449command) and trying to print using the system print command such as
    3711 \FClpr(1)\F[]
     3450lpr(1)
    37123451or
    3713 \FC lp(1)\F[]\&.
     3452lp(1)\&.
    37143453.sp
    37153454This parameter does not accept % macros, because many parts of the system require this value to be constant for correct operation\&.
    37163455.sp
    37173456Default:
    3718 \fI\fIguest account\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCnobody # default can be changed at compile\-time\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    3719 .sp
    3720 Example:
    3721 \fI\fIguest account\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCftp\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3457\fI\fIguest account\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fInobody # default can be changed at compile\-time\fR\fI \fR
     3458.sp
     3459Example:
     3460\fI\fIguest account\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIftp\fR\fI \fR
    37223461.RE
    37233462
    … …  
    37473486.sp
    37483487Default:
    3749 \fI\fIguest ok\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3488\fI\fIguest ok\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    37503489.RE
    37513490
    … …  
    37733512.sp
    37743513Default:
    3775 \fI\fIguest only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3514\fI\fIguest only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    37763515.RE
    37773516
    … …  
    37833522.sp
    37843523Default:
    3785 \fI\fIhide dot files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3524\fI\fIhide dot files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    37863525.RE
    37873526
    … …  
    38093548.RS 4
    38103549.\}
    3811 .fam C
    3812 .ps -1
    38133550.nf
    3814 .if t \{\
    3815 .sp -1
    3816 .\}
    3817 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    3818 .sp -1
    3819 
    38203551hide files = /\&.*/DesktopFolderDB/TrashFor%m/resource\&.frk/
    3821 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    3822 .if t \{\
    3823 .sp 1
    3824 .\}
    38253552.fi
    3826 .fam
    3827 .ps +1
    38283553.if n \{\
    38293554.RE
    … …  
    38313556.sp
    38323557Default:
    3833 \fI\fIhide files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # no file are hidden\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3558\fI\fIhide files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # no file are hidden\fR\fI \fR
    38343559.RE
    38353560
    … …  
    38413566.sp
    38423567Default:
    3843 \fI\fIhide special files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3568\fI\fIhide special files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    38443569.RE
    38453570
    … …  
    38513576.sp
    38523577Default:
    3853 \fI\fIhide unreadable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3578\fI\fIhide unreadable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    38543579.RE
    38553580
    … …  
    38613586.sp
    38623587Default:
    3863 \fI\fIhide unwriteable files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3588\fI\fIhide unwriteable files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    38643589.RE
    38653590
    … …  
    38803605.RS 4
    38813606.\}
    3882 .fam C
    3883 .ps -1
    38843607.nf
    3885 .if t \{\
    3886 .sp -1
    3887 .\}
    3888 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    3889 .sp -1
    3890 
    3891 \FCusername server:/some/file/system\F[]
    3892 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    3893 .if t \{\
    3894 .sp 1
    3895 .\}
     3608username server:/some/file/system
    38963609.fi
    3897 .fam
    3898 .ps +1
    38993610.if n \{\
    39003611.RE
    … …  
    39063617.\}
    39073618.RS 4
    3908 .BM yellow
    39093619.it 1 an-trap
    39103620.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    39173627A working NIS client is required on the system for this option to work\&.
    39183628.sp .5v
    3919 .EM yellow
    3920 .RE
    3921 Default:
    3922 \fI\fIhomedir map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    3923 .sp
    3924 Example:
    3925 \fI\fIhomedir map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCamd\&.homedir\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3629.RE
     3630Default:
     3631\fI\fIhomedir map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     3632.sp
     3633Example:
     3634\fI\fIhomedir map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIamd\&.homedir\fR\fI \fR
    39263635.RE
    39273636
    … …  
    39383647.sp
    39393648Default:
    3940 \fI\fIhost msdfs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3649\fI\fIhost msdfs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    39413650.RE
    39423651
    … …  
    39463655.RS 4
    39473656Specifies whether samba should use (expensive) hostname lookups or use the ip addresses instead\&. An example place where hostname lookups are currently used is when checking the
    3948 \FChosts deny\F[]
     3657hosts deny
    39493658and
    3950 \FChosts allow\F[]\&.
    3951 .sp
    3952 Default:
    3953 \fI\fIhostname lookups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    3954 .sp
    3955 Example:
    3956 \fI\fIhostname lookups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3659hosts allow\&.
     3660.sp
     3661Default:
     3662\fI\fIhostname lookups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     3663.sp
     3664Example:
     3665\fI\fIhostname lookups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    39573666.RE
    39583667
    … …  
    39773686.sp
    39783687You can specify the hosts by name or IP number\&. For example, you could restrict access to only the hosts on a Class C subnet with something like
    3979 \FCallow hosts = 150\&.203\&.5\&.\F[]\&. The full syntax of the list is described in the man page
    3980 \FChosts_access(5)\F[]\&. Note that this man page may not be present on your system, so a brief description will be given here also\&.
     3688allow hosts = 150\&.203\&.5\&.\&. The full syntax of the list is described in the man page
     3689hosts_access(5)\&. Note that this man page may not be present on your system, so a brief description will be given here also\&.
    39813690.sp
    39823691Note that the localhost address 127\&.0\&.0\&.1 will always be allowed access unless specifically denied by a
    … …  
    39903699Example 1: allow all IPs in 150\&.203\&.*\&.*; except one
    39913700.sp
    3992 \FChosts allow = 150\&.203\&. EXCEPT 150\&.203\&.6\&.66\F[]
     3701hosts allow = 150\&.203\&. EXCEPT 150\&.203\&.6\&.66
    39933702.sp
    39943703Example 2: allow hosts that match the given network/netmask
    39953704.sp
    3996 \FChosts allow = 150\&.203\&.15\&.0/255\&.255\&.255\&.0\F[]
     3705hosts allow = 150\&.203\&.15\&.0/255\&.255\&.255\&.0
    39973706.sp
    39983707Example 3: allow a couple of hosts
    39993708.sp
    4000 \FChosts allow = lapland, arvidsjaur\F[]
     3709hosts allow = lapland, arvidsjaur
    40013710.sp
    40023711Example 4: allow only hosts in NIS netgroup "foonet", but deny access from one particular host
    40033712.sp
    4004 \FChosts allow = @foonet\F[]
    4005 .sp
    4006 \FChosts deny = pirate\F[]
     3713hosts allow = @foonet
     3714.sp
     3715hosts deny = pirate
    40073716.if n \{\
    40083717.sp
    40093718.\}
    40103719.RS 4
    4011 .BM yellow
    40123720.it 1 an-trap
    40133721.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    40203728Note that access still requires suitable user\-level passwords\&.
    40213729.sp .5v
    4022 .EM yellow
    40233730.RE
    40243731See
    … …  
    40273734.sp
    40283735Default:
    4029 \fI\fIhosts allow\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # none (i\&.e\&., all hosts permitted access)\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    4030 .sp
    4031 Example:
    4032 \fI\fIhosts allow\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC150\&.203\&.5\&. myhost\&.mynet\&.edu\&.au\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3736\fI\fIhosts allow\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # none (i\&.e\&., all hosts permitted access)\fR\fI \fR
     3737.sp
     3738Example:
     3739\fI\fIhosts allow\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI150\&.203\&.5\&. myhost\&.mynet\&.edu\&.au\fR\fI \fR
    40333740.RE
    40343741
    … …  
    40543761.sp
    40553762In the event that it is necessary to deny all by default, use the keyword ALL (or the netmask
    4056 \FC0\&.0\&.0\&.0/0\F[]) and then explicitly specify to the
     37630\&.0\&.0\&.0/0) and then explicitly specify to the
    40573764\m[blue]\fBhosts allow = hosts allow\fR\m[]
    40583765parameter those hosts that should be permitted access\&.
    40593766.sp
    40603767Default:
    4061 \fI\fIhosts deny\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # none (i\&.e\&., no hosts specifically excluded)\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    4062 .sp
    4063 Example:
    4064 \fI\fIhosts deny\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC150\&.203\&.4\&. badhost\&.mynet\&.edu\&.au\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3768\fI\fIhosts deny\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # none (i\&.e\&., no hosts specifically excluded)\fR\fI \fR
     3769.sp
     3770Example:
     3771\fI\fIhosts deny\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI150\&.203\&.4\&. badhost\&.mynet\&.edu\&.au\fR\fI \fR
    40653772.RE
    40663773
    … …  
    40823789.sp
    40833790Example:
    4084 \fI\fIidmap alloc backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCtdb\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3791\fI\fIidmap alloc backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fItdb\fR\fI \fR
    40853792.RE
    40863793
    … …  
    41243831.sp
    41253832Default:
    4126 \fI\fIidmap backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCtdb\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3833\fI\fIidmap backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fItdb\fR\fI \fR
    41273834.RE
    41283835
    … …  
    41343841.sp
    41353842Default:
    4136 \fI\fIidmap cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC604800 (one week)\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3843\fI\fIidmap cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI604800 (one week)\fR\fI \fR
    41373844.RE
    41383845
    … …  
    41673874.RS 4
    41683875.\}
    4169 .fam C
    4170 .ps -1
    41713876.nf
    4172 .if t \{\
    4173 .sp -1
    4174 .\}
    4175 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    4176 .sp -1
    4177 
    41783877        idmap backend = tdb
    41793878        idmap uid = 1000000\-1999999
    … …  
    41833882        idmap config CORP : range = 1000\-999999
    41843883       
    4185 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    4186 .if t \{\
    4187 .sp 1
    4188 .\}
    41893884.fi
    4190 .fam
    4191 .ps +1
    41923885.if n \{\
    41933886.RE
    … …  
    42173910.sp
    42183911Default:
    4219 \fI\fIidmap gid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    4220 .sp
    4221 Example:
    4222 \fI\fIidmap gid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC10000\-20000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3912\fI\fIidmap gid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     3913.sp
     3914Example:
     3915\fI\fIidmap gid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI10000\-20000\fR\fI \fR
    42233916.RE
    42243917
    … …  
    42303923.sp
    42313924Default:
    4232 \fI\fIidmap negative cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC120\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3925\fI\fIidmap negative cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI120\fR\fI \fR
    42333926.RE
    42343927
    … …  
    42543947.sp
    42553948Default:
    4256 \fI\fIidmap uid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    4257 .sp
    4258 Example:
    4259 \fI\fIidmap uid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC10000\-20000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3949\fI\fIidmap uid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     3950.sp
     3951Example:
     3952\fI\fIidmap uid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI10000\-20000\fR\fI \fR
    42603953.RE
    42613954
    … …  
    42813974.sp
    42823975Default:
    4283 \fI\fIinclude\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    4284 .sp
    4285 Example:
    4286 \fI\fIinclude\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/samba/lib/admin_smb\&.conf\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3976\fI\fIinclude\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     3977.sp
     3978Example:
     3979\fI\fIinclude\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/samba/lib/admin_smb\&.conf\fR\fI \fR
    42873980.RE
    42883981
    … …  
    42943987.sp
    42953988Default:
    4296 \fI\fIinherit acls\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     3989\fI\fIinherit acls\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    42973990.RE
    42983991
    … …  
    43063999.sp
    43074000Default:
    4308 \fI\fIinherit owner\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4001\fI\fIinherit owner\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    43094002.RE
    43104003
    … …  
    43374030.sp
    43384031Default:
    4339 \fI\fIinherit permissions\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4032\fI\fIinherit permissions\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    43404033.RE
    43414034
    … …  
    43514044.sp
    43524045Default:
    4353 \fI\fIinit logon delayed hosts\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    4354 .sp
    4355 Example:
    4356 \fI\fIinit logon delayed hosts\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC150\&.203\&.5\&. myhost\&.mynet\&.de\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4046\fI\fIinit logon delayed hosts\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     4047.sp
     4048Example:
     4049\fI\fIinit logon delayed hosts\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI150\&.203\&.5\&. myhost\&.mynet\&.de\fR\fI \fR
    43574050.RE
    43584051
    … …  
    43654058.sp
    43664059Default:
    4367 \fI\fIinit logon delay\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC100\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4060\fI\fIinit logon delay\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI100\fR\fI \fR
    43684061.RE
    43694062
    … …  
    44294122.sp
    44304123Default:
    4431 \fI\fIinterfaces\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    4432 .sp
    4433 Example:
    4434 \fI\fIinterfaces\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCeth0 192\&.168\&.2\&.10/24 192\&.168\&.3\&.10/255\&.255\&.255\&.0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4124\fI\fIinterfaces\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     4125.sp
     4126Example:
     4127\fI\fIinterfaces\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIeth0 192\&.168\&.2\&.10/24 192\&.168\&.3\&.10/255\&.255\&.255\&.0\fR\fI \fR
    44354128.RE
    44364129
    … …  
    44554148.sp
    44564149Default:
    4457 \fI\fIinvalid users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # no invalid users\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    4458 .sp
    4459 Example:
    4460 \fI\fIinvalid users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCroot fred admin @wheel\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4150\fI\fIinvalid users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # no invalid users\fR\fI \fR
     4151.sp
     4152Example:
     4153\fI\fIinvalid users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIroot fred admin @wheel\fR\fI \fR
    44614154.RE
    44624155
    … …  
    44714164.sp
    44724165If set, this option overrides the ServerName option in the CUPS
    4473 \FCclient\&.conf\F[]\&. This is necessary if you have virtual samba servers that connect to different CUPS daemons\&.
    4474 .sp
    4475 Default:
    4476 \fI\fIiprint server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC""\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    4477 .sp
    4478 Example:
    4479 \fI\fIiprint server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCMYCUPSSERVER\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4166client\&.conf\&. This is necessary if you have virtual samba servers that connect to different CUPS daemons\&.
     4167.sp
     4168Default:
     4169\fI\fIiprint server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI""\fR\fI \fR
     4170.sp
     4171Example:
     4172\fI\fIiprint server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIMYCUPSSERVER\fR\fI \fR
    44804173.RE
    44814174
    … …  
    44924185.sp
    44934186Default:
    4494 \fI\fIkeepalive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC300\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    4495 .sp
    4496 Example:
    4497 \fI\fIkeepalive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC600\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4187\fI\fIkeepalive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI300\fR\fI \fR
     4188.sp
     4189Example:
     4190\fI\fIkeepalive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI600\fR\fI \fR
    44984191.RE
    44994192
    … …  
    45074200.sp
    45084201Default:
    4509 \fI\fIkernel change notify\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4202\fI\fIkernel change notify\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    45104203.RE
    45114204
    … …  
    45304223.sp
    45314224Default:
    4532 \fI\fIkernel oplocks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4225\fI\fIkernel oplocks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    45334226.RE
    45344227
    … …  
    45444237.sp
    45454238Unlike the
    4546 \FCencrypt passwords\F[]
     4239encrypt passwords
    45474240option, this parameter cannot alter client behaviour, and the LANMAN response will still be sent over the network\&. See the
    4548 \FCclient lanman auth\F[]
     4241client lanman auth
    45494242to disable this for Samba\'s clients (such as smbclient)
    45504243.sp
    45514244If this option, and
    4552 \FCntlm auth\F[]
     4245ntlm auth
    45534246are both disabled, then only NTLMv2 logins will be permited\&. Not all clients support NTLMv2, and most will require special configuration to use it\&.
    45544247.sp
    45554248Default:
    4556 \fI\fIlanman auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4249\fI\fIlanman auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    45574250.RE
    45584251
    … …  
    45664259.sp
    45674260Default:
    4568 \fI\fIlarge readwrite\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4261\fI\fIlarge readwrite\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    45694262.RE
    45704263
    … …  
    45784271\m[blue]\fBldap admin dn\fR\m[]
    45794272is used in conjunction with the admin dn password stored in the
    4580 \FCprivate/secrets\&.tdb\F[]
     4273private/secrets\&.tdb
    45814274file\&. See the
    45824275\fBsmbpasswd\fR(8)
    … …  
    46044297.sp
    46054298Default:
    4606 \fI\fIldap connection timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC2\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4299\fI\fIldap connection timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI2\fR\fI \fR
    46074300.RE
    46084301
    … …  
    46214314.sp
    46224315Default:
    4623 \fI\fIldap debug level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    4624 .sp
    4625 Example:
    4626 \fI\fIldap debug level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4316\fI\fIldap debug level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     4317.sp
     4318Example:
     4319\fI\fIldap debug level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1\fR\fI \fR
    46274320.RE
    46284321
    … …  
    46364329.sp
    46374330Default:
    4638 \fI\fIldap debug threshold\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC10\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    4639 .sp
    4640 Example:
    4641 \fI\fIldap debug threshold\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC5\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4331\fI\fIldap debug threshold\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI10\fR\fI \fR
     4332.sp
     4333Example:
     4334\fI\fIldap debug threshold\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI5\fR\fI \fR
    46424335.RE
    46434336
    … …  
    46494342.sp
    46504343Default:
    4651 \fI\fIldap delete dn\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4344\fI\fIldap delete dn\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    46524345.RE
    46534346
    … …  
    46634356.sp
    46644357Default:
    4665 \fI\fIldap group suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    4666 .sp
    4667 Example:
    4668 \fI\fIldap group suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCou=Groups\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4358\fI\fIldap group suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     4359.sp
     4360Example:
     4361\fI\fIldap group suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIou=Groups\fR\fI \fR
    46694362.RE
    46704363
    … …  
    46804373.sp
    46814374Default:
    4682 \fI\fIldap idmap suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    4683 .sp
    4684 Example:
    4685 \fI\fIldap idmap suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCou=Idmap\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4375\fI\fIldap idmap suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     4376.sp
     4377Example:
     4378\fI\fIldap idmap suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIou=Idmap\fR\fI \fR
    46864379.RE
    46874380
    … …  
    46974390.sp
    46984391Default:
    4699 \fI\fIldap machine suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    4700 .sp
    4701 Example:
    4702 \fI\fIldap machine suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCou=Computers\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4392\fI\fIldap machine suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     4393.sp
     4394Example:
     4395\fI\fIldap machine suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIou=Computers\fR\fI \fR
     4396.RE
     4397
     4398ldap page size (G)
     4399.\" ldap page size
     4400.PP
     4401.RS 4
     4402This parameter specifies the number of entries per page\&.
     4403.sp
     4404If the LDAP server supports paged results, clients can request subsets of search results (pages) instead of the entire list\&. This parameter specifies the size of these pages\&.
     4405.sp
     4406Default:
     4407\fI\fIldap page size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1024\fR\fI \fR
     4408.sp
     4409Example:
     4410\fI\fIldap page size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI512\fR\fI \fR
    47034411.RE
    47044412
    … …  
    47504458.RE
    47514459Default:
    4752 \fI\fIldap passwd sync\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4460\fI\fIldap passwd sync\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    47534461.RE
    47544462
    … …  
    47644472.sp
    47654473Default:
    4766 \fI\fIldap replication sleep\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4474\fI\fIldap replication sleep\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1000\fR\fI \fR
    47674475.RE
    47684476
    … …  
    47744482.sp
    47754483To use this option, a basic ldap tree must be provided and the ldap suffix parameters must be properly configured\&. On virgin servers the default users and groups (Administrator, Guest, Domain Users, Domain Admins, Domain Guests) can be precreated with the command
    4776 \FCnet sam provision\F[]\&. To run this command the ldap server must be running, Winindd must be running and the smb\&.conf ldap options must be properly configured\&. The typical ldap setup used with the
     4484net sam provision\&. To run this command the ldap server must be running, Winindd must be running and the smb\&.conf ldap options must be properly configured\&. The typical ldap setup used with the
    47774485\m[blue]\fBldapsam:trusted = yes\fR\m[]
    47784486option is usually sufficient to use
    … …  
    47854493.RS 4
    47864494.\}
    4787 .fam C
    4788 .ps -1
    47894495.nf
    4790 .if t \{\
    4791 .sp -1
    4792 .\}
    4793 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    4794 .sp -1
    4795 
    47964496        encrypt passwords = true
    47974497        passdb backend = ldapsam
    … …  
    48134513        idmap gid = 5000\-50000
    48144514       
    4815 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    4816 .if t \{\
    4817 .sp 1
    4818 .\}
    48194515.fi
    4820 .fam
    4821 .ps +1
    48224516.if n \{\
    48234517.RE
    … …  
    48294523.RS 4
    48304524.\}
    4831 .fam C
    4832 .ps -1
    48334525.nf
    4834 .if t \{\
    4835 .sp -1
    4836 .\}
    4837 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    4838 .sp -1
    4839 
    48404526        dn: dc=samba,dc=org
    48414527        objectClass: top
    … …  
    48724558        ou: computers
    48734559       
    4874 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    4875 .if t \{\
    4876 .sp 1
    4877 .\}
    48784560.fi
    4879 .fam
    4880 .ps +1
    48814561.if n \{\
    48824562.RE
    … …  
    48844564.sp
    48854565Default:
    4886 \fI\fIldapsam:editposix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4566\fI\fIldapsam:editposix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    48874567.RE
    48884568
    … …  
    49004580.sp
    49014581Default:
    4902 \fI\fIldapsam:trusted\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4582\fI\fIldapsam:trusted\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    49034583.RE
    49044584
    … …  
    49204600.sp
    49214601Default:
    4922 \fI\fIldap ssl ads\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4602\fI\fIldap ssl ads\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    49234603.RE
    49244604
    … …  
    49304610\fINOT\fR
    49314611related to Samba\'s previous SSL support which was enabled by specifying the
    4932 \FC\-\-with\-ssl\F[]
     4612\-\-with\-ssl
    49334613option to the
    4934 \FCconfigure\F[]
     4614configure
    49354615script\&.
    49364616.sp
    … …  
    49854665.sp
    49864666Default:
    4987 \fI\fIldap ssl\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCstart tls\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4667\fI\fIldap ssl\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIstart tls\fR\fI \fR
    49884668.RE
    49894669
    … …  
    50024682.sp
    50034683Default:
    5004 \fI\fIldap suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    5005 .sp
    5006 Example:
    5007 \fI\fIldap suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCdc=samba,dc=org\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4684\fI\fIldap suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     4685.sp
     4686Example:
     4687\fI\fIldap suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIdc=samba,dc=org\fR\fI \fR
    50084688.RE
    50094689
    … …  
    50154695.sp
    50164696Default:
    5017 \fI\fIldap timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC15\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4697\fI\fIldap timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI15\fR\fI \fR
    50184698.RE
    50194699
    … …  
    50294709.sp
    50304710Default:
    5031 \fI\fIldap user suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    5032 .sp
    5033 Example:
    5034 \fI\fIldap user suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCou=people\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4711\fI\fIldap user suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     4712.sp
     4713Example:
     4714\fI\fIldap user suffix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIou=people\fR\fI \fR
    50354715.RE
    50364716
    … …  
    50594739.sp
    50604740Default:
    5061 \fI\fIlevel2 oplocks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4741\fI\fIlevel2 oplocks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    50624742.RE
    50634743
    … …  
    50834763.sp
    50844764Default:
    5085 \fI\fIlm announce\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCauto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    5086 .sp
    5087 Example:
    5088 \fI\fIlm announce\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4765\fI\fIlm announce\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIauto\fR\fI \fR
     4766.sp
     4767Example:
     4768\fI\fIlm announce\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    50894769.RE
    50904770
    … …  
    51004780.sp
    51014781Default:
    5102 \fI\fIlm interval\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC60\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    5103 .sp
    5104 Example:
    5105 \fI\fIlm interval\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC120\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4782\fI\fIlm interval\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI60\fR\fI \fR
     4783.sp
     4784Example:
     4785\fI\fIlm interval\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI120\fR\fI \fR
    51064786.RE
    51074787
    … …  
    51154795.sp
    51164796Default:
    5117 \fI\fIload printers\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4797\fI\fIload printers\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    51184798.RE
    51194799
    … …  
    51274807\fBno\fR
    51284808then
    5129 \FC nmbd\F[]
     4809nmbd
    51304810will not attempt to become a local master browser on a subnet and will also lose in all browsing elections\&. By default this value is set to
    51314811\fByes\fR\&. Setting this value to
    … …  
    51344814\fIbecome\fR
    51354815the local master browser on a subnet, just that
    5136 \FCnmbd\F[]
     4816nmbd
    51374817will
    51384818\fIparticipate\fR
    … …  
    51424822\fBno\fR
    51434823will cause
    5144 \FCnmbd\F[]
     4824nmbd
    51454825\fInever\fR
    51464826to become a local master browser\&.
    51474827.sp
    51484828Default:
    5149 \fI\fIlocal master\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4829\fI\fIlocal master\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    51504830.RE
    51514831
    … …  
    51694849.sp
    51704850Default:
    5171 \fI\fIlock directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC${prefix}/var/locks\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    5172 .sp
    5173 Example:
    5174 \fI\fIlock directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/var/run/samba/locks\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4851\fI\fIlock directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI${prefix}/var/locks\fR\fI \fR
     4852.sp
     4853Example:
     4854\fI\fIlock directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/var/run/samba/locks\fR\fI \fR
    51754855.RE
    51764856
    … …  
    51824862.sp
    51834863If
    5184 \FClocking = no\F[], all lock and unlock requests will appear to succeed and all lock queries will report that the file in question is available for locking\&.
     4864locking = no, all lock and unlock requests will appear to succeed and all lock queries will report that the file in question is available for locking\&.
    51854865.sp
    51864866If
    5187 \FClocking = yes\F[], real locking will be performed by the server\&.
     4867locking = yes, real locking will be performed by the server\&.
    51884868.sp
    51894869This option
    … …  
    52084888.sp
    52094889Default:
    5210 \fI\fIlock spin count\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4890\fI\fIlock spin count\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    52114891.RE
    52124892
    … …  
    52204900.sp
    52214901Default:
    5222 \fI\fIlock spin time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC200\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4902\fI\fIlock spin time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI200\fR\fI \fR
    52234903.RE
    52244904
    … …  
    52344914.sp
    52354915Example:
    5236 \fI\fIlog file\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/samba/var/log\&.%m\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     4916\fI\fIlog file\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/samba/var/log\&.%m\fR\fI \fR
    52374917.RE
    52384918
    … …  
    52504930.RS 4
    52514931The value of the parameter (a astring) allows the debug level (logging level) to be specified in the
    5252 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     4932smb\&.conf
    52534933file\&.
    52544934.sp
    … …  
    54765156.RE
    54775157Default:
    5478 \fI\fIlog level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    5479 .sp
    5480 Example:
    5481 \fI\fIlog level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC3 passdb:5 auth:10 winbind:2\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5158\fI\fIlog level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     5159.sp
     5160Example:
     5161\fI\fIlog level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI3 passdb:5 auth:10 winbind:2\fR\fI \fR
    54825162.RE
    54835163
    … …  
    54925172.sp
    54935173Default:
    5494 \fI\fIlogon drive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    5495 .sp
    5496 Example:
    5497 \fI\fIlogon drive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCh:\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5174\fI\fIlogon drive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     5175.sp
     5176Example:
     5177\fI\fIlogon drive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIh:\fR\fI \fR
    54985178.RE
    54995179
    … …  
    55055185.sp
    55065186
    5507 \FCC:\e>\F[]\fBNET USE H: /HOME\fR
     5187C:\e>\fBNET USE H: /HOME\fR
    55085188.sp
    55095189from a command prompt, for example\&.
    … …  
    55145194.sp
    55155195
    5516 \FClogon home = \e\e%N\e%U\eprofile\F[]
     5196logon home = \e\e%N\e%U\eprofile
    55175197.sp
    55185198This tells Samba to return the above string, with substitutions made when a client requests the info, generally in a NetUserGetInfo request\&. Win9X clients truncate the info to \e\eserver\eshare when a user does
    5519 \FCnet use /home\F[]
     5199net use /home
    55205200but use the whole string when dealing with profiles\&.
    55215201.sp
    … …  
    55245204was returned rather than
    55255205\fIlogon home\fR\&. This broke
    5526 \FCnet use /home\F[]
     5206net use /home
    55275207but allowed profiles outside the home directory\&. The current implementation is correct, and can be used for profiles if you use the above trick\&.
    55285208.sp
    … …  
    55345214.sp
    55355215Default:
    5536 \fI\fIlogon home\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\e\e%N\e%U\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    5537 .sp
    5538 Example:
    5539 \fI\fIlogon home\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\e\eremote_smb_server\e%U\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5216\fI\fIlogon home\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\e\e%N\e%U\fR\fI \fR
     5217.sp
     5218Example:
     5219\fI\fIlogon home\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\e\eremote_smb_server\e%U\fR\fI \fR
    55405220.RE
    55415221
    … …  
    55495229.sp
    55505230This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you to have separate logon scripts for each user or machine\&. It also specifies the directory from which the "Application Data",
    5551 \FCdesktop\F[],
    5552 \FCstart menu\F[],
    5553 \FCnetwork neighborhood\F[],
    5554 \FCprograms\F[]
     5231desktop,
     5232start menu,
     5233network neighborhood,
     5234programs
    55555235and other folders, and their contents, are loaded and displayed on your Windows NT client\&.
    55565236.sp
    … …  
    55655245.\}
    55665246.RS 4
    5567 .BM yellow
    55685247.it 1 an-trap
    55695248.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    55785257will break profile handling\&. Where the tdbsam or ldapsam passdb backend is used, at the time the user account is created the value configured for this parameter is written to the passdb backend and that value will over\-ride the parameter value present in the smb\&.conf file\&. Any error present in the passdb backend account record must be editted using the appropriate tool (pdbedit on the command\-line, or any other locally provided system tool)\&.
    55795258.sp .5v
    5580 .EM yellow
    55815259.RE
    55825260Note that this option is only useful if Samba is set up as a domain controller\&.
    … …  
    55905268.RS 4
    55915269.\}
    5592 .fam C
    5593 .ps -1
    55945270.nf
    5595 .if t \{\
    5596 .sp -1
    5597 .\}
    5598 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    5599 .sp -1
    5600 
    56015271logon path = \e\ePROFILESERVER\ePROFILE\e%U
    5602 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    5603 .if t \{\
    5604 .sp 1
    5605 .\}
    56065272.fi
    5607 .fam
    5608 .ps +1
    56095273.if n \{\
    56105274.RE
    … …  
    56125276.sp
    56135277Default:
    5614 \fI\fIlogon path\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\e\e%N\e%U\eprofile\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5278\fI\fIlogon path\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\e\e%N\e%U\eprofile\fR\fI \fR
    56155279.RE
    56165280
    … …  
    56195283.PP
    56205284.RS 4
    5621 This parameter specifies the batch file (\FC\&.bat\F[]) or NT command file (\FC\&.cmd\F[]) to be downloaded and run on a machine when a user successfully logs in\&. The file must contain the DOS style CR/LF line endings\&. Using a DOS\-style editor to create the file is recommended\&.
     5285This parameter specifies the batch file (\&.bat) or NT command file (\&.cmd) to be downloaded and run on a machine when a user successfully logs in\&. The file must contain the DOS style CR/LF line endings\&. Using a DOS\-style editor to create the file is recommended\&.
    56225286.sp
    56235287The script must be a relative path to the
    … …  
    56265290\m[blue]\fBpath\fR\m[]
    56275291of
    5628 \FC/usr/local/samba/netlogon\F[], and
     5292/usr/local/samba/netlogon, and
    56295293\m[blue]\fBlogon script = STARTUP\&.BAT\fR\m[], then the file that will be downloaded is:
    56305294.sp
    … …  
    56325296.RS 4
    56335297.\}
    5634 .fam C
    5635 .ps -1
    56365298.nf
    5637 .if t \{\
    5638 .sp -1
    5639 .\}
    5640 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    5641 .sp -1
    5642 
    56435299        /usr/local/samba/netlogon/STARTUP\&.BAT
    5644 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    5645 .if t \{\
    5646 .sp 1
    5647 .\}
    56485300.fi
    5649 .fam
    5650 .ps +1
    56515301.if n \{\
    56525302.RE
    … …  
    56545304.sp
    56555305The contents of the batch file are entirely your choice\&. A suggested command would be to add
    5656 \FCNET TIME \e\eSERVER /SET /YES\F[], to force every machine to synchronize clocks with the same time server\&. Another use would be to add
    5657 \FCNET USE U: \e\eSERVER\eUTILS\F[]
     5306NET TIME \e\eSERVER /SET /YES, to force every machine to synchronize clocks with the same time server\&. Another use would be to add
     5307NET USE U: \e\eSERVER\eUTILS
    56585308for commonly used utilities, or
    56595309.sp
    … …  
    56615311.RS 4
    56625312.\}
    5663 .fam C
    5664 .ps -1
    56655313.nf
    5666 .if t \{\
    5667 .sp -1
    5668 .\}
    5669 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    5670 .sp -1
    5671 
    56725314\fBNET USE Q: \e\eSERVER\eISO9001_QA\fR
    5673 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    5674 .if t \{\
    5675 .sp 1
    5676 .\}
    56775315.fi
    5678 .fam
    5679 .ps +1
    56805316.if n \{\
    56815317.RE
    … …  
    56915327.sp
    56925328Default:
    5693 \fI\fIlogon script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    5694 .sp
    5695 Example:
    5696 \fI\fIlogon script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCscripts\e%U\&.bat\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5329\fI\fIlogon script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     5330.sp
     5331Example:
     5332\fI\fIlogon script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIscripts\e%U\&.bat\fR\fI \fR
    56975333.RE
    56985334
    … …  
    57175353.sp
    57185354Default:
    5719 \fI\fIlppause command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # Currently no default value is given to this string, unless the value of the \m[blue]\fBprinting\fR\m[] parameter is \fBSYSV\fR, in which case the default is : \FClp \-i %p\-%j \-H hold\F[] or if the value of the \fIprinting\fR parameter is \fBSOFTQ\fR, then the default is: \FCqstat \-s \-j%j \-h\F[]\&. \F[]\fR\fI \fR
    5720 .sp
    5721 Example:
    5722 \fI\fIlppause command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/bin/lpalt %p\-%j \-p0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5355\fI\fIlppause command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # Currently no default value is given to this string, unless the value of the \m[blue]\fBprinting\fR\m[] parameter is \fBSYSV\fR, in which case the default is : lp \-i %p\-%j \-H hold or if the value of the \fIprinting\fR parameter is \fBSOFTQ\fR, then the default is: qstat \-s \-j%j \-h\&. \fR\fI \fR
     5356.sp
     5357Example:
     5358\fI\fIlppause command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/bin/lpalt %p\-%j \-p0\fR\fI \fR
    57235359.RE
    57245360
    … …  
    57285364.RS 4
    57295365This controls how long lpq info will be cached for to prevent the
    5730 \FClpq\F[]
     5366lpq
    57315367command being called too often\&. A separate cache is kept for each variation of the
    5732 \FC lpq\F[]
     5368lpq
    57335369command used by the system, so if you use different
    5734 \FClpq\F[]
     5370lpq
    57355371commands for different users then they won\'t share cache information\&.
    57365372.sp
    57375373The cache files are stored in
    5738 \FC/tmp/lpq\&.xxxx\F[]
     5374/tmp/lpq\&.xxxx
    57395375where xxxx is a hash of the
    5740 \FClpq\F[]
     5376lpq
    57415377command in use\&.
    57425378.sp
    57435379The default is 30 seconds, meaning that the cached results of a previous identical
    5744 \FClpq\F[]
     5380lpq
    57455381command will be used if the cached data is less than 30 seconds old\&. A large value may be advisable if your
    5746 \FClpq\F[]
     5382lpq
    57475383command is very slow\&.
    57485384.sp
    … …  
    57505386.sp
    57515387Default:
    5752 \fI\fIlpq cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC30\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    5753 .sp
    5754 Example:
    5755 \fI\fIlpq cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC10\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5388\fI\fIlpq cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI30\fR\fI \fR
     5389.sp
     5390Example:
     5391\fI\fIlpq cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI10\fR\fI \fR
    57565392.RE
    57575393
    … …  
    57615397.RS 4
    57625398This parameter specifies the command to be executed on the server host in order to obtain
    5763 \FClpq \F[]\-style printer status information\&.
     5399lpq\-style printer status information\&.
    57645400.sp
    57655401This command should be a program or script which takes a printer name as its only parameter and outputs printer status information\&.
    … …  
    57845420.sp
    57855421Default:
    5786 \fI\fIlpq command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    5787 .sp
    5788 Example:
    5789 \fI\fIlpq command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/bin/lpq \-P%p\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5422\fI\fIlpq command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     5423.sp
     5424Example:
     5425\fI\fIlpq command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/bin/lpq \-P%p\fR\fI \fR
    57905426.RE
    57915427
    … …  
    58195455\fBSYSV\fR, in which case the default is:
    58205456.sp
    5821 \FClp \-i %p\-%j \-H resume\F[]
     5457lp \-i %p\-%j \-H resume
    58225458.sp
    58235459or if the value of the
    … …  
    58265462\fBSOFTQ\fR, then the default is:
    58275463.sp
    5828 \FCqstat \-s \-j%j \-r\F[]
     5464qstat \-s \-j%j \-r
    58295465.sp
    58305466\fINo default\fR
    58315467.sp
    58325468Example:
    5833 \fI\fIlpresume command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/bin/lpalt %p\-%j \-p2\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5469\fI\fIlpresume command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/bin/lpalt %p\-%j \-p2\fR\fI \fR
    58345470.RE
    58355471
    … …  
    58575493.RS 4
    58585494.\}
    5859 .fam C
    5860 .ps -1
    58615495.nf
    5862 .if t \{\
    5863 .sp -1
    5864 .\}
    5865 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    5866 .sp -1
    5867 
    58685496lprm command = /usr/bin/lprm \-P%p %j
    58695497
    … …  
    58715499
    58725500lprm command = /usr/bin/cancel %p\-%j
    5873 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    5874 .if t \{\
    5875 .sp 1
    5876 .\}
    58775501.fi
    5878 .fam
    5879 .ps +1
    58805502.if n \{\
    58815503.RE
    … …  
    58835505.sp
    58845506Default:
    5885 \fI\fIlprm command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC determined by printing parameter\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5507\fI\fIlprm command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI determined by printing parameter\fR\fI \fR
    58865508.RE
    58875509
    … …  
    58935515\m[blue]\fBsecurity = domain\fR\m[]
    58945516parameter) then periodically a running smbd process will try and change the MACHINE ACCOUNT PASSWORD stored in the TDB called
    5895 \FCprivate/secrets\&.tdb \F[]\&. This parameter specifies how often this password will be changed, in seconds\&. The default is one week (expressed in seconds), the same as a Windows NT Domain member server\&.
     5517private/secrets\&.tdb\&. This parameter specifies how often this password will be changed, in seconds\&. The default is one week (expressed in seconds), the same as a Windows NT Domain member server\&.
    58965518.sp
    58975519See also
    … …  
    59015523.sp
    59025524Default:
    5903 \fI\fImachine password timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC604800\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5525\fI\fImachine password timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI604800\fR\fI \fR
    59045526.RE
    59055527
    … …  
    59155537.\}
    59165538.RS 4
    5917 .BM yellow
    59185539.it 1 an-trap
    59195540.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    59285549in the same directory the output file content is undefined\&.
    59295550.sp .5v
    5930 .EM yellow
    5931 .RE
    5932 Default:
    5933 \fI\fImagic output\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC<magic script name>\&.out\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    5934 .sp
    5935 Example:
    5936 \fI\fImagic output\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCmyfile\&.txt\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5551.RE
     5552Default:
     5553\fI\fImagic output\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI<magic script name>\&.out\fR\fI \fR
     5554.sp
     5555Example:
     5556\fI\fImagic output\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fImyfile\&.txt\fR\fI \fR
    59375557.RE
    59385558
    … …  
    59605580.sp
    59615581Default:
    5962 \fI\fImagic script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    5963 .sp
    5964 Example:
    5965 \fI\fImagic script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCuser\&.csh\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5582\fI\fImagic script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     5583.sp
     5584Example:
     5585\fI\fImagic script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIuser\&.csh\fR\fI \fR
    59665586.RE
    59675587
    … …  
    60225642.sp
    60235643Default:
    6024 \fI\fImangled names\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5644\fI\fImangled names\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    60255645.RE
    60265646
    … …  
    60345654.sp
    60355655Default:
    6036 \fI\fImangle prefix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    6037 .sp
    6038 Example:
    6039 \fI\fImangle prefix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC4\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5656\fI\fImangle prefix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1\fR\fI \fR
     5657.sp
     5658Example:
     5659\fI\fImangle prefix\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI4\fR\fI \fR
    60405660.RE
    60415661
    … …  
    60505670.sp
    60515671Default:
    6052 \fI\fImangling char\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC~\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    6053 .sp
    6054 Example:
    6055 \fI\fImangling char\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC^\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5672\fI\fImangling char\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI~\fR\fI \fR
     5673.sp
     5674Example:
     5675\fI\fImangling char\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI^\fR\fI \fR
    60565676.RE
    60575677
    … …  
    60635683.sp
    60645684Default:
    6065 \fI\fImangling method\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FChash2\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    6066 .sp
    6067 Example:
    6068 \fI\fImangling method\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FChash\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5685\fI\fImangling method\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIhash2\fR\fI \fR
     5686.sp
     5687Example:
     5688\fI\fImangling method\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIhash\fR\fI \fR
    60695689.RE
    60705690
    … …  
    60785698.sp
    60795699Default:
    6080 \fI\fImap acl inherit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5700\fI\fImap acl inherit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    60815701.RE
    60825702
    … …  
    60945714.sp
    60955715Default:
    6096 \fI\fImap archive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5716\fI\fImap archive\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    60975717.RE
    60985718
    … …  
    61765796.RE
    61775797Default:
    6178 \fI\fImap read only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5798\fI\fImap read only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    61795799.RE
    61805800
    … …  
    61925812.sp
    61935813Default:
    6194 \fI\fImap system\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5814\fI\fImap system\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    61955815.RE
    61965816
    … …  
    62825902.sp
    62835903Default:
    6284 \fI\fImap to guest\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNever\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    6285 .sp
    6286 Example:
    6287 \fI\fImap to guest\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCBad User\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5904\fI\fImap to guest\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINever\fR\fI \fR
     5905.sp
     5906Example:
     5907\fI\fImap to guest\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIBad User\fR\fI \fR
    62885908.RE
    62895909
    … …  
    63015921.sp
    63025922Default:
    6303 \fI\fImax connections\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    6304 .sp
    6305 Example:
    6306 \fI\fImax connections\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC10\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5923\fI\fImax connections\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     5924.sp
     5925Example:
     5926\fI\fImax connections\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI10\fR\fI \fR
    63075927.RE
    63085928
    … …  
    63235943.sp
    63245944Default:
    6325 \fI\fImax disk size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    6326 .sp
    6327 Example:
    6328 \fI\fImax disk size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5945\fI\fImax disk size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     5946.sp
     5947Example:
     5948\fI\fImax disk size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1000\fR\fI \fR
    63295949.RE
    63305950
    … …  
    63345954.RS 4
    63355955This option (an integer in kilobytes) specifies the max size the log file should grow to\&. Samba periodically checks the size and if it is exceeded it will rename the file, adding a
    6336 \FC\&.old\F[]
     5956\&.old
    63375957extension\&.
    63385958.sp
    … …  
    63405960.sp
    63415961Default:
    6342 \fI\fImax log size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC5000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    6343 .sp
    6344 Example:
    6345 \fI\fImax log size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5962\fI\fImax log size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI5000\fR\fI \fR
     5963.sp
     5964Example:
     5965\fI\fImax log size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1000\fR\fI \fR
    63465966.RE
    63475967
    … …  
    63535973.sp
    63545974Default:
    6355 \fI\fImax mux\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC50\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5975\fI\fImax mux\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI50\fR\fI \fR
    63565976.RE
    63575977
    … …  
    63675987.sp
    63685988Default:
    6369 \fI\fImax open files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC10000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     5989\fI\fImax open files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI10000\fR\fI \fR
    63705990.RE
    63715991
    … …  
    63795999.sp
    63806000Default:
    6381 \fI\fImax print jobs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    6382 .sp
    6383 Example:
    6384 \fI\fImax print jobs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC5000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6001\fI\fImax print jobs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1000\fR\fI \fR
     6002.sp
     6003Example:
     6004\fI\fImax print jobs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI5000\fR\fI \fR
    63856005.RE
    63866006
    … …  
    64616081.sp
    64626082Default:
    6463 \fI\fImax protocol\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNT1\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    6464 .sp
    6465 Example:
    6466 \fI\fImax protocol\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCLANMAN1\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6083\fI\fImax protocol\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINT1\fR\fI \fR
     6084.sp
     6085Example:
     6086\fI\fImax protocol\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fILANMAN1\fR\fI \fR
    64676087.RE
    64686088
    … …  
    64746094.sp
    64756095Default:
    6476 \fI\fImax reported print jobs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    6477 .sp
    6478 Example:
    6479 \fI\fImax reported print jobs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6096\fI\fImax reported print jobs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     6097.sp
     6098Example:
     6099\fI\fImax reported print jobs\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1000\fR\fI \fR
    64806100.RE
    64816101
    … …  
    64916111.sp
    64926112Default:
    6493 \fI\fImax smbd processes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    6494 .sp
    6495 Example:
    6496 \fI\fImax smbd processes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6113\fI\fImax smbd processes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     6114.sp
     6115Example:
     6116\fI\fImax smbd processes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1000\fR\fI \fR
    64976117.RE
    64986118
    … …  
    65066126.sp
    65076127Default:
    6508 \fI\fImax stat cache size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC256\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    6509 .sp
    6510 Example:
    6511 \fI\fImax stat cache size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC100\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6128\fI\fImax stat cache size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI256\fR\fI \fR
     6129.sp
     6130Example:
     6131\fI\fImax stat cache size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI100\fR\fI \fR
    65126132.RE
    65136133
    … …  
    65196139\fBnmbd\fR(8)
    65206140what the default \'time to live\' of NetBIOS names should be (in seconds) when
    6521 \FCnmbd\F[]
     6141nmbd
    65226142is requesting a name using either a broadcast packet or from a WINS server\&. You should never need to change this parameter\&. The default is 3 days\&.
    65236143.sp
    65246144Default:
    6525 \fI\fImax ttl\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC259200\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6145\fI\fImax ttl\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI259200\fR\fI \fR
    65266146.RE
    65276147
    … …  
    65336153\fBsmbd\fR(8)
    65346154when acting as a WINS server (\m[blue]\fBwins support = yes\fR\m[]) what the maximum \'time to live\' of NetBIOS names that
    6535 \FCnmbd\F[]
     6155nmbd
    65366156will grant will be (in seconds)\&. You should never need to change this parameter\&. The default is 6 days (518400 seconds)\&.
    65376157.sp
    65386158Default:
    6539 \fI\fImax wins ttl\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC518400\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6159\fI\fImax wins ttl\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI518400\fR\fI \fR
    65406160.RE
    65416161
    … …  
    65476167.sp
    65486168Default:
    6549 \fI\fImax xmit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC16644\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    6550 .sp
    6551 Example:
    6552 \fI\fImax xmit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC8192\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6169\fI\fImax xmit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI16644\fR\fI \fR
     6170.sp
     6171Example:
     6172\fI\fImax xmit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI8192\fR\fI \fR
    65536173.RE
    65546174
    … …  
    65666186.RS 4
    65676187.\}
    6568 .fam C
    6569 .ps -1
    65706188.nf
    6571 .if t \{\
    6572 .sp -1
    6573 .\}
    6574 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    6575 .sp -1
    6576 
    6577 \FCmessage command = csh \-c \'xedit %s;rm %s\' &\F[]
    6578 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    6579 .if t \{\
    6580 .sp 1
    6581 .\}
     6189message command = csh \-c \'xedit %s;rm %s\' &
    65826190.fi
    6583 .fam
    6584 .ps +1
    65856191.if n \{\
    65866192.RE
    … …  
    65886194.sp
    65896195This delivers the message using
    6590 \FCxedit\F[], then removes it afterwards\&.
     6196xedit, then removes it afterwards\&.
    65916197\fINOTE THAT IT IS VERY IMPORTANT THAT THIS COMMAND RETURN IMMEDIATELY\fR\&. That\'s why I have the \'&\' on the end\&. If it doesn\'t return immediately then your PCs may freeze when sending messages (they should recover after 30 seconds, hopefully)\&.
    65926198.sp
    … …  
    66416247.RS 4
    66426248.\}
    6643 .fam C
    6644 .ps -1
    66456249.nf
    6646 .if t \{\
    6647 .sp -1
    6648 .\}
    6649 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    6650 .sp -1
    6651 
    6652 \FCmessage command = /bin/mail \-s \'message from %f on %m\' root < %s; rm %s\F[]
    6653 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    6654 .if t \{\
    6655 .sp 1
    6656 .\}
     6250message command = /bin/mail \-s \'message from %f on %m\' root < %s; rm %s
    66576251.fi
    6658 .fam
    6659 .ps +1
    66606252.if n \{\
    66616253.RE
    … …  
    66696261.RS 4
    66706262.\}
    6671 .fam C
    6672 .ps -1
    66736263.nf
    6674 .if t \{\
    6675 .sp -1
    6676 .\}
    6677 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    6678 .sp -1
    6679 
    6680 \FCmessage command = rm %s\F[]
    6681 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    6682 .if t \{\
    6683 .sp 1
    6684 .\}
     6264message command = rm %s
    66856265.fi
    6686 .fam
    6687 .ps +1
    66886266.if n \{\
    66896267.RE
    … …  
    66916269.sp
    66926270Default:
    6693 \fI\fImessage command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    6694 .sp
    6695 Example:
    6696 \fI\fImessage command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCcsh \-c \'xedit %s; rm %s\' &\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6271\fI\fImessage command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     6272.sp
     6273Example:
     6274\fI\fImessage command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIcsh \-c \'xedit %s; rm %s\' &\fR\fI \fR
    66976275.RE
    66986276
    … …  
    67046282.sp
    67056283Default:
    6706 \fI\fImin print space\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    6707 .sp
    6708 Example:
    6709 \fI\fImin print space\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC2000\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6284\fI\fImin print space\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     6285.sp
     6286Example:
     6287\fI\fImin print space\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI2000\fR\fI \fR
    67106288.RE
    67116289
    … …  
    67176295\m[blue]\fBmax protocol\fR\m[]
    67186296parameter for a list of valid protocol names and a brief description of each\&. You may also wish to refer to the C source code in
    6719 \FCsource/smbd/negprot\&.c\F[]
     6297source/smbd/negprot\&.c
    67206298for a listing of known protocol dialects supported by clients\&.
    67216299.sp
    … …  
    67256303.sp
    67266304Default:
    6727 \fI\fImin protocol\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCCORE\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    6728 .sp
    6729 Example:
    6730 \fI\fImin protocol\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNT1\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6305\fI\fImin protocol\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fICORE\fR\fI \fR
     6306.sp
     6307Example:
     6308\fI\fImin protocol\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINT1\fR\fI \fR
    67316309.RE
    67326310
    … …  
    67446322.sp
    67456323Default:
    6746 \fI\fImin receivefile size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6324\fI\fImin receivefile size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    67476325.RE
    67486326
    … …  
    67546332\fBnmbd\fR(8)
    67556333when acting as a WINS server (\m[blue]\fBwins support = yes\fR\m[]) what the minimum \'time to live\' of NetBIOS names that
    6756 \FCnmbd\F[]
     6334nmbd
    67576335will grant will be (in seconds)\&. You should never need to change this parameter\&. The default is 6 hours (21600 seconds)\&.
    67586336.sp
    67596337Default:
    6760 \fI\fImin wins ttl\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC21600\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6338\fI\fImin wins ttl\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI21600\fR\fI \fR
    67616339.RE
    67626340
    … …  
    67766354.sp
    67776355Example:
    6778 \fI\fImsdfs proxy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\eotherserver\esomeshare\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6356\fI\fImsdfs proxy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\eotherserver\esomeshare\fR\fI \fR
    67796357.RE
    67806358
    … …  
    67856363If set to
    67866364\fByes\fR, Samba treats the share as a Dfs root and allows clients to browse the distributed file system tree rooted at the share directory\&. Dfs links are specified in the share directory by symbolic links of the form
    6787 \FCmsdfs:serverA\e\eshareA,serverB\e\eshareB\F[]
     6365msdfs:serverA\e\eshareA,serverB\e\eshareB
    67886366and so on\&. For more information on setting up a Dfs tree on Samba, refer to the MSDFS chapter in the Samba3\-HOWTO book\&.
    67896367.sp
    67906368Default:
    6791 \fI\fImsdfs root\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6369\fI\fImsdfs root\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    67926370.RE
    67936371
    … …  
    67996377.sp
    68006378Default:
    6801 \fI\fIname cache timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC660\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    6802 .sp
    6803 Example:
    6804 \fI\fIname cache timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6379\fI\fIname cache timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI660\fR\fI \fR
     6380.sp
     6381Example:
     6382\fI\fIname cache timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    68056383.RE
    68066384
    … …  
    68376415\fBhost\fR
    68386416: Do a standard host name to IP address resolution, using the system
    6839 \FC/etc/hosts \F[], NIS, or DNS lookups\&. This method of name resolution is operating system depended for instance on IRIX or Solaris this may be controlled by the
    6840 \FC/etc/nsswitch\&.conf\F[]
     6417/etc/hosts, NIS, or DNS lookups\&. This method of name resolution is operating system depended for instance on IRIX or Solaris this may be controlled by the
     6418/etc/nsswitch\&.conf
    68416419file\&. Note that this method is used only if the NetBIOS name type being queried is the 0x20 (server) name type or 0x1c (domain controllers)\&. The latter case is only useful for active directory domains and results in a DNS query for the SRV RR entry matching _ldap\&._tcp\&.domain\&.
    68426420.RE
    … …  
    68726450The example below will cause the local lmhosts file to be examined first, followed by a broadcast attempt, followed by a normal system hostname lookup\&.
    68736451.sp
    6874 When Samba is functioning in ADS security mode (\FCsecurity = ads\F[]) it is advised to use following settings for
     6452When Samba is functioning in ADS security mode (security = ads) it is advised to use following settings for
    68756453\fIname resolve order\fR:
    68766454.sp
    6877 \FCname resolve order = wins bcast\F[]
     6455name resolve order = wins bcast
    68786456.sp
    68796457DC lookups will still be done via DNS, but fallbacks to netbios names will not inundate your DNS servers with needless querys for DOMAIN<0x1c> lookups\&.
    68806458.sp
    68816459Default:
    6882 \fI\fIname resolve order\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FClmhosts host wins bcast\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    6883 .sp
    6884 Example:
    6885 \fI\fIname resolve order\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FClmhosts bcast host\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6460\fI\fIname resolve order\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIlmhosts host wins bcast\fR\fI \fR
     6461.sp
     6462Example:
     6463\fI\fIname resolve order\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIlmhosts bcast host\fR\fI \fR
    68866464.RE
    68876465
    … …  
    68936471.sp
    68946472Default:
    6895 \fI\fInetbios aliases\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # empty string (no additional names)\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    6896 .sp
    6897 Example:
    6898 \fI\fInetbios aliases\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCTEST TEST1 TEST2\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6473\fI\fInetbios aliases\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # empty string (no additional names)\fR\fI \fR
     6474.sp
     6475Example:
     6476\fI\fInetbios aliases\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fITEST TEST1 TEST2\fR\fI \fR
    68996477.RE
    69006478
    … …  
    69066484.sp
    69076485There is a bug in Samba\-3 that breaks operation of browsing and access to shares if the netbios name is set to the literal name
    6908 \FCPIPE\F[]\&. To avoid this problem, do not name your Samba\-3 server
    6909 \FCPIPE\F[]\&.
    6910 .sp
    6911 Default:
    6912 \fI\fInetbios name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # machine DNS name\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    6913 .sp
    6914 Example:
    6915 \fI\fInetbios name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCMYNAME\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6486PIPE\&. To avoid this problem, do not name your Samba\-3 server
     6487PIPE\&.
     6488.sp
     6489Default:
     6490\fI\fInetbios name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # machine DNS name\fR\fI \fR
     6491.sp
     6492Example:
     6493\fI\fInetbios name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIMYNAME\fR\fI \fR
    69166494.RE
    69176495
    … …  
    69236501.sp
    69246502Default:
    6925 \fI\fInetbios scope\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6503\fI\fInetbios scope\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    69266504.RE
    69276505
    … …  
    69416519.sp
    69426520Default:
    6943 \fI\fInis homedir\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6521\fI\fInis homedir\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    69446522.RE
    69456523
    … …  
    69536531.sp
    69546532Default:
    6955 \fI\fInt acl support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6533\fI\fInt acl support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    69566534.RE
    69576535
    … …  
    69656543.sp
    69666544If this option, and
    6967 \FClanman auth\F[]
     6545lanman auth
    69686546are both disabled, then only NTLMv2 logins will be permited\&. Not all clients support NTLMv2, and most will require special configuration to use it\&.
    69696547.sp
    69706548Default:
    6971 \fI\fIntlm auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6549\fI\fIntlm auth\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    69726550.RE
    69736551
    … …  
    69836561.sp
    69846562Default:
    6985 \fI\fInt pipe support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6563\fI\fInt pipe support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    69866564.RE
    69876565
    … …  
    69996577.sp
    70006578Default:
    7001 \fI\fInt status support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6579\fI\fInt status support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    70026580.RE
    70036581
    … …  
    70126590.sp
    70136591Default:
    7014 \fI\fInull passwords\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6592\fI\fInull passwords\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    70156593.RE
    70166594
    … …  
    70236601.sp
    70246602Default:
    7025 \fI\fIobey pam restrictions\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6603\fI\fIobey pam restrictions\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    70266604.RE
    70276605
    … …  
    70396617.sp
    70406618Note that this also means Samba won\'t try to deduce usernames from the service name\&. This can be annoying for the [homes] section\&. To get around this you could use
    7041 \FCuser = %S\F[]
     6619user = %S
    70426620which means your
    70436621\fIuser\fR
    … …  
    70456623.sp
    70466624Default:
    7047 \fI\fIonly user\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6625\fI\fIonly user\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    70486626.RE
    70496627
    … …  
    70576635.\}
    70586636.RS 4
    7059 .BM yellow
    70606637.it 1 an-trap
    70616638.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    70686645DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE\&.
    70696646.sp .5v
    7070 .EM yellow
    7071 .RE
    7072 Default:
    7073 \fI\fIoplock break wait time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6647.RE
     6648Default:
     6649\fI\fIoplock break wait time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    70746650.RE
    70756651
    … …  
    70866662In brief it specifies a number, which causes
    70876663\fBsmbd\fR(8)not to grant an oplock even when requested if the approximate number of clients contending for an oplock on the same file goes over this limit\&. This causes
    7088 \FCsmbd\F[]
     6664smbd
    70896665to behave in a similar way to Windows NT\&.
    70906666.if n \{\
    … …  
    70926668.\}
    70936669.RS 4
    7094 .BM yellow
    70956670.it 1 an-trap
    70966671.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    71036678DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE\&.
    71046679.sp .5v
    7105 .EM yellow
    7106 .RE
    7107 Default:
    7108 \fI\fIoplock contention limit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC2\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6680.RE
     6681Default:
     6682\fI\fIoplock contention limit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI2\fR\fI \fR
    71096683.RE
    71106684
    … …  
    71146688.RS 4
    71156689This boolean option tells
    7116 \FCsmbd\F[]
     6690smbd
    71176691whether to issue oplocks (opportunistic locks) to file open requests on this share\&. The oplock code can dramatically (approx\&. 30% or more) improve the speed of access to files on Samba servers\&. It allows the clients to aggressively cache files locally and you may want to disable this option for unreliable network environments (it is turned on by default in Windows NT Servers)\&. For more information see the file
    7118 \FCSpeed\&.txt\F[]
     6692Speed\&.txt
    71196693in the Samba
    7120 \FCdocs/\F[]
     6694docs/
    71216695directory\&.
    71226696.sp
    … …  
    71286702.sp
    71296703Default:
    7130 \fI\fIoplocks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6704\fI\fIoplocks\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    71316705.RE
    71326706
    … …  
    71406714.sp
    71416715For example, a valid entry using the HP LaserJet 5 printer driver would appear as
    7142 \FCHP LaserJet 5L = LASERJET\&.HP LaserJet 5L\F[]\&.
     6716HP LaserJet 5L = LASERJET\&.HP LaserJet 5L\&.
    71436717.sp
    71446718The need for the file is due to the printer driver namespace problem described in the chapter on Classical Printing in the Samba3\-HOWTO book\&. For more details on OS/2 clients, please refer to chapter on other clients in the Samba3\-HOWTO book\&.
    71456719.sp
    71466720Default:
    7147 \fI\fIos2 driver map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6721\fI\fIos2 driver map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    71486722.RE
    71496723
    … …  
    71646738.sp
    71656739Default:
    7166 \fI\fIos level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC20\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    7167 .sp
    7168 Example:
    7169 \fI\fIos level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC65\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6740\fI\fIos level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI20\fR\fI \fR
     6741.sp
     6742Example:
     6743\fI\fIos level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI65\fR\fI \fR
    71706744.RE
    71716745
    … …  
    71806754.sp
    71816755Default:
    7182 \fI\fIpam password change\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6756\fI\fIpam password change\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    71836757.RE
    71846758
    … …  
    71946768.sp
    71956769Default:
    7196 \fI\fIpanic action\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    7197 .sp
    7198 Example:
    7199 \fI\fIpanic action\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC"/bin/sleep 90000"\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6770\fI\fIpanic action\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     6771.sp
     6772Example:
     6773\fI\fIpanic action\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI"/bin/sleep 90000"\fR\fI \fR
    72006774.RE
    72016775
    … …  
    72096783.sp
    72106784Default:
    7211 \fI\fIparanoid server security\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6785\fI\fIparanoid server security\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    72126786.RE
    72136787
    … …  
    72306804.IP \(bu 2.3
    72316805.\}
    7232 \FCsmbpasswd\F[]
     6806smbpasswd
    72336807\- The default smbpasswd backend\&. Takes a path to the smbpasswd file as an optional argument\&.
    72346808.RE
    … …  
    72426816.IP \(bu 2.3
    72436817.\}
    7244 \FCtdbsam\F[]
     6818tdbsam
    72456819\- The TDB based password storage backend\&. Takes a path to the TDB as an optional argument (defaults to passdb\&.tdb in the
    72466820\m[blue]\fBprivate dir\fR\m[]
    … …  
    72566830.IP \(bu 2.3
    72576831.\}
    7258 \FCldapsam\F[]
     6832ldapsam
    72596833\- The LDAP based passdb backend\&. Takes an LDAP URL as an optional argument (defaults to
    7260 \FCldap://localhost\F[])
     6834ldap://localhost)
    72616835.sp
    72626836LDAP connections should be secured where possible\&. This may be done using either Start\-TLS (see
    … …  
    72746848.RS 4
    72756849.\}
    7276 .fam C
    7277 .ps -1
    72786850.nf
    7279 .if t \{\
    7280 .sp -1
    7281 .\}
    7282 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    7283 .sp -1
    7284 
    72856851passdb backend = tdbsam:/etc/samba/private/passdb\&.tdb
    72866852
    … …  
    72926858
    72936859passdb backend = ldapsam:"ldap://ldap\-1\&.example\&.com ldap\-2\&.example\&.com"
    7294 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    7295 .if t \{\
    7296 .sp 1
    7297 .\}
    72986860.fi
    7299 .fam
    7300 .ps +1
    73016861.if n \{\
    73026862.RE
    … …  
    73046864.sp
    73056865Default:
    7306 \fI\fIpassdb backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCsmbpasswd\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6866\fI\fIpassdb backend\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIsmbpasswd\fR\fI \fR
    73076867.RE
    73086868
    … …  
    73146874.sp
    73156875Default:
    7316 \fI\fIpassdb expand explicit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6876\fI\fIpassdb expand explicit\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    73176877.RE
    73186878
    … …  
    73286888\m[blue]\fBdebug level\fR\m[]
    73296889of 100\&. This is a dangerous option as it will allow plaintext passwords to be seen in the
    7330 \FCsmbd\F[]
     6890smbd
    73316891log\&. It is available to help Samba admins debug their
    73326892\fIpasswd chat\fR
    … …  
    73386898.sp
    73396899Default:
    7340 \fI\fIpasswd chat debug\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6900\fI\fIpasswd chat debug\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    73416901.RE
    73426902
    … …  
    73486908.sp
    73496909Default:
    7350 \fI\fIpasswd chat timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC2\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6910\fI\fIpasswd chat timeout\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI2\fR\fI \fR
    73516911.RE
    73526912
    … …  
    73906950.sp
    73916951Default:
    7392 \fI\fIpasswd chat\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC*new*password* %n\en*new*password* %n\en *changed*\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    7393 .sp
    7394 Example:
    7395 \fI\fIpasswd chat\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC"*Enter NEW password*" %n\en "*Reenter NEW password*" %n\en "*Password changed*"\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6952\fI\fIpasswd chat\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI*new*password* %n\en*new*password* %n\en *changed*\fR\fI \fR
     6953.sp
     6954Example:
     6955\fI\fIpasswd chat\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI"*Enter NEW password*" %n\en "*Reenter NEW password*" %n\en "*Password changed*"\fR\fI \fR
    73966956.RE
    73976957
    … …  
    74166976\fIAS ROOT\fR
    74176977before the SMB password in the smbpasswd file is changed\&. If this UNIX password change fails, then
    7418 \FCsmbd\F[]
     6978smbd
    74196979will fail to change the SMB password also (this is by design)\&.
    74206980.sp
    … …  
    74316991.sp
    74326992Default:
    7433 \fI\fIpasswd program\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    7434 .sp
    7435 Example:
    7436 \fI\fIpasswd program\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/bin/passwd %u\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     6993\fI\fIpasswd program\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     6994.sp
     6995Example:
     6996\fI\fIpasswd program\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/bin/passwd %u\fR\fI \fR
    74376997.RE
    74386998
    … …  
    74677027.sp
    74687028Default:
    7469 \fI\fIpassword level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    7470 .sp
    7471 Example:
    7472 \fI\fIpassword level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC4\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7029\fI\fIpassword level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     7030.sp
     7031Example:
     7032\fI\fIpassword level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI4\fR\fI \fR
    74737033.RE
    74747034
    … …  
    74787038.RS 4
    74797039By specifying the name of another SMB server or Active Directory domain controller with this option, and using
    7480 \FCsecurity = [ads|domain|server]\F[]
     7040security = [ads|domain|server]
    74817041it is possible to get Samba to do all its username/password validation using a specific remote server\&.
    74827042.sp
    … …  
    74927052.\}
    74937053.RS 4
    7494 .BM yellow
    74957054.it 1 an-trap
    74967055.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    75047063\fIDO NOT CHOOSE A PASSWORD SERVER THAT YOU DON\'T COMPLETELY TRUST\fR\&.
    75057064.sp .5v
    7506 .EM yellow
    75077065.RE
    75087066Never point a Samba server at itself for password serving\&. This will cause a loop and could lock up your Samba server!
    … …  
    75177075or
    75187076\fBads\fR, then the list of machines in this option must be a list of Primary or Backup Domain controllers for the Domain or the character \'*\', as the Samba server is effectively in that domain, and will use cryptographically authenticated RPC calls to authenticate the user logging on\&. The advantage of using
    7519 \FC security = domain\F[]
     7077security = domain
    75207078is that if you list several hosts in the
    75217079\fIpassword server\fR
    75227080option then
    7523 \FCsmbd \F[]
     7081smbd
    75247082will try each in turn till it finds one that responds\&. This is useful in case your primary server goes down\&.
    75257083.sp
    … …  
    75367094parameter is set to
    75377095\fBserver\fR, then there are different restrictions that
    7538 \FCsecurity = domain\F[]
     7096security = domain
    75397097doesn\'t suffer from:
    75407098.sp
    … …  
    75507108\fIpassword server\fR
    75517109parameter, however if an
    7552 \FCsmbd\F[]
     7110smbd
    75537111makes a connection to a password server, and then the password server fails, no more users will be able to be authenticated from this
    7554 \FCsmbd\F[]\&. This is a restriction of the SMB/CIFS protocol when in
    7555 \FCsecurity = server \F[]
     7112smbd\&. This is a restriction of the SMB/CIFS protocol when in
     7113security = server
    75567114mode and cannot be fixed in Samba\&.
    75577115.RE
    … …  
    75667124.\}
    75677125If you are using a Windows NT server as your password server then you will have to ensure that your users are able to login from the Samba server, as when in
    7568 \FC security = server\F[]
     7126security = server
    75697127mode the network logon will appear to come from there rather than from the users workstation\&.
    75707128.sp
    75717129.RE
    75727130Default:
    7573 \fI\fIpassword server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC*\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    7574 .sp
    7575 Example:
    7576 \fI\fIpassword server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNT\-PDC, NT\-BDC1, NT\-BDC2, *\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    7577 .sp
    7578 Example:
    7579 \fI\fIpassword server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCwindc\&.mydomain\&.com:389 192\&.168\&.1\&.101 *\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7131\fI\fIpassword server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI*\fR\fI \fR
     7132.sp
     7133Example:
     7134\fI\fIpassword server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINT\-PDC, NT\-BDC1, NT\-BDC2, *\fR\fI \fR
     7135.sp
     7136Example:
     7137\fI\fIpassword server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIwindc\&.mydomain\&.com:389 192\&.168\&.1\&.101 *\fR\fI \fR
    75807138.RE
    75817139
    … …  
    76077165.sp
    76087166Default:
    7609 \fI\fIpath\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    7610 .sp
    7611 Example:
    7612 \fI\fIpath\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/home/fred\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7167\fI\fIpath\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     7168.sp
     7169Example:
     7170\fI\fIpath\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/home/fred\fR\fI \fR
    76137171.RE
    76147172
    … …  
    76207178.sp
    76217179Default:
    7622 \fI\fIpid directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC${prefix}/var/locks\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    7623 .sp
    7624 Example:
    7625 \fI\fIpid directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCpid directory = /var/run/\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7180\fI\fIpid directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI${prefix}/var/locks\fR\fI \fR
     7181.sp
     7182Example:
     7183\fI\fIpid directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIpid directory = /var/run/\fR\fI \fR
    76267184.RE
    76277185
    … …  
    76357193.sp
    76367194Default:
    7637 \fI\fIposix locking\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7195\fI\fIposix locking\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    76387196.RE
    76397197
    … …  
    76467204An interesting example may be to unmount server resources:
    76477205.sp
    7648 \FCpostexec = /etc/umount /cdrom\F[]
    7649 .sp
    7650 Default:
    7651 \fI\fIpostexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    7652 .sp
    7653 Example:
    7654 \fI\fIpostexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCecho \e"%u disconnected from %S from %m (%I)\e" >> /tmp/log\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7206postexec = /etc/umount /cdrom
     7207.sp
     7208Default:
     7209\fI\fIpostexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     7210.sp
     7211Example:
     7212\fI\fIpostexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIecho \e"%u disconnected from %S from %m (%I)\e" >> /tmp/log\fR\fI \fR
    76557213.RE
    76567214
    … …  
    76647222.sp
    76657223Default:
    7666 \fI\fIpreexec close\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7224\fI\fIpreexec close\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    76677225.RE
    76687226
    … …  
    76847242.sp
    76857243
    7686 \FCpreexec = csh \-c \'echo \e"Welcome to %S!\e" | /usr/local/samba/bin/smbclient \-M %m \-I %I\' & \F[]
     7244preexec = csh \-c \'echo \e"Welcome to %S!\e" | /usr/local/samba/bin/smbclient \-M %m \-I %I\' &
    76877245.sp
    76887246Of course, this could get annoying after a while :\-)
    … …  
    76947252.sp
    76957253Default:
    7696 \fI\fIpreexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    7697 .sp
    7698 Example:
    7699 \fI\fIpreexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCecho \e"%u connected to %S from %m (%I)\e" >> /tmp/log\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7254\fI\fIpreexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     7255.sp
     7256Example:
     7257\fI\fIpreexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIecho \e"%u connected to %S from %m (%I)\e" >> /tmp/log\fR\fI \fR
    77007258.RE
    77017259
    … …  
    77187276If this is set to
    77197277\fByes\fR, on startup,
    7720 \FCnmbd\F[]
     7278nmbd
    77217279will force an election, and it will have a slight advantage in winning the election\&. It is recommended that this parameter is used in conjunction with
    77227280\m[blue]\fBdomain master = yes\fR\m[], so that
    7723 \FCnmbd\F[]
     7281nmbd
    77247282can guarantee becoming a domain master\&.
    77257283.sp
    … …  
    77277285.sp
    77287286Default:
    7729 \fI\fIpreferred master\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCauto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7287\fI\fIpreferred master\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIauto\fR\fI \fR
    77307288.RE
    77317289
    … …  
    77377295.sp
    77387296Default:
    7739 \fI\fIpreload modules\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    7740 .sp
    7741 Example:
    7742 \fI\fIpreload modules\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/lib/samba/passdb/mysql\&.so\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7297\fI\fIpreload modules\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     7298.sp
     7299Example:
     7300\fI\fIpreload modules\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/lib/samba/passdb/mysql\&.so\fR\fI \fR
    77437301.RE
    77447302
    … …  
    77627320.sp
    77637321Default:
    7764 \fI\fIpreload\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    7765 .sp
    7766 Example:
    7767 \fI\fIpreload\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCfred lp colorlp\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7322\fI\fIpreload\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     7323.sp
     7324Example:
     7325\fI\fIpreload\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIfred lp colorlp\fR\fI \fR
    77687326.RE
    77697327
    … …  
    77807338.sp
    77817339Default:
    7782 \fI\fIpreserve case\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7340\fI\fIpreserve case\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    77837341.RE
    77847342
    … …  
    78037361.sp
    78047362Default:
    7805 \fI\fIprintable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7363\fI\fIprintable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    78067364.RE
    78077365
    … …  
    78157373.sp
    78167374Default:
    7817 \fI\fIprintcap cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC750\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    7818 .sp
    7819 Example:
    7820 \fI\fIprintcap cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC600\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7375\fI\fIprintcap cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI750\fR\fI \fR
     7376.sp
     7377Example:
     7378\fI\fIprintcap cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI600\fR\fI \fR
    78217379.RE
    78227380
    … …  
    78347392.RS 4
    78357393This parameter may be used to override the compiled\-in default printcap name used by the server (usually
    7836 \FC /etc/printcap\F[])\&. See the discussion of the
     7394/etc/printcap)\&. See the discussion of the
    78377395[printers]
    78387396section above for reasons why you might want to do this\&.
    78397397.sp
    78407398To use the CUPS printing interface set
    7841 \FCprintcap name = cups \F[]\&. This should be supplemented by an addtional setting
     7399printcap name = cups\&. This should be supplemented by an addtional setting
    78427400\m[blue]\fBprinting = cups\fR\m[]
    78437401in the [global] section\&.
    7844 \FCprintcap name = cups\F[]
     7402printcap name = cups
    78457403will use the "dummy" printcap created by CUPS, as specified in your CUPS configuration file\&.
    78467404.sp
    78477405On System V systems that use
    7848 \FClpstat\F[]
     7406lpstat
    78497407to list available printers you can use
    7850 \FCprintcap name = lpstat \F[]
     7408printcap name = lpstat
    78517409to automatically obtain lists of available printers\&. This is the default for systems that define SYSV at configure time in Samba (this includes most System V based systems)\&. If
    78527410\fI printcap name\fR
    78537411is set to
    7854 \FClpstat\F[]
     7412lpstat
    78557413on these systems then Samba will launch
    7856 \FClpstat \-v\F[]
     7414lpstat \-v
    78577415and attempt to parse the output to obtain a printer list\&.
    78587416.sp
    … …  
    78627420.RS 4
    78637421.\}
    7864 .fam C
    7865 .ps -1
    78667422.nf
    7867 .if t \{\
    7868 .sp -1
    7869 .\}
    7870 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    7871 .sp -1
    7872 
    78737423print1|My Printer 1
    78747424print2|My Printer 2
    … …  
    78767426print4|My Printer 4
    78777427print5|My Printer 5
    7878 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    7879 .if t \{\
    7880 .sp 1
    7881 .\}
    78827428.fi
    7883 .fam
    7884 .ps +1
    78857429.if n \{\
    78867430.RE
    … …  
    78927436.\}
    78937437.RS 4
    7894 .BM yellow
    78957438.it 1 an-trap
    78967439.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    79027445.br
    79037446Under AIX the default printcap name is
    7904 \FC/etc/qconfig\F[]\&. Samba will assume the file is in AIX
    7905 \FCqconfig\F[]
     7447/etc/qconfig\&. Samba will assume the file is in AIX
     7448qconfig
    79067449format if the string
    7907 \FCqconfig\F[]
     7450qconfig
    79087451appears in the printcap filename\&.
    79097452.sp .5v
    7910 .EM yellow
    7911 .RE
    7912 Default:
    7913 \fI\fIprintcap name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/etc/printcap\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    7914 .sp
    7915 Example:
    7916 \fI\fIprintcap name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/etc/myprintcap\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7453.RE
     7454Default:
     7455\fI\fIprintcap name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/etc/printcap\fR\fI \fR
     7456.sp
     7457Example:
     7458\fI\fIprintcap name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/etc/myprintcap\fR\fI \fR
    79177459.RE
    79187460
    … …  
    79227464.RS 4
    79237465After a print job has finished spooling to a service, this command will be used via a
    7924 \FCsystem()\F[]
     7466system()
    79257467call to process the spool file\&. Typically the command specified will submit the spool file to the host\'s printing subsystem, but there is no requirement that this be the case\&. The server will not remove the spool file, so whatever command you specify should remove the spool file when it has been processed, otherwise you will need to manually remove old spool files\&.
    79267468.sp
    … …  
    79617503You can form quite complex print commands by realizing that they are just passed to a shell\&. For example the following will log a print job, print the file, then remove it\&. Note that \';\' is the usual separator for command in shell scripts\&.
    79627504.sp
    7963 \FCprint command = echo Printing %s >> /tmp/print\&.log; lpr \-P %p %s; rm %s\F[]
     7505print command = echo Printing %s >> /tmp/print\&.log; lpr \-P %p %s; rm %s
    79647506.sp
    79657507You may have to vary this command considerably depending on how you normally print files on your system\&. The default for the parameter varies depending on the setting of the
    … …  
    79687510.sp
    79697511Default: For
    7970 \FCprinting = BSD, AIX, QNX, LPRNG or PLP :\F[]
    7971 .sp
    7972 \FCprint command = lpr \-r \-P%p %s\F[]
     7512printing = BSD, AIX, QNX, LPRNG or PLP :
     7513.sp
     7514print command = lpr \-r \-P%p %s
    79737515.sp
    79747516For
    7975 \FCprinting = SYSV or HPUX :\F[]
    7976 .sp
    7977 \FCprint command = lp \-c \-d%p %s; rm %s\F[]
     7517printing = SYSV or HPUX :
     7518.sp
     7519print command = lp \-c \-d%p %s; rm %s
    79787520.sp
    79797521For
    7980 \FCprinting = SOFTQ :\F[]
    7981 .sp
    7982 \FCprint command = lp \-d%p \-s %s; rm %s\F[]
     7522printing = SOFTQ :
     7523.sp
     7524print command = lp \-d%p \-s %s; rm %s
    79837525.sp
    79847526For printing = CUPS : If SAMBA is compiled against libcups, then
    79857527\m[blue]\fBprintcap = cups\fR\m[]
    79867528uses the CUPS API to submit jobs, etc\&. Otherwise it maps to the System V commands with the \-oraw option for printing, i\&.e\&. it uses
    7987 \FClp \-c \-d%p \-oraw; rm %s\F[]\&. With
    7988 \FCprinting = cups\F[], and if SAMBA is compiled against libcups, any manually set print command will be ignored\&.
     7529lp \-c \-d%p \-oraw; rm %s\&. With
     7530printing = cups, and if SAMBA is compiled against libcups, any manually set print command will be ignored\&.
    79897531.sp
    79907532\fINo default\fR
    79917533.sp
    79927534Example:
    7993 \fI\fIprint command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7535\fI\fIprint command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s\fR\fI \fR
    79947536.RE
    79957537
    … …  
    80037545.sp
    80047546Default:
    8005 \fI\fIprinter admin\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    8006 .sp
    8007 Example:
    8008 \fI\fIprinter admin\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCadmin, @staff\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7547\fI\fIprinter admin\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     7548.sp
     7549Example:
     7550\fI\fIprinter admin\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIadmin, @staff\fR\fI \fR
    80097551.RE
    80107552
    … …  
    80287570\m[blue]\fBprinter name\fR\m[]
    80297571may be
    8030 \FClp\F[]
     7572lp
    80317573on many systems\&.
    80327574.sp
    80337575Default:
    8034 \fI\fIprinter name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCnone\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    8035 .sp
    8036 Example:
    8037 \fI\fIprinter name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FClaserwriter\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7576\fI\fIprinter name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fInone\fR\fI \fR
     7577.sp
     7578Example:
     7579\fI\fIprinter name\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIlaserwriter\fR\fI \fR
    80387580.RE
    80397581
    … …  
    80747616.sp
    80757617Default:
    8076 \fI\fIprinting\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCDepends on the operating system, see \FCtestparm \-v\&.\F[]\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7618\fI\fIprinting\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIDepends on the operating system, see testparm \-v\&.\fR\fI \fR
    80777619.RE
    80787620
    … …  
    80847626.sp
    80857627Default:
    8086 \fI\fIprintjob username\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC%U\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    8087 .sp
    8088 Example:
    8089 \fI\fIprintjob username\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC%D\e%U\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7628\fI\fIprintjob username\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI%U\fR\fI \fR
     7629.sp
     7630Example:
     7631\fI\fIprintjob username\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI%D\e%U\fR\fI \fR
    80907632.RE
    80917633
    … …  
    80957637.RS 4
    80967638This parameters defines the directory smbd will use for storing such files as
    8097 \FCsmbpasswd\F[]
     7639smbpasswd
    80987640and
    8099 \FCsecrets\&.tdb\F[]\&.
    8100 .sp
    8101 Default:
    8102 \fI\fIprivate dir\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC${prefix}/private\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7641secrets\&.tdb\&.
     7642.sp
     7643Default:
     7644\fI\fIprivate dir\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI${prefix}/private\fR\fI \fR
    81037645.RE
    81047646
    … …  
    81147656.sp
    81157657Default:
    8116 \fI\fIprofile acls\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7658\fI\fIprofile acls\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    81177659.RE
    81187660
    … …  
    81367678.sp
    81377679Example:
    8138 \fI\fIqueuepause command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCdisable %p\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7680\fI\fIqueuepause command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIdisable %p\fR\fI \fR
    81397681.RE
    81407682
    … …  
    81567698.sp
    81577699Default:
    8158 \fI\fIqueueresume command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    8159 .sp
    8160 Example:
    8161 \fI\fIqueueresume command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCenable %p\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7700\fI\fIqueueresume command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     7701.sp
     7702Example:
     7703\fI\fIqueueresume command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIenable %p\fR\fI \fR
    81627704.RE
    81637705
    … …  
    81777719.sp
    81787720Default:
    8179 \fI\fIread list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    8180 .sp
    8181 Example:
    8182 \fI\fIread list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCmary, @students\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7721\fI\fIread list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     7722.sp
     7723Example:
     7724\fI\fIread list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fImary, @students\fR\fI \fR
    81837725.RE
    81847726
    … …  
    81937735\fByes\fR, then users of a service may not create or modify files in the service\'s directory\&.
    81947736.sp
    8195 Note that a printable service (\FCprintable = yes\F[]) will
     7737Note that a printable service (printable = yes) will
    81967738\fIALWAYS\fR
    81977739allow writing to the directory (user privileges permitting), but only via spooling operations\&.
    81987740.sp
    81997741Default:
    8200 \fI\fIread only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7742\fI\fIread only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    82017743.RE
    82027744
    … …  
    82147756.sp
    82157757Default:
    8216 \fI\fIread raw\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7758\fI\fIread raw\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    82177759.RE
    82187760
    … …  
    82227764.RS 4
    82237765This option specifies the kerberos realm to use\&. The realm is used as the ADS equivalent of the NT4
    8224 \FCdomain\F[]\&. It is usually set to the DNS name of the kerberos server\&.
    8225 .sp
    8226 Default:
    8227 \fI\fIrealm\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    8228 .sp
    8229 Example:
    8230 \fI\fIrealm\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCmysambabox\&.mycompany\&.com\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7766domain\&. It is usually set to the DNS name of the kerberos server\&.
     7767.sp
     7768Default:
     7769\fI\fIrealm\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     7770.sp
     7771Example:
     7772\fI\fIrealm\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fImysambabox\&.mycompany\&.com\fR\fI \fR
    82317773.RE
    82327774
    … …  
    82487790.sp
    82497791Default:
    8250 \fI\fIregistry shares\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    8251 .sp
    8252 Example:
    8253 \fI\fIregistry shares\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7792\fI\fIregistry shares\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     7793.sp
     7794Example:
     7795\fI\fIregistry shares\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    82547796.RE
    82557797
    … …  
    82697811.RS 4
    82707812.\}
    8271 .fam C
    8272 .ps -1
    82737813.nf
    8274 .if t \{\
    8275 .sp -1
    8276 .\}
    8277 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    8278 .sp -1
    8279 
    8280 \FCremote announce = 192\&.168\&.2\&.255/SERVERS 192\&.168\&.4\&.255/STAFF\F[]
    8281 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    8282 .if t \{\
    8283 .sp 1
    8284 .\}
     7814remote announce = 192\&.168\&.2\&.255/SERVERS 192\&.168\&.4\&.255/STAFF
    82857815.fi
    8286 .fam
    8287 .ps +1
    82887816.if n \{\
    82897817.RE
    … …  
    82917819.sp
    82927820the above line would cause
    8293 \FCnmbd\F[]
     7821nmbd
    82947822to announce itself to the two given IP addresses using the given workgroup names\&. If you leave out the workgroup name, then the one given in the
    82957823\m[blue]\fBworkgroup\fR\m[]
    … …  
    83017829.sp
    83027830Default:
    8303 \fI\fIremote announce\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7831\fI\fIremote announce\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    83047832.RE
    83057833
    … …  
    83197847.RS 4
    83207848.\}
    8321 .fam C
    8322 .ps -1
    83237849.nf
    8324 .if t \{\
    8325 .sp -1
    8326 .\}
    8327 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    8328 .sp -1
    8329 
    83307850\fIremote browse sync = 192\&.168\&.2\&.255 192\&.168\&.4\&.255\fR
    8331 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    8332 .if t \{\
    8333 .sp 1
    8334 .\}
    83357851.fi
    8336 .fam
    8337 .ps +1
    83387852.if n \{\
    83397853.RE
    … …  
    83417855.sp
    83427856the above line would cause
    8343 \FCnmbd\F[]
     7857nmbd
    83447858to request the master browser on the specified subnets or addresses to synchronize their browse lists with the local server\&.
    83457859.sp
    … …  
    83517865.sp
    83527866Default:
    8353 \fI\fIremote browse sync\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7867\fI\fIremote browse sync\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    83547868.RE
    83557869
    … …  
    83637877.sp
    83647878When a user with admin authority or SeAddUserPrivilege rights renames a user (e\&.g\&.: from the NT4 User Manager for Domains), this script will be run to rename the POSIX user\&. Two variables,
    8365 \FC%uold\F[]
     7879%uold
    83667880and
    8367 \FC%unew\F[], will be substituted with the old and new usernames, respectively\&. The script should return 0 upon successful completion, and nonzero otherwise\&.
     7881%unew, will be substituted with the old and new usernames, respectively\&. The script should return 0 upon successful completion, and nonzero otherwise\&.
    83687882.if n \{\
    83697883.sp
    83707884.\}
    83717885.RS 4
    8372 .BM yellow
    83737886.it 1 an-trap
    83747887.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    83817894The script has all responsibility to rename all the necessary data that is accessible in this posix method\&. This can mean different requirements for different backends\&. The tdbsam and smbpasswd backends will take care of the contents of their respective files, so the script is responsible only for changing the POSIX username, and other data that may required for your circumstances, such as home directory\&. Please also consider whether or not you need to rename the actual home directories themselves\&. The ldapsam backend will not make any changes, because of the potential issues with renaming the LDAP naming attribute\&. In this case the script is responsible for changing the attribute that samba uses (uid) for locating users, as well as any data that needs to change for other applications using the same directory\&.
    83827895.sp .5v
    8383 .EM yellow
    8384 .RE
    8385 Default:
    8386 \fI\fIrename user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7896.RE
     7897Default:
     7898\fI\fIrename user script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    83877899.RE
    83887900
    … …  
    83947906.sp
    83957907Default:
    8396 \fI\fIreset on zero vc\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7908\fI\fIreset on zero vc\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    83977909.RE
    83987910
    … …  
    84067918.RS 4
    84077919.\}
    8408 .fam C
    8409 .ps -1
    84107920.nf
    8411 .if t \{\
    8412 .sp -1
    8413 .\}
    8414 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    8415 .sp -1
    8416 
    84177921HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\eSYSTEM\eCurrentControlSet\e
    84187922           Control\eLSA\eRestrictAnonymous
    8419 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    8420 .if t \{\
    8421 .sp 1
    8422 .\}
    84237923.fi
    8424 .fam
    8425 .ps +1
    84267924.if n \{\
    84277925.RE
    … …  
    84357933.\}
    84367934.RS 4
    8437 .BM yellow
    84387935.it 1 an-trap
    84397936.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    84487945on any share\&.
    84497946.sp .5v
    8450 .EM yellow
    8451 .RE
    8452 Default:
    8453 \fI\fIrestrict anonymous\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7947.RE
     7948Default:
     7949\fI\fIrestrict anonymous\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    84547950.RE
    84557951
    … …  
    84757971.RS 4
    84767972The server will
    8477 \FCchroot()\F[]
     7973chroot()
    84787974(i\&.e\&. Change its root directory) to this directory on startup\&. This is not strictly necessary for secure operation\&. Even without it the server will deny access to files not in one of the service entries\&. It may also check for, and deny access to, soft links to other parts of the filesystem, or attempts to use "\&.\&." in file names to access other directories (depending on the setting of the
    84797975\m[blue]\fBwide smbconfoptions\fR\m[]
    … …  
    84897985\fIroot directory\fR
    84907986tree\&. In particular you will need to mirror
    8491 \FC/etc/passwd\F[]
     7987/etc/passwd
    84927988(or a subset of it), and any binaries or configuration files needed for printing (if required)\&. The set of files that must be mirrored is operating system dependent\&.
    84937989.sp
    84947990Default:
    8495 \fI\fIroot directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    8496 .sp
    8497 Example:
    8498 \fI\fIroot directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/homes/smb\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     7991\fI\fIroot directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/\fR\fI \fR
     7992.sp
     7993Example:
     7994\fI\fIroot directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/homes/smb\fR\fI \fR
    84997995.RE
    85007996
    … …  
    85088004.sp
    85098005Default:
    8510 \fI\fIroot postexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8006\fI\fIroot postexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    85118007.RE
    85128008
    … …  
    85208016.sp
    85218017Default:
    8522 \fI\fIroot preexec close\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8018\fI\fIroot preexec close\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    85238019.RE
    85248020
    … …  
    85328028.sp
    85338029Default:
    8534 \fI\fIroot preexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8030\fI\fIroot preexec\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
    85358031.RE
    85368032
    … …  
    85538049.sp
    85548050Default:
    8555 \fI\fIsecurity mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0777\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    8556 .sp
    8557 Example:
    8558 \fI\fIsecurity mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0770\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8051\fI\fIsecurity mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0777\fR\fI \fR
     8052.sp
     8053Example:
     8054\fI\fIsecurity mask\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0770\fR\fI \fR
    85598055.RE
    85608056
    … …  
    85648060.RS 4
    85658061This option affects how clients respond to Samba and is one of the most important settings in the
    8566 \FC smb\&.conf\F[]
     8062smb\&.conf
    85678063file\&.
    85688064.sp
    … …  
    85728068.sp
    85738069The default is
    8574 \FCsecurity = user\F[], as this is the most common setting needed when talking to Windows 98 and Windows NT\&.
     8070security = user, as this is the most common setting needed when talking to Windows 98 and Windows NT\&.
    85758071.sp
    85768072The alternatives are
    8577 \FCsecurity = share\F[],
    8578 \FCsecurity = server\F[]
     8073security = share,
     8074security = server
    85798075or
    8580 \FCsecurity = domain \F[]\&.
     8076security = domain\&.
    85818077.sp
    85828078In versions of Samba prior to 2\&.0\&.0, the default was
    8583 \FCsecurity = share\F[]
     8079security = share
    85848080mainly because that was the only option at one stage\&.
    85858081.sp
    … …  
    85878083.sp
    85888084If your PCs use usernames that are the same as their usernames on the UNIX machine then you will want to use
    8589 \FCsecurity = user\F[]\&. If you mostly use usernames that don\'t exist on the UNIX box then use
    8590 \FCsecurity = share\F[]\&.
     8085security = user\&. If you mostly use usernames that don\'t exist on the UNIX box then use
     8086security = share\&.
    85918087.sp
    85928088You should also use
    8593 \FCsecurity = share\F[]
     8089security = share
    85948090if you want to mainly setup shares without a password (guest shares)\&. This is commonly used for a shared printer server\&. It is more difficult to setup guest shares with
    8595 \FCsecurity = user\F[], see the
     8091security = user, see the
    85968092\m[blue]\fBmap to guest\fR\m[]
    85978093parameter for details\&.
    85988094.sp
    85998095It is possible to use
    8600 \FCsmbd\F[]
     8096smbd
    86018097in a
    86028098\fI hybrid mode\fR
    … …  
    86098105.sp
    86108106When clients connect to a share level security server, they need not log onto the server with a valid username and password before attempting to connect to a shared resource (although modern clients such as Windows 95/98 and Windows NT will send a logon request with a username but no password when talking to a
    8611 \FCsecurity = share \F[]
     8107security = share
    86128108server)\&. Instead, the clients send authentication information (passwords) on a per\-share basis, at the time they attempt to connect to that share\&.
    86138109.sp
    86148110Note that
    8615 \FCsmbd\F[]
     8111smbd
    86168112\fIALWAYS\fR
    86178113uses a valid UNIX user to act on behalf of the client, even in
    8618 \FCsecurity = share\F[]
     8114security = share
    86198115level security\&.
    86208116.sp
    86218117As clients are not required to send a username to the server in share level security,
    8622 \FCsmbd\F[]
     8118smbd
    86238119uses several techniques to determine the correct UNIX user to use on behalf of the client\&.
    86248120.sp
    … …  
    87538249\fINote\fR
    87548250that from the client\'s point of view
    8755 \FCsecurity = domain\F[]
     8251security = domain
    87568252is the same as
    8757 \FCsecurity = user\F[]\&. It only affects how the server deals with the authentication, it does not in any way affect what the client sees\&.
     8253security = user\&. It only affects how the server deals with the authentication, it does not in any way affect what the client sees\&.
    87588254.sp
    87598255\fINote\fR
    … …  
    87778273.sp
    87788274In this mode Samba will try to validate the username/password by passing it to another SMB server, such as an NT box\&. If this fails it will revert to
    8779 \FCsecurity = user\F[]\&. It expects the
     8275security = user\&. It expects the
    87808276\m[blue]\fBencrypted passwords\fR\m[]
    87818277parameter to be set to
    87828278\fByes\fR, unless the remote server does not support them\&. However note that if encrypted passwords have been negotiated then Samba cannot revert back to checking the UNIX password file, it must have a valid
    8783 \FCsmbpasswd\F[]
     8279smbpasswd
    87848280file to check users against\&. See the chapter about the User Database in the Samba HOWTO Collection for details on how to set this up\&.
    87858281.if n \{\
    … …  
    87878283.\}
    87888284.RS 4
    8789 .BM yellow
    87908285.it 1 an-trap
    87918286.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    87988293This mode of operation has significant pitfalls since it is more vulnerable to man\-in\-the\-middle attacks and server impersonation\&. In particular, this mode of operation can cause significant resource consuption on the PDC, as it must maintain an active connection for the duration of the user\'s session\&. Furthermore, if this connection is lost, there is no way to reestablish it, and futher authentications to the Samba server may fail (from a single client, till it disconnects)\&.
    87998294.sp .5v
    8800 .EM yellow
    88018295.RE
    88028296.if n \{\
    … …  
    88048298.\}
    88058299.RS 4
    8806 .BM yellow
    88078300.it 1 an-trap
    88088301.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    88148307.br
    88158308From the client\'s point of view,
    8816 \FCsecurity = server\F[]
     8309security = server
    88178310is the same as
    8818 \FCsecurity = user\F[]\&. It only affects how the server deals with the authentication, it does not in any way affect what the client sees\&.
     8311security = user\&. It only affects how the server deals with the authentication, it does not in any way affect what the client sees\&.
    88198312.sp .5v
    8820 .EM yellow
    88218313.RE
    88228314\fINote\fR
    … …  
    88468338.sp
    88478339Default:
    8848 \fI\fIsecurity\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCUSER\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    8849 .sp
    8850 Example:
    8851 \fI\fIsecurity\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCDOMAIN\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8340\fI\fIsecurity\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIUSER\fR\fI \fR
     8341.sp
     8342Example:
     8343\fI\fIsecurity\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIDOMAIN\fR\fI \fR
    88528344.RE
    88538345
    … …  
    88658357.sp
    88668358Please note that with this set to
    8867 \FCno\F[], you will have to apply the WindowsXP
    8868 \FCWinXP_SignOrSeal\&.reg\F[]
     8359no, you will have to apply the WindowsXP
     8360WinXP_SignOrSeal\&.reg
    88698361registry patch found in the docs/registry subdirectory of the Samba distribution tarball\&.
    88708362.sp
    88718363Default:
    8872 \fI\fIserver schannel\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCauto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    8873 .sp
    8874 Example:
    8875 \fI\fIserver schannel\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8364\fI\fIserver schannel\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIauto\fR\fI \fR
     8365.sp
     8366Example:
     8367\fI\fIserver schannel\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    88768368.RE
    88778369
    … …  
    88898381.sp
    88908382Default:
    8891 \fI\fIserver signing\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCDisabled\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8383\fI\fIserver signing\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIDisabled\fR\fI \fR
    88928384.RE
    88938385
    … …  
    88978389.RS 4
    88988390This controls what string will show up in the printer comment box in print manager and next to the IPC connection in
    8899 \FCnet view\F[]\&. It can be any string that you wish to show to your users\&.
     8391net view\&. It can be any string that you wish to show to your users\&.
    89008392.sp
    89018393It also sets what will appear in browse lists next to the machine name\&.
    … …  
    89108402.sp
    89118403Default:
    8912 \fI\fIserver string\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCSamba %v\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    8913 .sp
    8914 Example:
    8915 \fI\fIserver string\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCUniversity of GNUs Samba Server\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8404\fI\fIserver string\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fISamba %v\fR\fI \fR
     8405.sp
     8406Example:
     8407\fI\fIserver string\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIUniversity of GNUs Samba Server\fR\fI \fR
    89168408.RE
    89178409
    … …  
    89218413.RS 4
    89228414If
    8923 \FCset directory = no\F[], then users of the service may not use the setdir command to change directory\&.
     8415set directory = no, then users of the service may not use the setdir command to change directory\&.
    89248416.sp
    89258417The
    8926 \FCsetdir\F[]
     8418setdir
    89278419command is only implemented in the Digital Pathworks client\&. See the Pathworks documentation for details\&.
    89288420.sp
    89298421Default:
    8930 \fI\fIset directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8422\fI\fIset directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    89318423.RE
    89328424
    … …  
    89368428.RS 4
    89378429Thanks to the Posix subsystem in NT a Windows User has a primary group in addition to the auxiliary groups\&. This script sets the primary group in the unix userdatase when an administrator sets the primary group from the windows user manager or when fetching a SAM with
    8938 \FCnet rpc vampire\F[]\&.
     8430net rpc vampire\&.
    89398431\fI%u\fR
    89408432will be replaced with the user whose primary group is to be set\&.
    … …  
    89438435.sp
    89448436Default:
    8945 \fI\fIset primary group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    8946 .sp
    8947 Example:
    8948 \fI\fIset primary group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/sbin/usermod \-g \'%g\' \'%u\'\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8437\fI\fIset primary group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     8438.sp
     8439Example:
     8440\fI\fIset primary group script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/sbin/usermod \-g \'%g\' \'%u\'\fR\fI \fR
    89498441.RE
    89508442
    … …  
    89548446.RS 4
    89558447The
    8956 \FCset quota command\F[]
     8448set quota command
    89578449should only be used whenever there is no operating system API available from the OS that samba can use\&.
    89588450.sp
    89598451This option is only available if Samba was configured with the argument
    8960 \FC\-\-with\-sys\-quotas\F[]
     8452\-\-with\-sys\-quotas
    89618453or on linux when
    8962 \FC\&./configure \-\-with\-quotas\F[]
     8454\&./configure \-\-with\-quotas
    89638455was used and a working quota api was found in the system\&. Most packages are configured with these options already\&.
    89648456.sp
    … …  
    91038595.sp
    91048596Default:
    9105 \fI\fIset quota command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    9106 .sp
    9107 Example:
    9108 \fI\fIset quota command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/sbin/set_quota\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8597\fI\fIset quota command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     8598.sp
     8599Example:
     8600\fI\fIset quota command\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/sbin/set_quota\fR\fI \fR
    91098601.RE
    91108602
    … …  
    91308622.sp
    91318623Default:
    9132 \fI\fIshare modes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8624\fI\fIshare modes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    91338625.RE
    91348626
    … …  
    91468638.sp
    91478639Default:
    9148 \fI\fIshort preserve case\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8640\fI\fIshort preserve case\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    91498641.RE
    91508642
    … …  
    91668658.\}
    91678659.RS 4
    9168 .BM yellow
    91698660.it 1 an-trap
    91708661.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    91778668This does not prevent the same user from having administrative privilege on an individual printer\&.
    91788669.sp .5v
    9179 .EM yellow
    9180 .RE
    9181 Default:
    9182 \fI\fIshow add printer wizard\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8670.RE
     8671Default:
     8672\fI\fIshow add printer wizard\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    91838673.RE
    91848674
    … …  
    92518741.RS 4
    92528742.\}
    9253 .fam C
    9254 .ps -1
    92558743.nf
    9256 .if t \{\
    9257 .sp -1
    9258 .\}
    9259 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    9260 .sp -1
    9261 
    92628744#!/bin/bash
    92638745
    … …  
    92688750/sbin/shutdown $3 $4 +$time $1 &
    92698751
    9270 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    9271 .if t \{\
    9272 .sp 1
    9273 .\}
    92748752.fi
    9275 .fam
    9276 .ps +1
    92778753.if n \{\
    92788754.RE
    … …  
    92828758.sp
    92838759Default:
    9284 \fI\fIshutdown script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    9285 .sp
    9286 Example:
    9287 \fI\fIshutdown script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/usr/local/samba/sbin/shutdown %m %t %r %f\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8760\fI\fIshutdown script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     8761.sp
     8762Example:
     8763\fI\fIshutdown script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/usr/local/samba/sbin/shutdown %m %t %r %f\fR\fI \fR
    92888764.RE
    92898765
    … …  
    93098785.sp
    93108786Default:
    9311 \fI\fIsmb encrypt\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCauto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8787\fI\fIsmb encrypt\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIauto\fR\fI \fR
    93128788.RE
    93138789
    … …  
    93238799.RS 4
    93248800.\}
    9325 .fam C
    9326 .ps -1
    93278801.nf
    9328 .if t \{\
    9329 .sp -1
    9330 .\}
    9331 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    9332 .sp -1
    9333 
    93348802smb passwd file = /etc/samba/smbpasswd
    9335 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    9336 .if t \{\
    9337 .sp 1
    9338 .\}
    93398803.fi
    9340 .fam
    9341 .ps +1
    93428804.if n \{\
    93438805.RE
    … …  
    93458807.sp
    93468808Default:
    9347 \fI\fIsmb passwd file\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC${prefix}/private/smbpasswd\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8809\fI\fIsmb passwd file\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI${prefix}/private/smbpasswd\fR\fI \fR
    93488810.RE
    93498811
    … …  
    93558817.sp
    93568818Default:
    9357 \fI\fIsmb ports\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC445 139\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8819\fI\fIsmb ports\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI445 139\fR\fI \fR
    93588820.RE
    93598821
    … …  
    93698831.sp
    93708832Default:
    9371 \fI\fIsocket address\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    9372 .sp
    9373 Example:
    9374 \fI\fIsocket address\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC192\&.168\&.2\&.20\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8833\fI\fIsocket address\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     8834.sp
     8835Example:
     8836\fI\fIsocket address\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI192\&.168\&.2\&.20\fR\fI \fR
    93758837.RE
    93768838
    … …  
    93848846.sp
    93858847This option will typically be used to tune your Samba server for optimal performance for your local network\&. There is no way that Samba can know what the optimal parameters are for your net, so you must experiment and choose them yourself\&. We strongly suggest you read the appropriate documentation for your operating system first (perhaps
    9386 \FCman setsockopt\F[]
     8848man setsockopt
    93878849will help)\&.
    93888850.sp
    … …  
    95098971.sp
    95108972To specify an argument use the syntax SOME_OPTION = VALUE for example
    9511 \FCSO_SNDBUF = 8192\F[]\&. Note that you must not have any spaces before or after the = sign\&.
     8973SO_SNDBUF = 8192\&. Note that you must not have any spaces before or after the = sign\&.
    95128974.sp
    95138975If you are on a local network then a sensible option might be:
    95148976.sp
    9515 \FCsocket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY\F[]
     8977socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY
    95168978.sp
    95178979If you have a local network then you could try:
    95188980.sp
    9519 \FCsocket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY TCP_NODELAY\F[]
     8981socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY TCP_NODELAY
    95208982.sp
    95218983If you are on a wide area network then perhaps try setting IPTOS_THROUGHPUT\&.
    … …  
    95248986.sp
    95258987Default:
    9526 \fI\fIsocket options\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCTCP_NODELAY\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    9527 .sp
    9528 Example:
    9529 \fI\fIsocket options\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCIPTOS_LOWDELAY\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     8988\fI\fIsocket options\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fITCP_NODELAY\fR\fI \fR
     8989.sp
     8990Example:
     8991\fI\fIsocket options\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIIPTOS_LOWDELAY\fR\fI \fR
    95308992.RE
    95318993
    … …  
    95399001.sp
    95409002Default:
    9541 \fI\fIstat cache\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9003\fI\fIstat cache\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    95429004.RE
    95439005
    … …  
    95589020.sp
    95599021Default:
    9560 \fI\fIstore dos attributes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9022\fI\fIstore dos attributes\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    95619023.RE
    95629024
    … …  
    95789040.sp
    95799041Default:
    9580 \fI\fIstrict allocate\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9042\fI\fIstrict allocate\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    95819043.RE
    95829044
    … …  
    95939055.sp
    95949056Well\-behaved clients always ask for lock checks when it is important\&. So in the vast majority of cases,
    9595 \FCstrict locking = Auto\F[]
     9057strict locking = Auto
    95969058or
    9597 \FCstrict locking = no\F[]
     9059strict locking = no
    95989060is acceptable\&.
    95999061.sp
    96009062Default:
    9601 \fI\fIstrict locking\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCAuto\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9063\fI\fIstrict locking\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIAuto\fR\fI \fR
    96029064.RE
    96039065
    … …  
    96139075.sp
    96149076Default:
    9615 \fI\fIstrict sync\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9077\fI\fIstrict sync\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    96169078.RE
    96179079
    … …  
    96239085.sp
    96249086The administrator must create a directory name
    9625 \FCsvcctl\F[]
     9087svcctl
    96269088in Samba\'s $(libdir) and create symbolic links to the init scripts in
    9627 \FC/etc/init\&.d/\F[]\&. The name of the links must match the names given as part of the
     9089/etc/init\&.d/\&. The name of the links must match the names given as part of the
    96289090\fIsvcctl list\fR\&.
    96299091.sp
    96309092Default:
    9631 \fI\fIsvcctl list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    9632 .sp
    9633 Example:
    9634 \fI\fIsvcctl list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCcups postfix portmap httpd\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9093\fI\fIsvcctl list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     9094.sp
     9095Example:
     9096\fI\fIsvcctl list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIcups postfix portmap httpd\fR\fI \fR
    96359097.RE
    96369098
    … …  
    96449106\fByes\fR
    96459107then every write will be followed by a
    9646 \FCfsync() \F[]
     9108fsync()
    96479109call to ensure the data is written to disk\&. Note that the
    96489110\fIstrict sync\fR
    … …  
    96529114.sp
    96539115Default:
    9654 \fI\fIsync always\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9116\fI\fIsync always\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    96559117.RE
    96569118
    … …  
    96649126.sp
    96659127Default:
    9666 \fI\fIsyslog only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9128\fI\fIsyslog only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    96679129.RE
    96689130
    … …  
    96829144.sp
    96839145Default:
    9684 \fI\fIsyslog\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9146\fI\fIsyslog\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1\fR\fI \fR
    96859147.RE
    96869148
    … …  
    96989160.sp
    96999161Default:
    9700 \fI\fItemplate homedir\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/home/%D/%U\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9162\fI\fItemplate homedir\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/home/%D/%U\fR\fI \fR
    97019163.RE
    97029164
    … …  
    97199181.sp
    97209182Default:
    9721 \fI\fItime offset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    9722 .sp
    9723 Example:
    9724 \fI\fItime offset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC60\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9183\fI\fItime offset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     9184.sp
     9185Example:
     9186\fI\fItime offset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI60\fR\fI \fR
    97259187.RE
    97269188
    … …  
    97349196.sp
    97359197Default:
    9736 \fI\fItime server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9198\fI\fItime server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    97379199.RE
    97389200
    … …  
    97469208.sp
    97479209Default:
    9748 \fI\fIunix charset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCUTF8\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    9749 .sp
    9750 Example:
    9751 \fI\fIunix charset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCASCII\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9210\fI\fIunix charset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIUTF8\fR\fI \fR
     9211.sp
     9212Example:
     9213\fI\fIunix charset\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIASCII\fR\fI \fR
    97529214.RE
    97539215
    … …  
    97599221.sp
    97609222Default:
    9761 \fI\fIunix extensions\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9223\fI\fIunix extensions\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    97629224.RE
    97639225
    … …  
    97759237.sp
    97769238Default:
    9777 \fI\fIunix password sync\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9239\fI\fIunix password sync\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    97789240.RE
    97799241
    … …  
    97969258.sp
    97979259Note that even when this parameter is set, a user authenticating to
    9798 \FCsmbd\F[]
     9260smbd
    97999261must still enter a valid password in order to connect correctly, and to update their hashed (smbpasswd) passwords\&.
    98009262.sp
    98019263Default:
    9802 \fI\fIupdate encrypted\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9264\fI\fIupdate encrypted\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    98039265.RE
    98049266
    … …  
    98089270.RS 4
    98099271This parameter applies only to Windows NT/2000 clients\&. It has no effect on Windows 95/98/ME clients\&. When serving a printer to Windows NT/2000 clients without first installing a valid printer driver on the Samba host, the client will be required to install a local printer driver\&. From this point on, the client will treat the print as a local printer and not a network printer connection\&. This is much the same behavior that will occur when
    9810 \FCdisable spoolss = yes\F[]\&.
     9272disable spoolss = yes\&.
    98119273.sp
    98129274The differentiating factor is that under normal circumstances, the NT/2000 client will attempt to open the network printer using MS\-RPC\&. The problem is that because the client considers the printer to be local, it will attempt to issue the OpenPrinterEx() call requesting access rights associated with the logged on user\&. If the user possesses local administator rights but not root privilege on the Samba host (often the case), the OpenPrinterEx() call will fail\&. The result is that the client will now display an "Access Denied; Unable to connect" message in the printer queue window (even though jobs may successfully be printed)\&.
    … …  
    98169278.sp
    98179279Default:
    9818 \fI\fIuse client driver\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9280\fI\fIuse client driver\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    98199281.RE
    98209282
    … …  
    98299291.sp
    98309292When you are using the heimdal Kerberos libraries, you must also specify the following in
    9831 \FC/etc/krb5\&.conf\F[]:
     9293/etc/krb5\&.conf:
    98329294.sp
    98339295.if n \{\
    98349296.RS 4
    98359297.\}
    9836 .fam C
    9837 .ps -1
    98389298.nf
    9839 .if t \{\
    9840 .sp -1
    9841 .\}
    9842 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    9843 .sp -1
    9844 
    98459299[libdefaults]
    98469300default_keytab_name = FILE:/etc/krb5\&.keytab
    9847 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    9848 .if t \{\
    9849 .sp 1
    9850 .\}
    98519301.fi
    9852 .fam
    9853 .ps +1
    98549302.if n \{\
    98559303.RE
    … …  
    98579305.sp
    98589306Default:
    9859 \fI\fIuse kerberos keytab\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCFalse\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9307\fI\fIuse kerberos keytab\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIFalse\fR\fI \fR
    98609308.RE
    98619309
    … …  
    98699317.sp
    98709318Default:
    9871 \fI\fIuse mmap\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9319\fI\fIuse mmap\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    98729320.RE
    98739321
    … …  
    98849332.sp
    98859333Default:
    9886 \fI\fIusername level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    9887 .sp
    9888 Example:
    9889 \fI\fIusername level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC5\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9334\fI\fIusername level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     9335.sp
     9336Example:
     9337\fI\fIusername level\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI5\fR\fI \fR
    98909338.RE
    98919339
    … …  
    98999347.sp
    99009348Default:
    9901 \fI\fIusername map script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    9902 .sp
    9903 Example:
    9904 \fI\fIusername map script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/etc/samba/scripts/mapusers\&.sh\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9349\fI\fIusername map script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     9350.sp
     9351Example:
     9352\fI\fIusername map script\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/etc/samba/scripts/mapusers\&.sh\fR\fI \fR
    99059353.RE
    99069354
    … …  
    99129360.sp
    99139361Please note that for user or share mode security, the username map is applied prior to validating the user credentials\&. Domain member servers (domain or ads) apply the username map after the user has been successfully authenticated by the domain controller and require fully qualified enties in the map table (e\&.g\&. biddle =
    9914 \FCDOMAIN\efoo\F[])\&.
     9362DOMAIN\efoo)\&.
    99159363.sp
    99169364The map file is parsed line by line\&. Each line should contain a single UNIX username on the left then a \'=\' followed by a list of usernames on the right\&. The list of usernames on the right may contain names of the form @group in which case they will match any UNIX username in that group\&. The special client name \'*\' is a wildcard and matches any name\&. Each line of the map file may be up to 1023 characters long\&.
    … …  
    99339381.RS 4
    99349382.\}
    9935 .fam C
    9936 .ps -1
    99379383.nf
    9938 .if t \{\
    9939 .sp -1
    9940 .\}
    9941 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    9942 .sp -1
    9943 
    9944 \FCroot = admin administrator\F[]
    9945 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    9946 .if t \{\
    9947 .sp 1
    9948 .\}
     9384root = admin administrator
    99499385.fi
    9950 .fam
    9951 .ps +1
    99529386.if n \{\
    99539387.RE
    … …  
    99639397.RS 4
    99649398.\}
    9965 .fam C
    9966 .ps -1
    99679399.nf
    9968 .if t \{\
    9969 .sp -1
    9970 .\}
    9971 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    9972 .sp -1
    9973 
    9974 \FCsys = @system\F[]
    9975 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    9976 .if t \{\
    9977 .sp 1
    9978 .\}
     9400sys = @system
    99799401.fi
    9980 .fam
    9981 .ps +1
    99829402.if n \{\
    99839403.RE
    … …  
    99879407.sp
    99889408If your system supports the NIS NETGROUP option then the netgroup database is checked before the
    9989 \FC/etc/group \F[]
     9409/etc/group
    99909410database for matching groups\&.
    99919411.sp
    … …  
    99959415.RS 4
    99969416.\}
    9997 .fam C
    9998 .ps -1
    99999417.nf
    10000 .if t \{\
    10001 .sp -1
    10002 .\}
    10003 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    10004 .sp -1
    10005 
    10006 \FCtridge = "Andrew Tridgell"\F[]
    10007 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    10008 .if t \{\
    10009 .sp 1
    10010 .\}
     9418tridge = "Andrew Tridgell"
    100119419.fi
    10012 .fam
    10013 .ps +1
    100149420.if n \{\
    100159421.RE
    … …  
    100239429.RS 4
    100249430.\}
    10025 .fam C
    10026 .ps -1
    100279431.nf
    10028 .if t \{\
    10029 .sp -1
    10030 .\}
    10031 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    10032 .sp -1
    10033 
    100349432!sys = mary fred
    100359433guest = *
    10036 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    10037 .if t \{\
    10038 .sp 1
    10039 .\}
    100409434.fi
    10041 .fam
    10042 .ps +1
    100439435.if n \{\
    100449436.RE
    … …  
    100599451.sp
    100609452Samba versions prior to 3\&.0\&.8 would only support reading the fully qualified username (e\&.g\&.:
    10061 \FCDOMAIN\euser\F[]) from the username map when performing a kerberos login from a client\&. However, when looking up a map entry for a user authenticated by NTLM[SSP], only the login name would be used for matches\&. This resulted in inconsistent behavior sometimes even on the same server\&.
     9453DOMAIN\euser) from the username map when performing a kerberos login from a client\&. However, when looking up a map entry for a user authenticated by NTLM[SSP], only the login name would be used for matches\&. This resulted in inconsistent behavior sometimes even on the same server\&.
    100629454.sp
    100639455The following functionality is obeyed in version 3\&.0\&.8 and later:
    … …  
    100669458.sp
    100679459When relying upon a external domain controller for validating authentication requests, smbd will apply the username map to the fully qualified username (i\&.e\&.
    10068 \FCDOMAIN\euser\F[]) only after the user has been successfully authenticated\&.
     9460DOMAIN\euser) only after the user has been successfully authenticated\&.
    100699461.sp
    100709462An example of use is:
    … …  
    100739465.RS 4
    100749466.\}
    10075 .fam C
    10076 .ps -1
    100779467.nf
    10078 .if t \{\
    10079 .sp -1
    10080 .\}
    10081 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    10082 .sp -1
    10083 
    100849468username map = /usr/local/samba/lib/users\&.map
    10085 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    10086 .if t \{\
    10087 .sp 1
    10088 .\}
    100899469.fi
    10090 .fam
    10091 .ps +1
    100929470.if n \{\
    100939471.RE
    … …  
    100959473.sp
    100969474Default:
    10097 \fI\fIusername map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # no username map\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9475\fI\fIusername map\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # no username map\fR\fI \fR
    100989476.RE
    100999477
    … …  
    101499527.sp
    101509528Default:
    10151 \fI\fIusername\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # The guest account if a guest service, else <empty string>\&.\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    10152 .sp
    10153 Example:
    10154 \fI\fIusername\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCfred, mary, jack, jane, @users, @pcgroup\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9529\fI\fIusername\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # The guest account if a guest service, else <empty string>\&.\fR\fI \fR
     9530.sp
     9531Example:
     9532\fI\fIusername\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIfred, mary, jack, jane, @users, @pcgroup\fR\fI \fR
    101559533.RE
    101569534
    … …  
    101649542.sp
    101659543Default:
    10166 \fI\fIusershare allow guests\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9544\fI\fIusershare allow guests\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    101679545.RE
    101689546
    … …  
    101749552.sp
    101759553Default:
    10176 \fI\fIusershare max shares\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9554\fI\fIusershare max shares\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
    101779555.RE
    101789556
    … …  
    101849562.sp
    101859563Default:
    10186 \fI\fIusershare owner only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCTrue\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9564\fI\fIusershare owner only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fITrue\fR\fI \fR
    101879565.RE
    101889566
    … …  
    102009578.RS 4
    102019579.\}
    10202 .fam C
    10203 .ps -1
    102049580.nf
    10205 .if t \{\
    10206 .sp -1
    10207 .\}
    10208 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    10209 .sp -1
    10210 
    102119581        ls \-ld /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares/
    102129582        drwxrwx\-\-T  2 root power_users 4096 2006\-05\-05 12:27 /usr/local/samba/lib/usershares/
    102139583       
    10214 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    10215 .if t \{\
    10216 .sp 1
    10217 .\}
    102189584.fi
    10219 .fam
    10220 .ps +1
    102219585.if n \{\
    102229586.RE
    … …  
    102269590.sp
    102279591Default:
    10228 \fI\fIusershare path\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNULL\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9592\fI\fIusershare path\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINULL\fR\fI \fR
    102299593.RE
    102309594
    … …  
    102389602.sp
    102399603Default:
    10240 \fI\fIusershare prefix allow list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNULL\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    10241 .sp
    10242 Example:
    10243 \fI\fIusershare prefix allow list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/home /data /space\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9604\fI\fIusershare prefix allow list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINULL\fR\fI \fR
     9605.sp
     9606Example:
     9607\fI\fIusershare prefix allow list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/home /data /space\fR\fI \fR
    102449608.RE
    102459609
    … …  
    102539617.sp
    102549618Default:
    10255 \fI\fIusershare prefix deny list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNULL\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    10256 .sp
    10257 Example:
    10258 \fI\fIusershare prefix deny list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/etc /dev /private\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9619\fI\fIusershare prefix deny list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINULL\fR\fI \fR
     9620.sp
     9621Example:
     9622\fI\fIusershare prefix deny list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/etc /dev /private\fR\fI \fR
    102599623.RE
    102609624
    … …  
    102689632.sp
    102699633Default:
    10270 \fI\fIusershare template share\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNULL\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    10271 .sp
    10272 Example:
    10273 \fI\fIusershare template share\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCtemplate_share\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9634\fI\fIusershare template share\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINULL\fR\fI \fR
     9635.sp
     9636Example:
     9637\fI\fIusershare template share\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fItemplate_share\fR\fI \fR
    102749638.RE
    102759639
    … …  
    102849648.sp
    102859649Default:
    10286 \fI\fIuse sendfile\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCfalse\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9650\fI\fIuse sendfile\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIfalse\fR\fI \fR
    102879651.RE
    102889652
    … …  
    102969660.sp
    102979661Default:
    10298 \fI\fIuse spnego\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9662\fI\fIuse spnego\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    102999663.RE
    103009664
    … …  
    103049668.RS 4
    103059669This parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled with the option
    10306 \FC \-\-with\-utmp\F[]\&. It specifies a directory pathname that is used to store the utmp or utmpx files (depending on the UNIX system) that record user connections to a Samba server\&. By default this is not set, meaning the system will use whatever utmp file the native system is set to use (usually
    10307 \FC/var/run/utmp\F[]
     9670\-\-with\-utmp\&. It specifies a directory pathname that is used to store the utmp or utmpx files (depending on the UNIX system) that record user connections to a Samba server\&. By default this is not set, meaning the system will use whatever utmp file the native system is set to use (usually
     9671/var/run/utmp
    103089672on Linux)\&.
    103099673.sp
    103109674Default:
    10311 \fI\fIutmp directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # Determined automatically\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    10312 .sp
    10313 Example:
    10314 \fI\fIutmp directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/var/run/utmp\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9675\fI\fIutmp directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # Determined automatically\fR\fI \fR
     9676.sp
     9677Example:
     9678\fI\fIutmp directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/var/run/utmp\fR\fI \fR
    103159679.RE
    103169680
    … …  
    103209684.RS 4
    103219685This boolean parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled with the option
    10322 \FC\-\-with\-utmp\F[]\&. If set to
     9686\-\-with\-utmp\&. If set to
    103239687\fByes\fR
    103249688then Samba will attempt to add utmp or utmpx records (depending on the UNIX system) whenever a connection is made to a Samba server\&. Sites may use this to record the user connecting to a Samba share\&.
    … …  
    103279691.sp
    103289692Default:
    10329 \fI\fIutmp\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9693\fI\fIutmp\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    103309694.RE
    103319695
    … …  
    103469710.sp
    103479711Default:
    10348 \fI\fIvalid users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # No valid users list (anyone can login) \F[]\fR\fI \fR
    10349 .sp
    10350 Example:
    10351 \fI\fIvalid users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCgreg, @pcusers\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9712\fI\fIvalid users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # No valid users list (anyone can login) \fR\fI \fR
     9713.sp
     9714Example:
     9715\fI\fIvalid users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIgreg, @pcusers\fR\fI \fR
    103529716.RE
    103539717
    … …  
    103619725.sp
    103629726Default:
    10363 \fI\fI\-valid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9727\fI\fI\-valid\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    103649728.RE
    103659729
    … …  
    103929756.RS 4
    103939757.\}
    10394 .fam C
    10395 .ps -1
    103969758.nf
    10397 .if t \{\
    10398 .sp -1
    10399 .\}
    10400 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    10401 .sp -1
    10402 
    104039759; Veto any files containing the word Security,
    104049760; any ending in \&.tmp, and any directory containing the
    … …  
    104099765; creates\&.
    104109766veto files = /\&.AppleDouble/\&.bin/\&.AppleDesktop/Network Trash Folder/
    10411 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    10412 .if t \{\
    10413 .sp 1
    10414 .\}
    104159767.fi
    10416 .fam
    10417 .ps +1
    104189768.if n \{\
    104199769.RE
    … …  
    104219771.sp
    104229772Default:
    10423 \fI\fIveto files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCNo files or directories are vetoed\&.\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9773\fI\fIveto files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fINo files or directories are vetoed\&.\fR\fI \fR
    104249774.RE
    104259775
    … …  
    104359785.sp
    104369786You might want to do this on files that you know will be heavily contended for by clients\&. A good example of this is in the NetBench SMB benchmark program, which causes heavy client contention for files ending in
    10437 \FC\&.SEM\F[]\&. To cause Samba not to grant oplocks on these files you would use the line (either in the [global] section or in the section for the particular NetBench share\&.
     9787\&.SEM\&. To cause Samba not to grant oplocks on these files you would use the line (either in the [global] section or in the section for the particular NetBench share\&.
    104389788.sp
    104399789An example of use is:
    … …  
    104429792.RS 4
    104439793.\}
    10444 .fam C
    10445 .ps -1
    104469794.nf
    10447 .if t \{\
    10448 .sp -1
    10449 .\}
    10450 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    10451 .sp -1
    10452 
    104539795veto oplock files = /\&.*SEM/
    10454 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    10455 .if t \{\
    10456 .sp 1
    10457 .\}
    104589796.fi
    10459 .fam
    10460 .ps +1
    104619797.if n \{\
    104629798.RE
    … …  
    104649800.sp
    104659801Default:
    10466 \fI\fIveto oplock files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # No files are vetoed for oplock grants\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9802\fI\fIveto oplock files\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # No files are vetoed for oplock grants\fR\fI \fR
    104679803.RE
    104689804
    … …  
    104829818.sp
    104839819Default:
    10484 \fI\fIvfs objects\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    10485 .sp
    10486 Example:
    10487 \fI\fIvfs objects\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCextd_audit recycle\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9820\fI\fIvfs objects\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     9821.sp
     9822Example:
     9823\fI\fIvfs objects\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIextd_audit recycle\fR\fI \fR
    104889824.RE
    104899825
    … …  
    104959831.sp
    104969832Default:
    10497 \fI\fIvolume\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC # the name of the share\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9833\fI\fIvolume\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI # the name of the share\fR\fI \fR
    104989834.RE
    104999835
    … …  
    105079843.sp
    105089844Default:
    10509 \fI\fIwide links\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9845\fI\fIwide links\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    105109846.RE
    105119847
    … …  
    105239859.sp
    105249860Default:
    10525 \fI\fIwinbind cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC300\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9861\fI\fIwinbind cache time\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI300\fR\fI \fR
    105269862.RE
    105279863
    … …  
    105339869\fBwinbindd\fR(8)
    105349870it may be necessary to suppress the enumeration of groups through the
    10535 \FCsetgrent()\F[],
    10536 \FCgetgrent()\F[]
     9871setgrent(),
     9872getgrent()
    105379873and
    10538 \FCendgrent()\F[]
     9874endgrent()
    105399875group of system calls\&. If the
    105409876\fIwinbind enum groups\fR
    105419877parameter is
    105429878\fBno\fR, calls to the
    10543 \FCgetgrent()\F[]
     9879getgrent()
    105449880system call will not return any data\&.
    105459881.if n \{\
    … …  
    105479883.\}
    105489884.RS 4
    10549 .BM yellow
    105509885.it 1 an-trap
    105519886.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    105589893Turning off group enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly\&.
    105599894.sp .5v
    10560 .EM yellow
    10561 .RE
    10562 Default:
    10563 \fI\fIwinbind enum groups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9895.RE
     9896Default:
     9897\fI\fIwinbind enum groups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    105649898.RE
    105659899
    … …  
    105719905\fBwinbindd\fR(8)
    105729906it may be necessary to suppress the enumeration of users through the
    10573 \FCsetpwent()\F[],
    10574 \FCgetpwent()\F[]
     9907setpwent(),
     9908getpwent()
    105759909and
    10576 \FCendpwent()\F[]
     9910endpwent()
    105779911group of system calls\&. If the
    105789912\fIwinbind enum users\fR
    105799913parameter is
    105809914\fBno\fR, calls to the
    10581 \FCgetpwent\F[]
     9915getpwent
    105829916system call will not return any data\&.
    105839917.if n \{\
    … …  
    105859919.\}
    105869920.RS 4
    10587 .BM yellow
    105889921.it 1 an-trap
    105899922.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    105969929Turning off user enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly\&. For example, the finger program relies on having access to the full user list when searching for matching usernames\&.
    105979930.sp .5v
    10598 .EM yellow
    10599 .RE
    10600 Default:
    10601 \fI\fIwinbind enum users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9931.RE
     9932Default:
     9933\fI\fIwinbind enum users\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    106029934.RE
    106039935
    … …  
    106139945.sp
    106149946Default:
    10615 \fI\fIwinbind expand groups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC1\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9947\fI\fIwinbind expand groups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI1\fR\fI \fR
    106169948.RE
    106179949
    … …  
    106239955.sp
    106249956Default:
    10625 \fI\fIwinbind nested groups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9957\fI\fIwinbind nested groups\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    106269958.RE
    106279959
    … …  
    106359967.sp
    106369968Default:
    10637 \fI\fIwinbind normalize names\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    10638 .sp
    10639 Example:
    10640 \fI\fIwinbind normalize names\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     9969\fI\fIwinbind normalize names\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     9970.sp
     9971Example:
     9972\fI\fIwinbind normalize names\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    106419973.RE
    106429974
    … …  
    1068010012.sp
    1068110013Default:
    10682 \fI\fIwinbind nss info\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCtemplate\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    10683 .sp
    10684 Example:
    10685 \fI\fIwinbind nss info\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCtemplate sfu\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10014\fI\fIwinbind nss info\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fItemplate\fR\fI \fR
     10015.sp
     10016Example:
     10017\fI\fIwinbind nss info\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fItemplate sfu\fR\fI \fR
    1068610018.RE
    1068710019
    … …  
    1069510027.sp
    1069610028Default:
    10697 \fI\fIwinbind offline logon\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCfalse\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    10698 .sp
    10699 Example:
    10700 \fI\fIwinbind offline logon\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCtrue\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10029\fI\fIwinbind offline logon\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIfalse\fR\fI \fR
     10030.sp
     10031Example:
     10032\fI\fIwinbind offline logon\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fItrue\fR\fI \fR
    1070110033.RE
    1070210034
    … …  
    1071010042.sp
    1071110043Default:
    10712 \fI\fIwinbind reconnect delay\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC30\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10044\fI\fIwinbind reconnect delay\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI30\fR\fI \fR
    1071310045.RE
    1071410046
    … …  
    1072210054.sp
    1072310055Default:
    10724 \fI\fIwinbind refresh tickets\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCfalse\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    10725 .sp
    10726 Example:
    10727 \fI\fIwinbind refresh tickets\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCtrue\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10056\fI\fIwinbind refresh tickets\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIfalse\fR\fI \fR
     10057.sp
     10058Example:
     10059\fI\fIwinbind refresh tickets\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fItrue\fR\fI \fR
    1072810060.RE
    1072910061
    … …  
    1073310065.RS 4
    1073410066Setting this parameter to
    10735 \FCyes\F[]
     10067yes
    1073610068forces winbindd to use RPC instead of LDAP to retrieve information from Domain Controllers\&.
    1073710069.sp
    1073810070Default:
    10739 \fI\fIwinbind rpc only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10071\fI\fIwinbind rpc only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    1074010072.RE
    1074110073
    … …  
    1074610078This parameter allows an admin to define the character used when listing a username of the form of
    1074710079\fIDOMAIN \fR\e\fIuser\fR\&. This parameter is only applicable when using the
    10748 \FCpam_winbind\&.so\F[]
     10080pam_winbind\&.so
    1074910081and
    10750 \FCnss_winbind\&.so\F[]
     10082nss_winbind\&.so
    1075110083modules for UNIX services\&.
    1075210084.sp
    … …  
    1075410086.sp
    1075510087Default:
    10756 \fI\fIwinbind separator\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\'\e\'\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    10757 .sp
    10758 Example:
    10759 \fI\fIwinbind separator\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC+\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10088\fI\fIwinbind separator\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\'\e\'\fR\fI \fR
     10089.sp
     10090Example:
     10091\fI\fIwinbind separator\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI+\fR\fI \fR
    1076010092.RE
    1076110093
    … …  
    1076510097.RS 4
    1076610098This parameter is designed to allow Samba servers that are members of a Samba controlled domain to use UNIX accounts distributed via NIS, rsync, or LDAP as the uid\'s for winbindd users in the hosts primary domain\&. Therefore, the user
    10767 \FCDOMAIN\euser1\F[]
     10099DOMAIN\euser1
    1076810100would be mapped to the account user1 in /etc/passwd instead of allocating a new uid for him or her\&.
    1076910101.sp
    … …  
    1077310105.sp
    1077410106Default:
    10775 \fI\fIwinbind trusted domains only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10107\fI\fIwinbind trusted domains only\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    1077610108.RE
    1077710109
    … …  
    1078510117.sp
    1078610118Default:
    10787 \fI\fIwinbind use default domain\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    10788 .sp
    10789 Example:
    10790 \fI\fIwinbind use default domain\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10119\fI\fIwinbind use default domain\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
     10120.sp
     10121Example:
     10122\fI\fIwinbind use default domain\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    1079110123.RE
    1079210124
    … …  
    1079910131The wins hook parameter specifies the name of a script or executable that will be called as follows:
    1080010132.sp
    10801 \FCwins_hook operation name nametype ttl IP_list\F[]
     10133wins_hook operation name nametype ttl IP_list
    1080210134.sp
    1080310135.RS 4
    … …  
    1085710189.RE
    1085810190An example script that calls the BIND dynamic DNS update program
    10859 \FCnsupdate\F[]
     10191nsupdate
    1086010192is provided in the examples directory of the Samba source code\&.
    1086110193.sp
    … …  
    1087410206.sp
    1087510207Default:
    10876 \fI\fIwins proxy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10208\fI\fIwins proxy\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    1087710209.RE
    1087810210
    … …  
    1089210224.\}
    1089310225.RS 4
    10894 .BM yellow
    1089510226.it 1 an-trap
    1089610227.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    1090310234You need to set up Samba to point to a WINS server if you have multiple subnets and wish cross\-subnet browsing to work correctly\&.
    1090410235.sp .5v
    10905 .EM yellow
    1090610236.RE
    1090710237See the chapter in the Samba3\-HOWTO on Network Browsing\&.
    1090810238.sp
    1090910239Default:
    10910 \fI\fIwins server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    10911 .sp
    10912 Example:
    10913 \fI\fIwins server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCmary:192\&.9\&.200\&.1 fred:192\&.168\&.3\&.199 mary:192\&.168\&.2\&.61 # For this example when querying a certain name, 192\&.19\&.200\&.1 will be asked first and if that doesn\'t respond 192\&.168\&.2\&.61\&. If either of those doesn\'t know the name 192\&.168\&.3\&.199 will be queried\&.\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    10914 .sp
    10915 Example:
    10916 \fI\fIwins server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC192\&.9\&.200\&.1 192\&.168\&.2\&.61\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10240\fI\fIwins server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     10241.sp
     10242Example:
     10243\fI\fIwins server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fImary:192\&.9\&.200\&.1 fred:192\&.168\&.3\&.199 mary:192\&.168\&.2\&.61 # For this example when querying a certain name, 192\&.19\&.200\&.1 will be asked first and if that doesn\'t respond 192\&.168\&.2\&.61\&. If either of those doesn\'t know the name 192\&.168\&.3\&.199 will be queried\&.\fR\fI \fR
     10244.sp
     10245Example:
     10246\fI\fIwins server\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI192\&.9\&.200\&.1 192\&.168\&.2\&.61\fR\fI \fR
    1091710247.RE
    1091810248
    … …  
    1092610256\fByes\fR
    1092710257unless you have a multi\-subnetted network and you wish a particular
    10928 \FCnmbd\F[]
     10258nmbd
    1092910259to be your WINS server\&. Note that you should
    1093010260\fINEVER\fR
    … …  
    1093410264.sp
    1093510265Default:
    10936 \fI\fIwins support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10266\fI\fIwins support\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    1093710267.RE
    1093810268
    … …  
    1094610276.sp
    1094710277Default:
    10948 \fI\fIworkgroup\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCWORKGROUP\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    10949 .sp
    10950 Example:
    10951 \fI\fIworkgroup\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCMYGROUP\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10278\fI\fIworkgroup\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIWORKGROUP\fR\fI \fR
     10279.sp
     10280Example:
     10281\fI\fIworkgroup\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIMYGROUP\fR\fI \fR
    1095210282.RE
    1095310283
    … …  
    1096810298.sp
    1096910299Default:
    10970 \fI\fIwriteable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCno\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10300\fI\fIwriteable\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIno\fR\fI \fR
    1097110301.RE
    1097210302
    … …  
    1098410314.sp
    1098510315Default:
    10986 \fI\fIwrite cache size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC0\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    10987 .sp
    10988 Example:
    10989 \fI\fIwrite cache size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC262144 # for a 256k cache size per file\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10316\fI\fIwrite cache size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI0\fR\fI \fR
     10317.sp
     10318Example:
     10319\fI\fIwrite cache size\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI262144 # for a 256k cache size per file\fR\fI \fR
    1099010320.RE
    1099110321
    … …  
    1100510335.sp
    1100610336Default:
    11007 \fI\fIwrite list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    11008 .sp
    11009 Example:
    11010 \fI\fIwrite list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCadmin, root, @staff\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10337\fI\fIwrite list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     10338.sp
     10339Example:
     10340\fI\fIwrite list\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIadmin, root, @staff\fR\fI \fR
    1101110341.RE
    1101210342
    … …  
    1101810348.sp
    1101910349Default:
    11020 \fI\fIwrite raw\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FCyes\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10350\fI\fIwrite raw\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fIyes\fR\fI \fR
    1102110351.RE
    1102210352
    … …  
    1102610356.RS 4
    1102710357This parameter is only available if Samba has been configured and compiled with the option
    11028 \FC \-\-with\-utmp\F[]\&. It specifies a directory pathname that is used to store the wtmp or wtmpx files (depending on the UNIX system) that record user connections to a Samba server\&. The difference with the utmp directory is the fact that user info is kept after a user has logged out\&.
     10358\-\-with\-utmp\&. It specifies a directory pathname that is used to store the wtmp or wtmpx files (depending on the UNIX system) that record user connections to a Samba server\&. The difference with the utmp directory is the fact that user info is kept after a user has logged out\&.
    1102910359.sp
    1103010360By default this is not set, meaning the system will use whatever utmp file the native system is set to use (usually
    11031 \FC/var/run/wtmp\F[]
     10361/var/run/wtmp
    1103210362on Linux)\&.
    1103310363.sp
    1103410364Default:
    11035 \fI\fIwtmp directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC\F[]\fR\fI \fR
    11036 .sp
    11037 Example:
    11038 \fI\fIwtmp directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\FC/var/log/wtmp\F[]\fR\fI \fR
     10365\fI\fIwtmp directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI\fR\fI \fR
     10366.sp
     10367Example:
     10368\fI\fIwtmp directory\fR\fR\fI = \fR\fI/var/log/wtmp\fR\fI \fR
    1103910369.RE
    1104010370.SH "WARNINGS"
    … …  
    1104710377.PP
    1104810378Use of the
    11049 \FC[homes]\F[]
     10379[homes]
    1105010380and
    11051 \FC[printers]\F[]
     10381[printers]
    1105210382special sections make life for an administrator easy, but the various combinations of default attributes can be tricky\&. Take extreme care when designing these sections\&. In particular, ensure that the permissions on spool directories are correct\&.
    1105310383.SH "VERSION"

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/smbcacls.1

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: smbcacls
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: User Commands
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "SMBCACLS" "1" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "SMBCACLS" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022smbcacls \- Set or get ACLs on an NT file or directory names
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCsmbcacls\F[] {//server/share} {filename} [\-D\ acls] [\-M\ acls] [\-a\ acls] [\-S\ acls] [\-C\ name] [\-G\ name] [\-\-numeric] [\-t] [\-U\ username] [\-h] [\-d]
    175 .fam
     25smbcacls {//server/share} {filename} [\-D\ acls] [\-M\ acls] [\-a\ acls] [\-S\ acls] [\-C\ name] [\-G\ name] [\-\-numeric] [\-t] [\-U\ username] [\-h] [\-d]
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232The
    183 \FCsmbcacls\F[]
     33smbcacls
    18434program manipulates NT Access Control Lists (ACLs) on SMB file shares\&.
    18535.SH "OPTIONS"
    18636.PP
    18737The following options are available to the
    188 \FCsmbcacls\F[]
     38smbcacls
    18939program\&. The format of ACLs is described in the section ACL FORMAT
    19040.PP
    … …  
    259109.sp
    260110Note that specifying this parameter here will override the
    261 \m[blue]\fBlog level\fR\m[]
     111\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    262112parameter in the
    263 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     113smb\&.conf
    264114file\&.
    265115.RE
    266116.PP
    267 \-V
     117\-V|\-\-version
    268118.RS 4
    269119Prints the program version number\&.
    270120.RE
    271121.PP
    272 \-s <configuration file>
     122\-s|\-\-configfile <configuration file>
    273123.RS 4
    274124The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    275 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     125smb\&.conf
    276126for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    277127.RE
    … …  
    290140.RS 4
    291141.\}
    292 .fam C
    293 .ps -1
    294142.nf
    295 .BB lightgray
    296143 
    297144REVISION:<revision number>
    … …  
    299146GROUP:<sid or name>
    300147ACL:<sid or name>:<type>/<flags>/<mask>
    301 .EB lightgray
    302148.fi
    303 .fam
    304 .ps +1
    305149.if n \{\
    306150.RE
    … …  
    476320.PP
    477321The
    478 \FCsmbcacls\F[]
     322smbcacls
    479323program sets the exit status depending on the success or otherwise of the operations performed\&. The exit status may be one of the following values\&.
    480324.PP
    481325If the operation succeeded, smbcacls returns and exit status of 0\&. If
    482 \FCsmbcacls\F[]
     326smbcacls
    483327couldn\'t connect to the specified server, or there was an error getting or setting the ACLs, an exit status of 1 is returned\&. If there was an error parsing any command line arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned\&.
    484328.SH "VERSION"
    … …  
    489333The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell\&. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed\&.
    490334.PP
    491 \FCsmbcacls\F[]
     335smbcacls
    492336was written by Andrew Tridgell and Tim Potter\&.
    493337.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/smbclient.1

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: smbclient
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: User Commands
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "SMBCLIENT" "1" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "SMBCLIENT" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022smbclient \- ftp\-like client to access SMB/CIFS resources on servers
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCsmbclient\F[] [\-b\ <buffer\ size>] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-e] [\-L\ <netbios\ name>] [\-U\ username] [\-I\ destinationIP] [\-M\ <netbios\ name>] [\-m\ maxprotocol] [\-A\ authfile] [\-N] [\-g] [\-i\ scope] [\-O\ <socket\ options>] [\-p\ port] [\-R\ <name\ resolve\ order>] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-k] [\-P] [\-c\ <command>]
    175 .fam
    176 .fam C
     25smbclient [\-b\ <buffer\ size>] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-e] [\-L\ <netbios\ name>] [\-U\ username] [\-I\ destinationIP] [\-M\ <netbios\ name>] [\-m\ maxprotocol] [\-A\ authfile] [\-N] [\-g] [\-i\ scope] [\-O\ <socket\ options>] [\-p\ port] [\-R\ <name\ resolve\ order>] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-k] [\-P] [\-c\ <command>]
    17726.HP \w'\ 'u
    178 \FCsmbclient\F[] {servicename} [password] [\-b\ <buffer\ size>] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-e] [\-D\ Directory] [\-U\ username] [\-W\ workgroup] [\-M\ <netbios\ name>] [\-m\ maxprotocol] [\-A\ authfile] [\-N] [\-g] [\-l\ log\-basename] [\-I\ destinationIP] [\-E] [\-c\ <command\ string>] [\-i\ scope] [\-O\ <socket\ options>] [\-p\ port] [\-R\ <name\ resolve\ order>] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-T<c|x>IXFqgbNan] [\-k]
    179 .fam
     27smbclient {servicename} [password] [\-b\ <buffer\ size>] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-e] [\-D\ Directory] [\-U\ username] [\-W\ workgroup] [\-M\ <netbios\ name>] [\-m\ maxprotocol] [\-A\ authfile] [\-N] [\-g] [\-l\ log\-basename] [\-I\ destinationIP] [\-E] [\-c\ <command\ string>] [\-i\ scope] [\-O\ <socket\ options>] [\-p\ port] [\-R\ <name\ resolve\ order>] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-T<c|x>IXFqgbNan] [\-k]
    18028.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    18129.PP
    … …  
    18432suite\&.
    18533.PP
    186 \FCsmbclient\F[]
     34smbclient
    18735is a client that can \'talk\' to an SMB/CIFS server\&. It offers an interface similar to that of the ftp program (see
    18836\fBftp\fR(1))\&. Operations include things like getting files from the server to the local machine, putting files from the local machine to the server, retrieving directory information from the server and so on\&.
    … …  
    19240.RS 4
    19341servicename is the name of the service you want to use on the server\&. A service name takes the form
    194 \FC//server/service\F[]
     42//server/service
    19543where
    19644\fIserver \fR
    … …  
    19846\fIservice\fR
    19947is the name of the service offered\&. Thus to connect to the service "printer" on the SMB/CIFS server "smbserver", you would use the servicename
    200 \FC//smbserver/printer \F[]
     48//smbserver/printer
    20149.sp
    20250Note that the server name required is NOT necessarily the IP (DNS) host name of the server ! The name required is a NetBIOS server name, which may or may not be the same as the IP hostname of the machine running the server\&.
    … …  
    20553\fI\-R\fR
    20654parameter to
    207 \FCsmbclient\F[]
     55smbclient
    20856or using the name resolve order parameter in the
    20957\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    … …  
    256104.\}
    257105\fBhost\fR: Do a standard host name to IP address resolution, using the system
    258 \FC/etc/hosts \F[], NIS, or DNS lookups\&. This method of name resolution is operating system dependent, for instance on IRIX or Solaris this may be controlled by the
    259 \FC/etc/nsswitch\&.conf\F[]
     106/etc/hosts, NIS, or DNS lookups\&. This method of name resolution is operating system dependent, for instance on IRIX or Solaris this may be controlled by the
     107/etc/nsswitch\&.conf
    260108file)\&. Note that this method is only used if the NetBIOS name type being queried is the 0x20 (server) name type, otherwise it is ignored\&.
    261109.RE
    … …  
    307155.sp
    308156One useful trick is to pipe the message through
    309 \FCsmbclient\F[]\&. For example: smbclient \-M FRED < mymessage\&.txt will send the message in the file
    310 \FCmymessage\&.txt\F[]
     157smbclient\&. For example: smbclient \-M FRED < mymessage\&.txt will send the message in the file
     158mymessage\&.txt
    311159to the machine FRED\&.
    312160.sp
    … …  
    370218.RS 4
    371219This option allows you to look at what services are available on a server\&. You use it as
    372 \FCsmbclient \-L host\F[]
     220smbclient \-L host
    373221and a list should appear\&. The
    374222\fI\-I \fR
    … …  
    379227.RS 4
    380228This option tells
    381 \FCsmbclient\F[]
     229smbclient
    382230how to interpret filenames coming from the remote server\&. Usually Asian language multibyte UNIX implementations use different character sets than SMB/CIFS servers (\fIEUC\fR
    383231instead of
    384232\fI SJIS\fR
    385233for example)\&. Setting this parameter will let
    386 \FCsmbclient\F[]
     234smbclient
    387235convert between the UNIX filenames and the SMB filenames correctly\&. This option has not been seriously tested and may have some problems\&.
    388236.sp
    … …  
    410258.sp
    411259Note that specifying this parameter here will override the
    412 \m[blue]\fBlog level\fR\m[]
     260\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    413261parameter in the
    414 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     262smb\&.conf
    415263file\&.
    416264.RE
    417265.PP
    418 \-V
     266\-V|\-\-version
    419267.RS 4
    420268Prints the program version number\&.
    421269.RE
    422270.PP
    423 \-s <configuration file>
     271\-s|\-\-configfile <configuration file>
    424272.RS 4
    425273The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    426 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     274smb\&.conf
    427275for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    428276.RE
    … …  
    435283.RE
    436284.PP
    437 \-N
     285\-N|\-\-no\-pass
    438286.RS 4
    439287If specified, this parameter suppresses the normal password prompt from the client to the user\&. This is useful when accessing a service that does not require a password\&.
    … …  
    444292.RE
    445293.PP
    446 \-k
     294\-k|\-\-kerberos
    447295.RS 4
    448296Try to authenticate with kerberos\&. Only useful in an Active Directory environment\&.
    … …  
    456304.RS 4
    457305.\}
    458 .fam C
    459 .ps -1
    460306.nf
    461 .if t \{\
    462 .sp -1
    463 .\}
    464 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    465 .sp -1
    466 
    467307username = <value>
    468308password = <value>
    469309domain   = <value>
    470 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    471 .if t \{\
    472 .sp 1
    473 .\}
    474310.fi
    475 .fam
    476 .ps +1
    477311.if n \{\
    478312.RE
    … …  
    499333.sp
    500334Be cautious about including passwords in scripts\&. Also, on many systems the command line of a running process may be seen via the
    501 \FCps\F[]
     335ps
    502336command\&. To be safe always allow
    503 \FCrpcclient\F[]
     337rpcclient
    504338to prompt for a password and type it in directly\&.
    505339.RE
    506340.PP
    507 \-n <primary NetBIOS name>
     341\-n|\-\-netbiosname <primary NetBIOS name>
    508342.RS 4
    509343This option allows you to override the NetBIOS name that Samba uses for itself\&. This is identical to setting the
    510 \m[blue]\fBnetbios name\fR\m[]
     344\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    511345parameter in the
    512 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     346smb\&.conf
    513347file\&. However, a command line setting will take precedence over settings in
    514 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]\&.
    515 .RE
    516 .PP
    517 \-i <scope>
     348smb\&.conf\&.
     349.RE
     350.PP
     351\-i|\-\-scope <scope>
    518352.RS 4
    519353This specifies a NetBIOS scope that
    520 \FCnmblookup\F[]
     354nmblookup
    521355will use to communicate with when generating NetBIOS names\&. For details on the use of NetBIOS scopes, see rfc1001\&.txt and rfc1002\&.txt\&. NetBIOS scopes are
    522356\fIvery\fR
    … …  
    529363.RE
    530364.PP
    531 \-O socket options
     365\-O|\-\-socket\-options socket options
    532366.RS 4
    533367TCP socket options to set on the client socket\&. See the socket options parameter in the
    534 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     368smb\&.conf
    535369manual page for the list of valid options\&.
    536370.RE
    … …  
    539373.RS 4
    540374smbclient may be used to create
    541 \FCtar(1) \F[]
     375tar(1)
    542376compatible backups of all the files on an SMB/CIFS share\&. The secondary tar flags that can be given to this option are :
    543377.sp
    … …  
    696530\fITar Long File Names\fR
    697531.sp
    698 \FCsmbclient\F[]\'s tar option now supports long file names both on backup and restore\&. However, the full path name of the file must be less than 1024 bytes\&. Also, when a tar archive is created,
    699 \FCsmbclient\F[]\'s tar option places all files in the archive with relative names, not absolute names\&.
     532smbclient\'s tar option now supports long file names both on backup and restore\&. However, the full path name of the file must be less than 1024 bytes\&. Also, when a tar archive is created,
     533smbclient\'s tar option places all files in the archive with relative names, not absolute names\&.
    700534.sp
    701535\fITar Filenames\fR
    … …  
    706540.sp
    707541Restore from tar file
    708 \FCbackup\&.tar\F[]
     542backup\&.tar
    709543into myshare on mypc (no password on share)\&.
    710544.sp
    711 \FCsmbclient //mypc/yshare "" \-N \-Tx backup\&.tar \F[]
     545smbclient //mypc/yshare "" \-N \-Tx backup\&.tar
    712546.sp
    713547Restore everything except
    714 \FCusers/docs\F[]
    715 .sp
    716 \FCsmbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-TXx backup\&.tar users/docs\F[]
     548users/docs
     549.sp
     550smbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-TXx backup\&.tar users/docs
    717551.sp
    718552Create a tar file of the files beneath
    719 \FC users/docs\F[]\&.
    720 .sp
    721 \FCsmbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-Tc backup\&.tar users/docs \F[]
     553users/docs\&.
     554.sp
     555smbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-Tc backup\&.tar users/docs
    722556.sp
    723557Create the same tar file as above, but now use a DOS path name\&.
    724558.sp
    725 \FCsmbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-tc backup\&.tar users\eedocs \F[]
     559smbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-tc backup\&.tar users\eedocs
    726560.sp
    727561Create a tar file of the files listed in the file
    728 \FCtarlist\F[]\&.
    729 .sp
    730 \FCsmbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-TcF backup\&.tar tarlist\F[]
     562tarlist\&.
     563.sp
     564smbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-TcF backup\&.tar tarlist
    731565.sp
    732566Create a tar file of all the files and directories in the share\&.
    733567.sp
    734 \FCsmbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-Tc backup\&.tar * \F[]
     568smbclient //mypc/myshare "" \-N \-Tc backup\&.tar *
    735569.RE
    736570.PP
    … …  
    748582.sp
    749583This is particularly useful in scripts and for printing stdin to the server, e\&.g\&.
    750 \FC\-c \'print \-\'\F[]\&.
     584\-c \'print \-\'\&.
    751585.RE
    752586.SH "OPERATIONS"
    … …  
    754588Once the client is running, the user is presented with a prompt :
    755589.PP
    756 \FCsmb:\e> \F[]
     590smb:\e>
    757591.PP
    758592The backslash ("\e\e") indicates the current working directory on the server, and will change if the current working directory is changed\&.
    … …  
    866700.RS 4
    867701Copy the file called
    868 \FCremote file name\F[]
     702remote file name
    869703from the server to the machine running the client\&. If specified, name the local copy
    870 \FClocal file name\F[]\&. Note that all transfers in
    871 \FCsmbclient\F[]
     704local file name\&. Note that all transfers in
     705smbclient
    872706are binary\&. See also the lowercase command\&.
    873707.RE
    … …  
    964798\fImask\fR
    965799is interpreted differently during recursive operation and non\-recursive operation \- refer to the recurse and mask commands for more information\&. Note that all transfers in
    966 \FCsmbclient\F[]
     800smbclient
    967801are binary\&. See also the lowercase command\&.
    968802.RE
    … …  
    987821\fImask\fR
    988822is interpreted differently during recursive operation and non\-recursive operation \- refer to the recurse and mask commands for more information\&. Note that all transfers in
    989 \FCsmbclient\F[]
     823smbclient
    990824are binary\&.
    991825.RE
    … …  
    1036870.RS 4
    1037871Copy the file called
    1038 \FClocal file name\F[]
     872local file name
    1039873from the machine running the client to the server\&. If specified, name the remote copy
    1040 \FCremote file name\F[]\&. Note that all transfers in
    1041 \FCsmbclient\F[]
     874remote file name\&. Note that all transfers in
     875smbclient
    1042876are binary\&. See also the lowercase command\&.
    1043877.RE
    … …  
    1091925A version of the DOS attrib command to set file permissions\&. For example:
    1092926.sp
    1093 \FCsetmode myfile +r \F[]
     927setmode myfile +r
    1094928.sp
    1095929would make myfile read only\&.
    … …  
    11681002.PP
    11691003It is recommended that the smbclient software be installed in the
    1170 \FC/usr/local/samba/bin/\F[]
     1004/usr/local/samba/bin/
    11711005or
    1172 \FC /usr/samba/bin/\F[]
     1006/usr/samba/bin/
    11731007directory, this directory readable by all, writeable only by root\&. The client program itself should be executable by all\&. The client should
    11741008\fINOT\fR

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/smbcontrol.1

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: smbcontrol
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: User Commands
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "SMBCONTROL" "1" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "SMBCONTROL" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022smbcontrol \- send messages to smbd, nmbd or winbindd processes
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCsmbcontrol\F[] [\-i] [\-s]
    175 .fam
    176 .fam C
     25smbcontrol [\-i] [\-s]
    17726.HP \w'\ 'u
    178 \FCsmbcontrol\F[] [destination] [message\-type] [parameter]
    179 .fam
     27smbcontrol [destination] [message\-type] [parameter]
    18028.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    18129.PP
    … …  
    18432suite\&.
    18533.PP
    186 \FCsmbcontrol\F[]
     34smbcontrol
    18735is a very small program, which sends messages to a
    18836\fBsmbd\fR(8), a
    … …  
    19745.RE
    19846.PP
    199 \-s <configuration file>
     47\-s|\-\-configfile <configuration file>
    20048.RS 4
    20149The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    202 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     50smb\&.conf
    20351for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    20452.RE
    … …  
    22371\fIsmbd\fR
    22472destination causes the message to be sent to the smbd daemon specified in the
    225 \FCsmbd\&.pid\F[]
     73smbd\&.pid
    22674file\&.
    22775.sp
    … …  
    22977\fInmbd\fR
    23078destination causes the message to be sent to the nmbd daemon specified in the
    231 \FCnmbd\&.pid\F[]
     79nmbd\&.pid
    23280file\&.
    23381.sp
    … …  
    23583\fIwinbindd\fR
    23684destination causes the message to be sent to the winbind daemon specified in the
    237 \FCwinbindd\&.pid\F[]
     85winbindd\&.pid
    23886file\&.
    23987.sp
    … …  
    270118.RS 4
    271119This message causes the
    272 \FCnmbd\F[]
     120nmbd
    273121daemon to force a new browse master election\&.
    274122.RE
    … …  
    337185.\}
    338186.RS 4
    339 .BM yellow
    340187.it 1 an-trap
    341188.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    348195Not working at the moment
    349196.sp .5v
    350 .EM yellow
    351197.RE
    352198.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/smbcquotas.1

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: smbcquotas
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: User Commands
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "SMBCQUOTAS" "1" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "SMBCQUOTAS" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022smbcquotas \- Set or get QUOTAs of NTFS 5 shares
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCsmbcquotas\F[] {//server/share} [\-u\ user] [\-L] [\-F] [\-S\ QUOTA_SET_COMMAND] [\-n] [\-t] [\-v] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-s\ configfile] [\-l\ logdir] [\-V] [\-U\ username] [\-N] [\-k] [\-A]
    175 .fam
     25smbcquotas {//server/share} [\-u\ user] [\-L] [\-F] [\-S\ QUOTA_SET_COMMAND] [\-n] [\-t] [\-v] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-s\ configfile] [\-l\ logdir] [\-V] [\-U\ username] [\-N] [\-k] [\-A]
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232The
    183 \FCsmbcquotas\F[]
     33smbcquotas
    18434program manipulates NT Quotas on SMB file shares\&.
    18535.SH "OPTIONS"
    18636.PP
    18737The following options are available to the
    188 \FCsmbcquotas\F[]
     38smbcquotas
    18939program\&.
    19040.PP
    … …  
    23989.sp
    24090Note that specifying this parameter here will override the
    241 \m[blue]\fBlog level\fR\m[]
     91\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    24292parameter in the
    243 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     93smb\&.conf
    24494file\&.
    24595.RE
    24696.PP
    247 \-V
     97\-V|\-\-version
    24898.RS 4
    24999Prints the program version number\&.
    250100.RE
    251101.PP
    252 \-s <configuration file>
     102\-s|\-\-configfile <configuration file>
    253103.RS 4
    254104The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    255 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     105smb\&.conf
    256106for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    257107.RE
    … …  
    264114.RE
    265115.PP
    266 \-N
     116\-N|\-\-no\-pass
    267117.RS 4
    268118If specified, this parameter suppresses the normal password prompt from the client to the user\&. This is useful when accessing a service that does not require a password\&.
    … …  
    273123.RE
    274124.PP
    275 \-k
     125\-k|\-\-kerberos
    276126.RS 4
    277127Try to authenticate with kerberos\&. Only useful in an Active Directory environment\&.
    … …  
    285135.RS 4
    286136.\}
    287 .fam C
    288 .ps -1
    289137.nf
    290 .if t \{\
    291 .sp -1
    292 .\}
    293 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    294 .sp -1
    295 
    296138username = <value>
    297139password = <value>
    298140domain   = <value>
    299 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    300 .if t \{\
    301 .sp 1
    302 .\}
    303141.fi
    304 .fam
    305 .ps +1
    306142.if n \{\
    307143.RE
    … …  
    328164.sp
    329165Be cautious about including passwords in scripts\&. Also, on many systems the command line of a running process may be seen via the
    330 \FCps\F[]
     166ps
    331167command\&. To be safe always allow
    332 \FCrpcclient\F[]
     168rpcclient
    333169to prompt for a password and type it in directly\&.
    334170.RE
    … …  
    353189.PP
    354190The
    355 \FCsmbcquotas\F[]
     191smbcquotas
    356192program sets the exit status depending on the success or otherwise of the operations performed\&. The exit status may be one of the following values\&.
    357193.PP
    358194If the operation succeeded, smbcquotas returns an exit status of 0\&. If
    359 \FCsmbcquotas\F[]
     195smbcquotas
    360196couldn\'t connect to the specified server, or when there was an error getting or setting the quota(s), an exit status of 1 is returned\&. If there was an error parsing any command line arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned\&.
    361197.SH "VERSION"
    … …  
    366202The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell\&. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed\&.
    367203.PP
    368 \FCsmbcquotas\F[]
     204smbcquotas
    369205was written by Stefan Metzmacher\&.

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/smbd.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: smbd
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "SMBD" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "SMBD" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022smbd \- server to provide SMB/CIFS services to clients
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCsmbd\F[] [\-D] [\-F] [\-S] [\-i] [\-h] [\-V] [\-b] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-l\ <log\ directory>] [\-p\ <port\ number(s)>] [\-P\ <profiling\ level>] [\-O\ <socket\ option>] [\-s\ <configuration\ file>]
    175 .fam
     25smbd [\-D] [\-F] [\-S] [\-i] [\-h] [\-V] [\-b] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-l\ <log\ directory>] [\-p\ <port\ number(s)>] [\-P\ <profiling\ level>] [\-O\ <socket\ option>] [\-s\ <configuration\ file>]
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18030suite\&.
    18131.PP
    182 \FCsmbd\F[]
     32smbd
    18333is the server daemon that provides filesharing and printing services to Windows clients\&. The server provides filespace and printer services to clients using the SMB (or CIFS) protocol\&. This is compatible with the LanManager protocol, and can service LanManager clients\&. These include MSCLIENT 3\&.0 for DOS, Windows for Workgroups, Windows 95/98/ME, Windows NT, Windows 2000, OS/2, DAVE for Macintosh, and smbfs for Linux\&.
    18434.PP
    … …  
    19343.PP
    19444The configuration file, and any files that it includes, are automatically reloaded every minute, if they change\&. You can force a reload by sending a SIGHUP to the server\&. Reloading the configuration file will not affect connections to any service that is already established\&. Either the user will have to disconnect from the service, or
    195 \FCsmbd\F[]
     45smbd
    19646killed and restarted\&.
    19747.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    20050.RS 4
    20151If specified, this parameter causes the server to operate as a daemon\&. That is, it detaches itself and runs in the background, fielding requests on the appropriate port\&. Operating the server as a daemon is the recommended way of running
    202 \FCsmbd\F[]
     52smbd
    20353for servers that provide more than casual use file and print services\&. This switch is assumed if
    204 \FCsmbd \F[]
     54smbd
    20555is executed on the command line of a shell\&.
    20656.RE
    … …  
    20959.RS 4
    21060If specified, this parameter causes the main
    211 \FCsmbd\F[]
     61smbd
    21262process to not daemonize, i\&.e\&. double\-fork and disassociate with the terminal\&. Child processes are still created as normal to service each connection request, but the main process does not exit\&. This operation mode is suitable for running
    213 \FCsmbd\F[]
     63smbd
    21464under process supervisors such as
    215 \FCsupervise\F[]
     65supervise
    21666and
    217 \FCsvscan\F[]
     67svscan
    21868from Daniel J\&. Bernstein\'s
    219 \FCdaemontools\F[]
     69daemontools
    22070package, or the AIX process monitor\&.
    22171.RE
    … …  
    22474.RS 4
    22575If specified, this parameter causes
    226 \FCsmbd\F[]
     76smbd
    22777to log to standard output rather than a file\&.
    22878.RE
    … …  
    23181.RS 4
    23282If this parameter is specified it causes the server to run "interactively", not as a daemon, even if the server is executed on the command line of a shell\&. Setting this parameter negates the implicit deamon mode when run from the command line\&.
    233 \FCsmbd\F[]
     83smbd
    23484also logs to standard output, as if the
    235 \FC\-S\F[]
     85\-S
    23686parameter had been given\&.
    23787.RE
    … …  
    24797.sp
    24898Note that specifying this parameter here will override the
    249 \m[blue]\fBlog level\fR\m[]
     99\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    250100parameter in the
    251 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     101smb\&.conf
    252102file\&.
    253103.RE
    254104.PP
    255 \-V
     105\-V|\-\-version
    256106.RS 4
    257107Prints the program version number\&.
    258108.RE
    259109.PP
    260 \-s <configuration file>
     110\-s|\-\-configfile <configuration file>
    261111.RS 4
    262112The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    263 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     113smb\&.conf
    264114for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    265115.RE
    … …  
    288138\m[blue]\fBports\fR\m[]
    289139parameter in
    290 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     140smb\&.conf
    291141.sp
    292142The default ports are 139 (used for SMB over NetBIOS over TCP) and port 445 (used for plain SMB over TCP)\&.
    … …  
    300150.SH "FILES"
    301151.PP
    302 \FC/etc/inetd\&.conf\F[]
     152/etc/inetd\&.conf
    303153.RS 4
    304154If the server is to be run by the
    305 \FCinetd\F[]
     155inetd
    306156meta\-daemon, this file must contain suitable startup information for the meta\-daemon\&.
    307157.RE
    308158.PP
    309 \FC/etc/rc\F[]
     159/etc/rc
    310160.RS 4
    311161or whatever initialization script your system uses)\&.
    … …  
    314164.RE
    315165.PP
    316 \FC/etc/services\F[]
     166/etc/services
    317167.RS 4
    318168If running the server via the meta\-daemon
    319 \FCinetd\F[], this file must contain a mapping of service name (e\&.g\&., netbios\-ssn) to service port (e\&.g\&., 139) and protocol type (e\&.g\&., tcp)\&.
    320 .RE
    321 .PP
    322 \FC/usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\F[]
     169inetd, this file must contain a mapping of service name (e\&.g\&., netbios\-ssn) to service port (e\&.g\&., 139) and protocol type (e\&.g\&., tcp)\&.
     170.RE
     171.PP
     172/usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf
    323173.RS 4
    324174This is the default location of the
    325175\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    326176server configuration file\&. Other common places that systems install this file are
    327 \FC/usr/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\F[]
     177/usr/samba/lib/smb\&.conf
    328178and
    329 \FC/etc/samba/smb\&.conf\F[]\&.
     179/etc/samba/smb\&.conf\&.
    330180.sp
    331181This file describes all the services the server is to make available to clients\&. See
    … …  
    336186.PP
    337187On some systems
    338 \FCsmbd\F[]
     188smbd
    339189cannot change uid back to root after a setuid() call\&. Such systems are called trapdoor uid systems\&. If you have such a system, you will be unable to connect from a client (such as a PC) as two different users at once\&. Attempts to connect the second user will result in access denied or similar\&.
    340190.SH "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
    … …  
    386236.PP
    387237Samba stores it\'s data in several TDB (Trivial Database) files, usually located in
    388 \FC/var/lib/samba\F[]\&.
     238/var/lib/samba\&.
    389239.PP
    390240(*) information persistent across restarts (but not necessarily important to backup)\&.
    … …  
    492342.PP
    493343Sending the
    494 \FCsmbd\F[]
     344smbd
    495345a SIGHUP will cause it to reload its
    496 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     346smb\&.conf
    497347configuration file within a short period of time\&.
    498348.PP
    499349To shut down a user\'s
    500 \FCsmbd\F[]
     350smbd
    501351process it is recommended that
    502 \FCSIGKILL (\-9)\F[]
     352SIGKILL (\-9)
    503353\fINOT\fR
    504354be used, except as a last resort, as this may leave the shared memory area in an inconsistent state\&. The safe way to terminate an
    505 \FCsmbd\F[]
     355smbd
    506356is to send it a SIGTERM (\-15) signal and wait for it to die on its own\&.
    507357.PP
    508358The debug log level of
    509 \FCsmbd\F[]
     359smbd
    510360may be raised or lowered using
    511361\fBsmbcontrol\fR(1)
    … …  
    513363.PP
    514364Note that as the signal handlers send a debug write, they are not re\-entrant in
    515 \FCsmbd\F[]\&. This you should wait until
    516 \FCsmbd\F[]
     365smbd\&. This you should wait until
     366smbd
    517367is in a state of waiting for an incoming SMB before issuing them\&. It is possible to make the signal handlers safe by un\-blocking the signals before the select call and re\-blocking them after, however this would affect performance\&.
    518368.SH "SEE ALSO"
    … …  
    525375\fBtestparm\fR(1),
    526376\fBtestprns\fR(1), and the Internet RFC\'s
    527 \FCrfc1001\&.txt\F[],
    528 \FCrfc1002\&.txt\F[]\&. In addition the CIFS (formerly SMB) specification is available as a link from the Web page
     377rfc1001\&.txt,
     378rfc1002\&.txt\&. In addition the CIFS (formerly SMB) specification is available as a link from the Web page
    529379http://samba\&.org/cifs/\&.
    530380.SH "AUTHOR"

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/smbget.1

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: smbget
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: User Commands
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "SMBGET" "1" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "SMBGET" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022smbget \- wget\-like utility for download files over SMB
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCsmbget\F[] [\-a,\ \-\-guest] [\-r,\ \-\-resume] [\-R,\ \-\-recursive] [\-u,\ \-\-username=STRING] [\-p,\ \-\-password=STRING] [\-w,\ \-\-workgroup=STRING] [\-n,\ \-\-nonprompt] [\-d,\ \-\-debuglevel=INT] [\-D,\ \-\-dots] [\-P,\ \-\-keep\-permissions] [\-o,\ \-\-outputfile] [\-f,\ \-\-rcfile] [\-q,\ \-\-quiet] [\-v,\ \-\-verbose] [\-b,\ \-\-blocksize] [\-?,\ \-\-help] [\-\-usage] {smb://host/share/path/to/file} [smb://url2/] [\&.\&.\&.]
    175 .fam
     25smbget [\-a,\ \-\-guest] [\-r,\ \-\-resume] [\-R,\ \-\-recursive] [\-u,\ \-\-username=STRING] [\-p,\ \-\-password=STRING] [\-w,\ \-\-workgroup=STRING] [\-n,\ \-\-nonprompt] [\-d,\ \-\-debuglevel=INT] [\-D,\ \-\-dots] [\-P,\ \-\-keep\-permissions] [\-o,\ \-\-outputfile] [\-f,\ \-\-rcfile] [\-q,\ \-\-quiet] [\-v,\ \-\-verbose] [\-b,\ \-\-blocksize] [\-?,\ \-\-help] [\-\-usage] {smb://host/share/path/to/file} [smb://url2/] [\&.\&.\&.]
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    277127.RS 4
    278128.\}
    279 .fam C
    280 .ps -1
    281129.nf
    282 .if t \{\
    283 .sp -1
    284 .\}
    285 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    286 .sp -1
    287 
    288130smb://[[[domain;]user[:password@]]server[/share[/path[/file]]]]
    289 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    290 .if t \{\
    291 .sp 1
    292 .\}
    293131.fi
    294 .fam
    295 .ps +1
    296132.if n \{\
    297133.RE
    … …  
    301137.RS 4
    302138.\}
    303 .fam C
    304 .ps -1
    305139.nf
    306 .if t \{\
    307 .sp -1
    308 .\}
    309 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    310 .sp -1
    311 
    312140smb:// means all the workgroups
    313 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    314 .if t \{\
    315 .sp 1
    316 .\}
    317141.fi
    318 .fam
    319 .ps +1
    320142.if n \{\
    321143.RE
    … …  
    325147.RS 4
    326148.\}
    327 .fam C
    328 .ps -1
    329149.nf
    330 .if t \{\
    331 .sp -1
    332 .\}
    333 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    334 .sp -1
    335 
    336150smb://name/ means, if \fIname\fR is a workgroup, all the servers in this workgroup, or if \fIname\fR is a server, all the shares on this server\&.
    337 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    338 .if t \{\
    339 .sp 1
    340 .\}
    341151.fi
    342 .fam
    343 .ps +1
    344152.if n \{\
    345153.RE
    … …  
    350158.RS 4
    351159.\}
    352 .fam C
    353 .ps -1
    354160.nf
    355 .if t \{\
    356 .sp -1
    357 .\}
    358 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    359 .sp -1
    360 
    361161# Recursively download \'src\' directory
    362162smbget \-R smb://rhonwyn/jelmer/src
    … …  
    367167# Backup my data on rhonwyn
    368168smbget \-Rr smb://rhonwyn/
    369 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    370 .if t \{\
    371 .sp 1
    372 .\}
    373169.fi
    374 .fam
    375 .ps +1
    376170.if n \{\
    377171.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/smbgetrc.5

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: smbgetrc
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: File Formats and Conventions
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "SMBGETRC" "5" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "File Formats and Conventions"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "SMBGETRC" "5" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "File Formats and Conventions"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022smbgetrc \- configuration file for smbget
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17224.PP
    173 \FCsmbgetrc\F[]
     25smbgetrc
    17426.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17527.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/smbpasswd.5

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: smbpasswd
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: File Formats and Conventions
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "SMBPASSWD" "5" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "File Formats and Conventions"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "SMBPASSWD" "5" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "File Formats and Conventions"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022smbpasswd \- The Samba encrypted password file
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17224.PP
    173 \FCsmbpasswd\F[]
     25smbpasswd
    17426.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17527.PP
    … …  
    18234.PP
    18335The format of the smbpasswd file used by Samba 2\&.2 is very similar to the familiar Unix
    184 \FCpasswd(5)\F[]
     36passwd(5)
    18537file\&. It is an ASCII file containing one line for each user\&. Each field ithin each line is separated from the next by a colon\&. Any entry beginning with \'#\' is ignored\&. The smbpasswd file contains the following information for each user:
    18638.PP
    … …  
    291143.RE
    292144Other flags may be added as the code is extended in future\&. The rest of this field space is filled in with spaces\&. For further information regarding the flags that are supported please refer to the man page for the
    293 \FCpdbedit\F[]
     145pdbedit
    294146command\&.
    295147.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/smbpasswd.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: smbpasswd
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "SMBPASSWD" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "SMBPASSWD" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022smbpasswd \- change a user\'s SMB password
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCsmbpasswd\F[] [\-a] [\-c\ <config\ file>] [\-x] [\-d] [\-e] [\-D\ debuglevel] [\-n] [\-r\ <remote\ machine>] [\-R\ <name\ resolve\ order>] [\-m] [\-U\ username[%password]] [\-h] [\-s] [\-w\ pass] [\-W] [\-i] [\-L] [username]
    175 .fam
     25smbpasswd [\-a] [\-c\ <config\ file>] [\-x] [\-d] [\-e] [\-D\ debuglevel] [\-n] [\-r\ <remote\ machine>] [\-R\ <name\ resolve\ order>] [\-m] [\-U\ username[%password]] [\-h] [\-s] [\-w\ pass] [\-W] [\-i] [\-L] [username]
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18535.PP
    18636By default (when run with no arguments) it will attempt to change the current user\'s SMB password on the local machine\&. This is similar to the way the
    187 \FCpasswd(1)\F[]
     37passwd(1)
    18838program works\&.
    189 \FC smbpasswd\F[]
     39smbpasswd
    19040differs from how the passwd program works however in that it is not
    19141\fIsetuid root\fR
    … …  
    20252.PP
    20353When run by root, smbpasswd allows new users to be added and deleted in the smbpasswd file, as well as allows changes to the attributes of the user in this file to be made\&. When run by root,
    204 \FC smbpasswd\F[]
     54smbpasswd
    20555accesses the local smbpasswd file directly, thus enabling changes to be made even if smbd is not running\&.
    20656.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    20959.RS 4
    21060This option specifies that the username following should be added to the local smbpasswd file, with the new password typed (type <Enter> for the old password)\&. This option is ignored if the username following already exists in the smbpasswd file and it is treated like a regular change password command\&. Note that the default passdb backends require the user to already exist in the system password file (usually
    211 \FC/etc/passwd\F[]), else the request to add the user will fail\&.
     61/etc/passwd), else the request to add the user will fail\&.
    21262.sp
    21363This option is only available when running smbpasswd as root\&.
    … …  
    21767.RS 4
    21868This option can be used to specify the path and file name of the
    219 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     69smb\&.conf
    22070configuration file when it is important to use other than the default file and / or location\&.
    22171.RE
    … …  
    250100.sp
    251101If the smbpasswd file is in the \'old\' format, then
    252 \FC smbpasswd\F[]
     102smbpasswd
    253103will FAIL to enable the account\&. See
    254104\fBsmbpasswd\fR(5)
    … …  
    273123.sp
    274124Note that to allow users to logon to a Samba server once the password has been set to "NO PASSWORD" in the smbpasswd file the administrator must set the following parameter in the [global] section of the
    275 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     125smb\&.conf
    276126file :
    277127.sp
    278 \FCnull passwords = yes\F[]
     128null passwords = yes
    279129.sp
    280130This option is only available when running smbpasswd as root\&.
    … …  
    327177.\}
    328178\fBhost\fR: Do a standard host name to IP address resolution, using the system
    329 \FC/etc/hosts \F[], NIS, or DNS lookups\&. This method of name resolution is operating system depended for instance on IRIX or Solaris this may be controlled by the
    330 \FC/etc/nsswitch\&.conf\F[]
     179/etc/hosts, NIS, or DNS lookups\&. This method of name resolution is operating system depended for instance on IRIX or Solaris this may be controlled by the
     180/etc/nsswitch\&.conf
    331181file)\&. Note that this method is only used if the NetBIOS name type being queried is the 0x20 (server) name type, otherwise it is ignored\&.
    332182.RE
    … …  
    359209.RE
    360210The default order is
    361 \FClmhosts, host, wins, bcast\F[]
     211lmhosts, host, wins, bcast
    362212and without this parameter or any entry in the
    363213\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    … …  
    382232.RS 4
    383233This option prints the help string for
    384 \FC smbpasswd\F[], selecting the correct one for running as root or as an ordinary user\&.
     234smbpasswd, selecting the correct one for running as root or as an ordinary user\&.
    385235.RE
    386236.PP
    … …  
    388238.RS 4
    389239This option causes smbpasswd to be silent (i\&.e\&. not issue prompts) and to read its old and new passwords from standard input, rather than from
    390 \FC/dev/tty\F[]
     240/dev/tty
    391241(like the
    392 \FCpasswd(1)\F[]
     242passwd(1)
    393243program does)\&. This option is to aid people writing scripts to drive smbpasswd
    394244.RE
    … …  
    400250switch is used to specify the password to be used with the
    401251\m[blue]\fBldap admin dn\fR\m[]\&. Note that the password is stored in the
    402 \FCsecrets\&.tdb\F[]
     252secrets\&.tdb
    403253and is keyed off of the admin\'s DN\&. This means that if the value of
    404254\fIldap admin dn\fR
    … …  
    408258\-W
    409259.RS 4
    410 \FCNOTE: \F[]
     260NOTE:
    411261This option is same as "\-w" except that the password should be entered using stdin\&.
    412262.sp
    … …  
    415265switch is used to specify the password to be used with the
    416266\m[blue]\fBldap admin dn\fR\m[]\&. Note that the password is stored in the
    417 \FCsecrets\&.tdb\F[]
     267secrets\&.tdb
    418268and is keyed off of the admin\'s DN\&. This means that if the value of
    419269\fIldap admin dn\fR
    … …  
    442292.PP
    443293Since
    444 \FCsmbpasswd\F[]
     294smbpasswd
    445295works in client\-server mode communicating with a local smbd for a non\-root user then the smbd daemon must be running for this to work\&. A common problem is to add a restriction to the hosts that may access the
    446 \FC smbd\F[]
     296smbd
    447297running on the local machine by specifying either
    448298\fIallow hosts\fR

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/smbspool.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: smbspool
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "SMBSPOOL" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "SMBSPOOL" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022smbspool \- send a print file to an SMB printer
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCsmbspool\F[] {job} {user} {title} {copies} {options} [filename]
    175 .fam
     25smbspool {job} {user} {title} {copies} {options} [filename]
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    23989.PP
    24090Programs using the
    241 \FCexec(2)\F[]
     91exec(2)
    24292functions can pass the URI in argv[0], while shell scripts must set the
    24393\fBDEVICE_URI\fR
    … …  
    319169.SH "AUTHOR"
    320170.PP
    321 \FCsmbspool\F[]
     171smbspool
    322172was written by Michael Sweet at Easy Software Products\&.
    323173.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/smbstatus.1

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: smbstatus
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: User Commands
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "SMBSTATUS" "1" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "SMBSTATUS" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022smbstatus \- report on current Samba connections
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCsmbstatus\F[] [\-P] [\-b] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-v] [\-L] [\-B] [\-p] [\-S] [\-s\ <configuration\ file>] [\-u\ <username>]
    175 .fam
     25smbstatus [\-P] [\-b] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-v] [\-L] [\-B] [\-p] [\-S] [\-s\ <configuration\ file>] [\-u\ <username>]
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18030suite\&.
    18131.PP
    182 \FCsmbstatus\F[]
     32smbstatus
    18333is a very simple program to list the current Samba connections\&.
    18434.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    20454.sp
    20555Note that specifying this parameter here will override the
    206 \m[blue]\fBlog level\fR\m[]
     56\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    20757parameter in the
    208 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     58smb\&.conf
    20959file\&.
    21060.RE
    21161.PP
    212 \-V
     62\-V|\-\-version
    21363.RS 4
    21464Prints the program version number\&.
    21565.RE
    21666.PP
    217 \-s <configuration file>
     67\-s|\-\-configfile <configuration file>
    21868.RS 4
    21969The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    220 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     70smb\&.conf
    22171for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    22272.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/smbtar.1

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: smbtar
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: User Commands
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "SMBTAR" "1" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "SMBTAR" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022smbtar \- shell script for backing up SMB/CIFS shares directly to UNIX tape drives
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCsmbtar\F[] [\-r] [\-i] [\-a] [\-v] {\-s\ server} [\-p\ password] [\-x\ services] [\-X] [\-N\ filename] [\-b\ blocksize] [\-d\ directory] [\-l\ loglevel] [\-u\ user] [\-t\ tape] {filenames}
    175 .fam
     25smbtar [\-r] [\-i] [\-a] [\-v] {\-s\ server} [\-p\ password] [\-x\ services] [\-X] [\-N\ filename] [\-b\ blocksize] [\-d\ directory] [\-l\ loglevel] [\-u\ user] [\-t\ tape] {filenames}
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18030suite\&.
    18131.PP
    182 \FCsmbtar\F[]
     32smbtar
    18333is a very small shell script on top of
    18434\fBsmbclient\fR(1)
    … …  
    23383\fI$TAPE\fR
    23484environmental variable; if not set, a file called
    235 \FCtar\&.out \F[]\&.
     85tar\&.out\&.
    23686.RE
    23787.PP
    … …  
    23989.RS 4
    24090Blocking factor\&. Defaults to 20\&. See
    241 \FCtar(1)\F[]
     91tar(1)
    24292for a fuller explanation\&.
    24393.RE
    … …  
    273123.PP
    274124The
    275 \FCsmbtar\F[]
     125smbtar
    276126script has different options from ordinary tar and from smbclient\'s tar command\&.
    277127.SH "CAVEATS"
    … …  
    299149Ricky Poulten
    300150wrote the tar extension and this man page\&. The
    301 \FCsmbtar\F[]
     151smbtar
    302152script was heavily rewritten and improved by
    303153Martin Kraemer\&. Many thanks to everyone who suggested extensions, improvements, bug fixes, etc\&. The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another excellent piece of Open Source software, available at

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/smbtree.1

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: smbtree
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: User Commands
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "SMBTREE" "1" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "SMBTREE" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022smbtree \- A text based smb network browser
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCsmbtree\F[] [\-b] [\-D] [\-S]
    175 .fam
     25smbtree [\-b] [\-D] [\-S]
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18030suite\&.
    18131.PP
    182 \FCsmbtree\F[]
     32smbtree
    18333is a smb browser program in text mode\&. It is similar to the "Network Neighborhood" found on Windows computers\&. It prints a tree with all the known domains, the servers in those domains and the shares on the servers\&.
    18434.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    20959.sp
    21060Note that specifying this parameter here will override the
    211 \m[blue]\fBlog level\fR\m[]
     61\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    21262parameter in the
    213 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     63smb\&.conf
    21464file\&.
    21565.RE
    21666.PP
    217 \-V
     67\-V|\-\-version
    21868.RS 4
    21969Prints the program version number\&.
    22070.RE
    22171.PP
    222 \-s <configuration file>
     72\-s|\-\-configfile <configuration file>
    22373.RS 4
    22474The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    225 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     75smb\&.conf
    22676for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    22777.RE
    … …  
    23484.RE
    23585.PP
    236 \-N
     86\-N|\-\-no\-pass
    23787.RS 4
    23888If specified, this parameter suppresses the normal password prompt from the client to the user\&. This is useful when accessing a service that does not require a password\&.
    … …  
    24393.RE
    24494.PP
    245 \-k
     95\-k|\-\-kerberos
    24696.RS 4
    24797Try to authenticate with kerberos\&. Only useful in an Active Directory environment\&.
    … …  
    255105.RS 4
    256106.\}
    257 .fam C
    258 .ps -1
    259107.nf
    260 .if t \{\
    261 .sp -1
    262 .\}
    263 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    264 .sp -1
    265 
    266108username = <value>
    267109password = <value>
    268110domain   = <value>
    269 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    270 .if t \{\
    271 .sp 1
    272 .\}
    273111.fi
    274 .fam
    275 .ps +1
    276112.if n \{\
    277113.RE
    … …  
    298134.sp
    299135Be cautious about including passwords in scripts\&. Also, on many systems the command line of a running process may be seen via the
    300 \FCps\F[]
     136ps
    301137command\&. To be safe always allow
    302 \FCrpcclient\F[]
     138rpcclient
    303139to prompt for a password and type it in directly\&.
    304140.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/swat.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: swat
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "SWAT" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "SWAT" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022swat \- Samba Web Administration Tool
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCswat\F[] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-a] [\-P]
    175 .fam
     25swat [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-a] [\-P]
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18030suite\&.
    18131.PP
    182 \FCswat\F[]
     32swat
    18333allows a Samba administrator to configure the complex
    18434\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    18535file via a Web browser\&. In addition, a
    186 \FCswat\F[]
     36swat
    18737configuration page has help links to all the configurable options in the
    188 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     38smb\&.conf
    18939file allowing an administrator to easily look up the effects of any change\&.
    19040.PP
    191 \FCswat\F[]
     41swat
    19242is run from
    193 \FCinetd\F[]
     43inetd
    19444.SH "OPTIONS"
    19545.PP
    … …  
    19949\fBsmbd\fR(8)
    20050server\&. This is the file that
    201 \FCswat\F[]
     51swat
    20252will modify\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    203 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     53smb\&.conf
    20454for more information\&.
    20555.RE
    … …  
    20858.RS 4
    20959This option disables authentication and places
    210 \FCswat\F[]
     60swat
    21161in demo mode\&. In that mode anyone will be able to modify the
    212 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     62smb\&.conf
    21363file\&.
    21464.sp
    … …  
    21969.RS 4
    22070This option restricts read\-only users to the password management page\&.
    221 \FCswat\F[]
     71swat
    22272can then be used to change user passwords without users seeing the "View" and "Status" menu buttons\&.
    22373.RE
    … …  
    23383.sp
    23484Note that specifying this parameter here will override the
    235 \m[blue]\fBlog level\fR\m[]
     85\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    23686parameter in the
    237 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     87smb\&.conf
    23888file\&.
    23989.RE
    24090.PP
    241 \-V
     91\-V|\-\-version
    24292.RS 4
    24393Prints the program version number\&.
    24494.RE
    24595.PP
    246 \-s <configuration file>
     96\-s|\-\-configfile <configuration file>
    24797.RS 4
    24898The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    249 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     99smb\&.conf
    250100for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    251101.RE
    … …  
    267117.PP
    268118After you compile SWAT you need to run
    269 \FCmake install \F[]
     119make install
    270120to install the
    271 \FCswat\F[]
     121swat
    272122binary and the various help files and images\&. A default install would put these in:
    273123.sp
    … …  
    308158.PP
    309159You need to edit your
    310 \FC/etc/inetd\&.conf \F[]
    311 and
    312 \FC/etc/services\F[]
     160/etc/inetd\&.conf
     161and
     162/etc/services
    313163to enable SWAT to be launched via
    314 \FCinetd\F[]\&.
     164inetd\&.
    315165.PP
    316166In
    317 \FC/etc/services\F[]
     167/etc/services
    318168you need to add a line like this:
    319169.PP
    320 \FCswat 901/tcp\F[]
     170swat 901/tcp
    321171.PP
    322172Note for NIS/YP and LDAP users \- you may need to rebuild the NIS service maps rather than alter your local
    323 \FC /etc/services\F[]
     173/etc/services
    324174file\&.
    325175.PP
    326176the choice of port number isn\'t really important except that it should be less than 1024 and not currently used (using a number above 1024 presents an obscure security hole depending on the implementation details of your
    327 \FCinetd\F[]
     177inetd
    328178daemon)\&.
    329179.PP
    330180In
    331 \FC/etc/inetd\&.conf\F[]
     181/etc/inetd\&.conf
    332182you should add a line like this:
    333183.PP
    334 \FCswat stream tcp nowait\&.400 root /usr/local/samba/sbin/swat swat\F[]
     184swat stream tcp nowait\&.400 root /usr/local/samba/sbin/swat swat
    335185.PP
    336186Once you have edited
    337 \FC/etc/services\F[]
    338 and
    339 \FC/etc/inetd\&.conf\F[]
     187/etc/services
     188and
     189/etc/inetd\&.conf
    340190you need to send a HUP signal to inetd\&. To do this use
    341 \FCkill \-1 PID \F[]
     191kill \-1 PID
    342192where PID is the process ID of the inetd daemon\&.
    343193.SH "LAUNCHING"
    … …  
    348198.SH "FILES"
    349199.PP
    350 \FC/etc/inetd\&.conf\F[]
     200/etc/inetd\&.conf
    351201.RS 4
    352202This file must contain suitable startup information for the meta\-daemon\&.
    353203.RE
    354204.PP
    355 \FC/etc/services\F[]
     205/etc/services
    356206.RS 4
    357207This file must contain a mapping of service name (e\&.g\&., swat) to service port (e\&.g\&., 901) and protocol type (e\&.g\&., tcp)\&.
    358208.RE
    359209.PP
    360 \FC/usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\F[]
     210/usr/local/samba/lib/smb\&.conf
    361211.RS 4
    362212This is the default location of the
    363213\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    364214server configuration file that swat edits\&. Other common places that systems install this file are
    365 \FC /usr/samba/lib/smb\&.conf\F[]
    366 and
    367 \FC/etc/smb\&.conf \F[]\&. This file describes all the services the server is to make available to clients\&.
     215/usr/samba/lib/smb\&.conf
     216and
     217/etc/smb\&.conf\&. This file describes all the services the server is to make available to clients\&.
    368218.RE
    369219.SH "WARNINGS"
    370220.PP
    371 \FCswat\F[]
     221swat
    372222will rewrite your
    373223\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    … …  
    377227\fIcopy= \fR
    378228options\&. If you have a carefully crafted
    379 \FC smb\&.conf\F[]
     229smb\&.conf
    380230then back it up or don\'t use swat!
    381231.SH "VERSION"
    … …  
    384234.SH "SEE ALSO"
    385235.PP
    386 \FCinetd(5)\F[],
     236inetd(5),
    387237\fBsmbd\fR(8),
    388238\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/tdbbackup.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: tdbbackup
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "TDBBACKUP" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "TDBBACKUP" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022tdbbackup \- tool for backing up and for validating the integrity of samba \&.tdb files
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCtdbbackup\F[] [\-s\ suffix] [\-v] [\-h]
    175 .fam
     25tdbbackup [\-s\ suffix] [\-v] [\-h]
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18030suite\&.
    18131.PP
    182 \FCtdbbackup\F[]
     32tdbbackup
    18333is a tool that may be used to backup samba \&.tdb files\&. This tool may also be used to verify the integrity of the \&.tdb files prior to samba startup or during normal operation\&. If it finds file damage and it finds a prior backup the backup file will be restored\&.
    18434.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    19242.RS 4
    19343The
    194 \FC\-s\F[]
     44\-s
    19545option allows the adminisistrator to specify a file backup extension\&. This way it is possible to keep a history of tdb backup files by using a new suffix for each backup\&.
    19646.RE
    … …  
    19949.RS 4
    20050The
    201 \FC\-v\F[]
     51\-v
    20252will check the database for damages (currupt data) which if detected causes the backup to be restored\&.
    20353.RE
    … …  
    20757.PP
    20858The
    209 \FCtdbbackup\F[]
     59tdbbackup
    21060utility can safely be run at any time\&. It was designed so that it can be used at any time to validate the integrity of tdb files, even during Samba operation\&. Typical usage for the command will be:
    21161.PP
    … …  
    22777.\}
    22878
    229 \FCsecrets\&.tdb\F[]
     79secrets\&.tdb
    23080\- usual location is in the /usr/local/samba/private directory, or on some systems in /etc/samba\&.
    23181.RE
    … …  
    24090.\}
    24191
    242 \FCpassdb\&.tdb\F[]
     92passdb\&.tdb
    24393\- usual location is in the /usr/local/samba/private directory, or on some systems in /etc/samba\&.
    24494.RE
    … …  
    253103.\}
    254104
    255 \FC*\&.tdb\F[]
     105*\&.tdb
    256106located in the /usr/local/samba/var directory or on some systems in the /var/cache or /var/lib/samba directories\&.
    257107.SH "VERSION"

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/tdbdump.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: tdbdump
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "TDBDUMP" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "TDBDUMP" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022tdbdump \- tool for printing the contents of a TDB file
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCtdbdump\F[] {filename}
    175 .fam
     25tdbdump {filename}
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18030suite\&.
    18131.PP
    182 \FCtdbdump\F[]
     32tdbdump
    18333is a very simple utility that \'dumps\' the contents of a TDB (Trivial DataBase) file to standard output in a human\-readable format\&.
    18434.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/tdbtool.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: tdbtool
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "TDBTOOL" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "TDBTOOL" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022tdbtool \- manipulate the contents TDB files
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCtdbtool\F[]
    175 .fam
    176 .fam C
     25tdbtool
    17726.HP \w'\ 'u
    178 \FCtdbtool\F[] \fITDBFILE\fR [\fICOMMANDS\fR...]
    179 .fam
     27tdbtool \fITDBFILE\fR [\fICOMMANDS\fR...]
    18028.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    18129.PP
    … …  
    18432suite\&.
    18533.PP
    186 \FCtdbtool\F[]
     34tdbtool
    18735a tool for displaying and altering the contents of Samba TDB (Trivial DataBase) files\&. Each of the commands listed below can be entered interactively or provided on the command line\&.
    18836.SH "COMMANDS"
    … …  
    289137.RS 4
    290138Exit
    291 \FCtdbtool\F[]\&.
     139tdbtool\&.
    292140.RE
    293141.SH "CAVEATS"
    294142.PP
    295143The contents of the Samba TDB files are private to the implementation and should not be altered with
    296 \FCtdbtool\F[]\&.
     144tdbtool\&.
    297145.SH "VERSION"
    298146.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/testparm.1

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: testparm
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: User Commands
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "TESTPARM" "1" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "TESTPARM" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022testparm \- check an smb\&.conf configuration file for internal correctness
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCtestparm\F[] [\-s] [\-h] [\-v] [\-L\ <servername>] [\-t\ <encoding>] {config\ filename} [hostname\ hostIP]
    175 .fam
     25testparm [\-s] [\-h] [\-v] [\-L\ <servername>] [\-t\ <encoding>] {config\ filename} [hostname\ hostIP]
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18030suite\&.
    18131.PP
    182 \FCtestparm\F[]
     32testparm
    18333is a very simple test program to check an
    18434\fBsmbd\fR(8)
    18535configuration file for internal correctness\&. If this program reports no problems, you can use the configuration file with confidence that
    186 \FCsmbd \F[]
     36smbd
    18737will successfully load the configuration file\&.
    18838.PP
    … …  
    19444.PP
    19545If
    196 \FCtestparm\F[]
     46testparm
    19747finds an error in the
    198 \FC smb\&.conf\F[]
     48smb\&.conf
    19949file it returns an exit code of 1 to the calling program, else it returns an exit code of 0\&. This allows shell scripts to test the output from
    200 \FCtestparm\F[]\&.
     50testparm\&.
    20151.SH "OPTIONS"
    20252.PP
    … …  
    20454.RS 4
    20555Without this option,
    206 \FCtestparm\F[]
     56testparm
    20757will prompt for a carriage return after printing the service names and before dumping the service definitions\&.
    20858.RE
    … …  
    21363.RE
    21464.PP
    215 \-V
     65\-V|\-\-version
    21666.RS 4
    21767Prints the program version number\&.
    … …  
    256106.RS 4
    257107If this parameter and the following are specified, then
    258 \FCtestparm\F[]
     108testparm
    259109will examine the
    260110\fIhosts allow\fR
    … …  
    264114\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    265115file to determine if the hostname with this IP address would be allowed access to the
    266 \FCsmbd\F[]
     116smbd
    267117server\&. If this parameter is supplied, the hostIP parameter must also be supplied\&.
    268118.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/umount.cifs.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: umount.cifs
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "UMOUNT\&.CIFS" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "UMOUNT\&.CIFS" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022umount.cifs \- for normal, non\-root users, to unmount their own Common Internet File System (CIFS) mounts
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCumount\&.cifs\F[] {mount\-point} [\-nVvhfle]
    175 .fam
     25umount\&.cifs {mount\-point} [\-nVvhfle]
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    20656.PP
    20757The primary mechanism for making configuration changes and for reading debug information for the cifs vfs is via the Linux /proc filesystem\&. In the directory
    208 \FC/proc/fs/cifs\F[]
     58/proc/fs/cifs
    20959are various configuration files and pseudo files which can display debug information\&. For more information see the kernel file
    210 \FCfs/cifs/README\F[]\&.
     60fs/cifs/README\&.
    21161.SH "BUGS"
    21262.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_acl_tdb.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: vfs_acl_tdb
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "VFS_ACL_TDB" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "VFS_ACL_TDB" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022vfs_acl_tdb \- Save NTFS\-ACLs in a tdb file
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCvfs objects = acl_tdb\F[]
    175 .fam
     25vfs objects = acl_tdb
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232The
    183 \FCvfs_acl_tdb\F[]
     33vfs_acl_tdb
    18434VFS module stores NTFS Access Control Lists (ACLs) in a tdb file\&. This enables the full mapping of Windows ACLs on Samba servers\&.
    18535.PP
    18636The ACL settings are stored in
    187 \FC$LOCKDIR/file_ntacls\&.tdb\F[]\&.
     37$LOCKDIR/file_ntacls\&.tdb\&.
    18838.PP
    18939Please note that this module is
    … …  
    19444.PP
    19545There are no options for
    196 \FCvfs_acl_tdb\F[]\&.
     46vfs_acl_tdb\&.
    19747.SH "AUTHOR"
    19848.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_acl_xattr.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: vfs_acl_xattr
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "VFS_ACL_XATTR" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "VFS_ACL_XATTR" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022vfs_acl_xattr \- Save NTFS\-ACLs in Extended Attributes (EAs)
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCvfs objects = acl_xattr\F[]
    175 .fam
     25vfs objects = acl_xattr
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232The
    183 \FCvfs_acl_xattr\F[]
     33vfs_acl_xattr
    18434VFS module stores NTFS Access Control Lists (ACLs) in Extended Attributes (EAs)\&. This enables the full mapping of Windows ACLs on Samba servers\&.
    18535.PP
    … …  
    18939\fInot\fR
    19040listed by
    191 \FCgetfattr \-d \FCfilename\F[]\F[]\&. To show the current value, the name of the EA must be specified (e\&.g\&.
    192 \FCgetfattr \-n security\&.NTACL \FCfilename\F[] \F[])\&.
     41getfattr \-d filename\&. To show the current value, the name of the EA must be specified (e\&.g\&.
     42getfattr \-n security\&.NTACL filename)\&.
    19343.PP
    19444Please note that this module is
    … …  
    19949.PP
    20050There are no options for
    201 \FCvfs_acl_xattr\F[]\&.
     51vfs_acl_xattr\&.
    20252.SH "AUTHOR"
    20353.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_audit.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: vfs_audit
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "VFS_AUDIT" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "VFS_AUDIT" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022vfs_audit \- record selected Samba VFS operations in the system log
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCvfs objects = audit\F[]
    175 .fam
     25vfs objects = audit
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232The
    183 \FCvfs_audit\F[]
     33vfs_audit
    18434VFS module records selected client operations to the system log using
    18535\fBsyslog\fR(3)\&.
    … …  
    24999.RS 4
    250100.\}
    251 .fam C
    252 .ps -1
    253101.nf
    254 .if t \{\
    255 .sp -1
    256 .\}
    257 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    258 .sp -1
    259 
    260102        \fI[global]\fR
    261103        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = audit\fR\m[]
    262104        \m[blue]\fBaudit:facility = LOCAL1\fR\m[]
    263105        \m[blue]\fBaudit:priority = NOTICE\fR\m[]
    264 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    265 .if t \{\
    266 .sp 1
    267 .\}
    268106.fi
    269 .fam
    270 .ps +1
    271107.if n \{\
    272108.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_cacheprime.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: vfs_cacheprime
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "VFS_CACHEPRIME" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "VFS_CACHEPRIME" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022vfs_cacheprime \- prime the kernel file data cache
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCvfs objects = cacheprime\F[]
    175 .fam
     25vfs objects = cacheprime
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232The
    183 \FCvfs_cacheprime\F[]
     33vfs_cacheprime
    18434VFS module reads chunks of file data near the range requested by clients in order to make sure the data is present in the kernel file data cache at the time when it is actually requested by clients\&.
    18535.PP
    18636The size of the disk read operations performed by
    187 \FCvfs_cacheprime\F[]
     37vfs_cacheprime
    18838is determined by the cacheprime:rsize option\&. All disk read operations are aligned on boundaries that are a multiple of this size\&. Each range of the file data is primed at most once during the time the client has the file open\&.
    18939.PP
    … …  
    20555.IP \(bu 2.3
    20656.\}
    207 \FCK\F[]
     57K
    20858\- BYTES is a number of kilobytes
    20959.RE
    … …  
    21767.IP \(bu 2.3
    21868.\}
    219 \FCM\F[]
     69M
    22070\- BYTES is a number of megabytes
    22171.RE
    … …  
    22979.IP \(bu 2.3
    23080.\}
    231 \FCG\F[]
     81G
    23282\- BYTES is a number of gigabytes
    23383.sp
    … …  
    24191.RS 4
    24292.\}
    243 .fam C
    244 .ps -1
    24593.nf
    246 .if t \{\
    247 .sp -1
    248 .\}
    249 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    250 .sp -1
    251 
    25294        \fI[hypothetical]\fR
    25395        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = cacheprime\fR\m[]
    25496        \m[blue]\fBcacheprime:rsize = 1M\fR\m[]
    255 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    256 .if t \{\
    257 .sp 1
    258 .\}
    25997.fi
    260 .fam
    261 .ps +1
    26298.if n \{\
    26399.RE
    … …  
    265101.SH "CAVEATS"
    266102.PP
    267 \FCcacheprime\F[]
     103cacheprime
    268104is not a a substitute for a general\-purpose readahead mechanism\&. It is intended for use only in very specific environments where disk operations must be aligned and sized to known values (as much as that is possible)\&.
    269105.SH "VERSION"

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_cap.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: vfs_cap
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "VFS_CAP" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "VFS_CAP" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022vfs_cap \- CAP encode filenames
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCvfs objects = cap\F[]
    175 .fam
     25vfs objects = cap
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232CAP (Columbia Appletalk Protocol) encoding is a technique for representing non\-ASCII filenames in ASCII\&. The
    183 \FCvfs_cap\F[]
     33vfs_cap
    18434VFS module translates filenames to and from CAP format, allowing users to name files in their native encoding\&.
    18535.PP
    … …  
    19444.RS 4
    19545.\}
    196 .fam C
    197 .ps -1
    19846.nf
    199 .if t \{\
    200 .sp -1
    201 .\}
    202 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    203 .sp -1
    204 
    20547        \fI[global]\fR
    20648        \m[blue]\fBdos charset = CP932\fR\m[]
    20749        \m[blue]\fBdos charset = CP932\fR\m[]
    20850        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = cap\fR\m[]
    209 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    210 .if t \{\
    211 .sp 1
    212 .\}
    21351.fi
    214 .fam
    215 .ps +1
    21652.if n \{\
    21753.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_catia.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: vfs_catia
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "VFS_CATIA" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "VFS_CATIA" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022vfs_catia \- translate illegal characters in Catia filenames
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCvfs objects = catia\F[]
    175 .fam
     25vfs objects = catia
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232The Catia CAD package commonly creates filenames that use characters that are illegal in CIFS filenames\&. The
    183 \FCvfs_catia\F[]
     33vfs_catia
    18434VFS module implements a fixed character mapping so that these files can be shared with CIFS clients\&.
    18535.PP
    … …  
    19242.RS 4
    19343.\}
    194 .fam C
    195 .ps -1
    19644.nf
    197 .if t \{\
    198 .sp -1
    199 .\}
    200 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    201 .sp -1
    202 
    20345        \fI[CAD]\fR
    20446        \m[blue]\fBpath = /data/cad\fR\m[]
    20547        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = catia\fR\m[]
    206 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    207 .if t \{\
    208 .sp 1
    209 .\}
    21048.fi
    211 .fam
    212 .ps +1
    21349.if n \{\
    21450.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_commit.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: vfs_commit
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "VFS_COMMIT" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "VFS_COMMIT" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022vfs_commit \- flush dirty data at specified intervals
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCvfs objects = commit\F[]
    175 .fam
     25vfs objects = commit
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232The
    183 \FCvfs_commit\F[]
     33vfs_commit
    18434VFS module keeps track of the amount of data written to a file and synchronizes it to disk when a specified amount accumulates\&.
    18535.PP
    186 \FCvfs_commit\F[]
     36vfs_commit
    18737is useful in two circumstances\&. First, if you have very precious data, the impact of unexpected power loss can be minimized by a small commit:dthresh value\&. Secondly, write performance can be improved on some systems by flushing file data early and at regular intervals\&.
    18838.PP
    … …  
    20454.IP \(bu 2.3
    20555.\}
    206 \FCK\F[]
     56K
    20757\- BYTES is a number of kilobytes
    20858.RE
    … …  
    21666.IP \(bu 2.3
    21767.\}
    218 \FCM\F[]
     68M
    21969\- BYTES is a number of megabytes
    22070.RE
    … …  
    22878.IP \(bu 2.3
    22979.\}
    230 \FCG\F[]
     80G
    23181\- BYTES is a number of gigabytes
    23282.sp
    … …  
    24090.RS 4
    24191.\}
    242 .fam C
    243 .ps -1
    24492.nf
    245 .if t \{\
    246 .sp -1
    247 .\}
    248 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    249 .sp -1
    250 
    25193        \fI[precious]\fR
    25294        \m[blue]\fBpath = /data/precious\fR\m[]
    25395        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = commit\fR\m[]
    25496        \m[blue]\fBcommit:dthresh = 512K\fR\m[]
    255 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    256 .if t \{\
    257 .sp 1
    258 .\}
    25997.fi
    260 .fam
    261 .ps +1
    26298.if n \{\
    26399.RE
    … …  
    266102.PP
    267103On some systems, the data synchronization performed by
    268 \FCcommit\F[]
     104commit
    269105may reduce performance\&.
    270106.SH "VERSION"

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_default_quota.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: vfs_default_quota
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "VFS_DEFAULT_QUOTA" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "VFS_DEFAULT_QUOTA" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022vfs_default_quota \- store default quota records for Windows clients
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCvfs objects = default_quota\F[]
    175 .fam
     25vfs objects = default_quota
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232Many common quota implementations only store quotas for users and groups, but do not store a default quota\&. The
    183 \FCvfs_default_quota\F[]
     33vfs_default_quota
    18434module allows Samba to store default quota values which can be examined using the Windows Explorer interface\&.
    18535.PP
    18636By default, Samba returns NO_LIMIT the default quota and refuses to update them\&.
    187 \FCvfs_default_quota\F[]
     37vfs_default_quota
    18838maps the default quota to the quota record of a user\&. By default the root user is taken because quota limits for root are typically not enforced\&.
    18939.PP
    … …  
    21767.RS 4
    21868.\}
    219 .fam C
    220 .ps -1
    22169.nf
    222 .if t \{\
    223 .sp -1
    224 .\}
    225 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    226 .sp -1
    227 
    22870        \fI[global]\fR
    22971        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = default_quota\fR\m[]
    23072        \m[blue]\fBdefault_quota:uid = 65535\fR\m[]
    23173        \m[blue]\fBdefault_quota:uid nolimit = yes\fR\m[]
    232 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    233 .if t \{\
    234 .sp 1
    235 .\}
    23674.fi
    237 .fam
    238 .ps +1
    23975.if n \{\
    24076.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_dirsort.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: vfs_dirsort
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "VFS_DIRSORT" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "VFS_DIRSORT" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022vfs_dirsort \- Sort directory contents
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCvfs objects = dirsort\F[]
    175 .fam
     25vfs objects = dirsort
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232The
    183 \FCvfs_dirsort\F[]
     33vfs_dirsort
    18434module sorts directory entries alphabetically before sending them to the client\&.
    18535.PP
    … …  
    19242.RS 4
    19343.\}
    194 .fam C
    195 .ps -1
    19644.nf
    197 .if t \{\
    198 .sp -1
    199 .\}
    200 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    201 .sp -1
    202 
    20345        \fI[global]\fR
    20446        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = dirsort\fR\m[]
    205 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    206 .if t \{\
    207 .sp 1
    208 .\}
    20947.fi
    210 .fam
    211 .ps +1
    21248.if n \{\
    21349.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_extd_audit.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: vfs_extd_audit
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "VFS_EXTD_AUDIT" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "VFS_EXTD_AUDIT" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022vfs_extd_audit \- record selected Samba VFS operations
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCvfs objects = extd_audit\F[]
    175 .fam
     25vfs objects = extd_audit
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232The
    183 \FCextd_audit\F[]
     33extd_audit
    18434VFS module records selected client operations to both the
    18535\fBsmbd\fR(8)
    … …  
    19040\fBsmbd\fR(8)
    19141log,
    192 \FCvfs_extd_audit\F[]
     42vfs_extd_audit
    19343is identical to
    19444\fBvfs_audit\fR(8)\&.

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_fake_perms.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: vfs_fake_perms
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "VFS_FAKE_PERMS" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "VFS_FAKE_PERMS" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022vfs_fake_perms \- enable read only Roaming Profiles
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCvfs objects = fake_perms\F[]
    175 .fam
     25vfs objects = fake_perms
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232The
    183 \FCvfs_fake_perms\F[]
     33vfs_fake_perms
    18434VFS module was created to allow Roaming Profile files and directories to be set (on the Samba server under UNIX) as read only\&. This module will, if installed on the Profiles share, report to the client that the Profile files and directories are writeable\&. This satisfies the client even though the files will never be overwritten as the client logs out or shuts down\&.
    18535.PP
    … …  
    19040.RS 4
    19141.\}
    192 .fam C
    193 .ps -1
    19442.nf
    195 .if t \{\
    196 .sp -1
    197 .\}
    198 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    199 .sp -1
    200 
    20143        \fI[Profiles]\fR
    20244        \m[blue]\fBpath = /profiles\fR\m[]
    20345        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = fake_perms\fR\m[]
    204 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    205 .if t \{\
    206 .sp 1
    207 .\}
    20846.fi
    209 .fam
    210 .ps +1
    21147.if n \{\
    21248.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_fileid.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: vfs_fileid
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "VFS_FILEID" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "VFS_FILEID" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022vfs_fileid \- Generates file_id structs with unique device id values for cluster setups
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCvfs objects = fileid\F[]
    175 .fam
     25vfs objects = fileid
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232Samba uses file_id structs to uniquely identify files for locking purpose\&. By default the file_id contains the device and inode number returned by the
    183 \FCstat()\F[]
     33stat()
    18434system call\&. As the file_id is a unique identifier of a file, it must be the same on all nodes in a cluster setup\&. This module overloads the
    185 \FCSMB_VFS_FILE_ID_CREATE()\F[]
     35SMB_VFS_FILE_ID_CREATE()
    18636operation and generates the device number based on the configured algorithm (see the "fileid:algorithm" option)\&.
    18737.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    19040.RS 4
    19141Available algorithms are
    192 \FCfsname\F[]
     42fsname
    19343and
    194 \FCfsid\F[]\&. The default value is
    195 \FCfsname\F[]\&.
     44fsid\&. The default value is
     45fsname\&.
    19646.sp
    19747The
    198 \FCfsname\F[]
     48fsname
    19949algorithm generates device id by hashing the kernel device name\&.
    20050.sp
    20151The
    202 \FCfsid\F[]
     52fsid
    20353algorithm generates the device id from the
    204 \FCf_fsid\F[]
     54f_fsid
    20555returned from the
    206 \FCstatfs()\F[]
     56statfs()
    20757syscall\&.
    20858.RE
    … …  
    21161.RS 4
    21262This option is the legacy version of the
    213 \FCfileid:algorithm\F[]
     63fileid:algorithm
    21464option, which was used in earlier versions of fileid mapping feature in custom Samba 3\&.0 versions\&.
    21565.RE
    … …  
    21767.PP
    21868Usage of the
    219 \FCfileid\F[]
     69fileid
    22070module with the
    221 \FCfsid\F[]
     71fsid
    22272algorithm:
    22373.sp
    … …  
    22575.RS 4
    22676.\}
    227 .fam C
    228 .ps -1
    22977.nf
    230 .if t \{\
    231 .sp -1
    232 .\}
    233 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    234 .sp -1
    235 
    23678        \fI[global]\fR
    23779        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = fileid\fR\m[]
    23880        \m[blue]\fBfileid:algorithm = fsid\fR\m[]
    239 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    240 .if t \{\
    241 .sp 1
    242 .\}
    24381.fi
    244 .fam
    245 .ps +1
    24682.if n \{\
    24783.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_full_audit.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: vfs_full_audit
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "VFS_FULL_AUDIT" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "VFS_FULL_AUDIT" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022vfs_full_audit \- record Samba VFS operations in the system log
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCvfs objects = full_audit\F[]
    175 .fam
     25vfs objects = full_audit
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232The
    183 \FCvfs_full_audit\F[]
     33vfs_full_audit
    18434VFS module records selected client operations to the system log using
    18535\fBsyslog\fR(3)\&.
    18636.PP
    187 \FCvfs_full_audit\F[]
     37vfs_full_audit
    18838is able to record the complete set of Samba VFS operations:
    18939.RS 4
    … …  
    471321.PP
    472322In addition to these operations,
    473 \FCvfs_full_audit\F[]
     323vfs_full_audit
    474324recognizes the special operation names "all" and "none ", which refer to all the VFS operations and none of the VFS operations respectively\&.
    475325.PP
    476 \FCvfs_full_audit\F[]
     326vfs_full_audit
    477327records operations in fixed format consisting of fields separated by \'|\' characters\&. The format is:
    478328.sp
    … …  
    480330.RS 4
    481331.\}
    482 .fam C
    483 .ps -1
    484332.nf
    485 .if t \{\
    486 .sp -1
    487 .\}
    488 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    489 .sp -1
    490 
    491333                smbd_audit: PREFIX|OPERATION|RESULT|FILE
    492334       
    493 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    494 .if t \{\
    495 .sp 1
    496 .\}
    497335.fi
    498 .fam
    499 .ps +1
    500336.if n \{\
    501337.RE
    … …  
    512348.IP \(bu 2.3
    513349.\}
    514 \FCPREFIX\F[]
     350PREFIX
    515351\- the result of the full_audit:prefix string after variable substitutions
    516352.RE
    … …  
    524360.IP \(bu 2.3
    525361.\}
    526 \FCOPERATION\F[]
     362OPERATION
    527363\- the name of the VFS operation
    528364.RE
    … …  
    536372.IP \(bu 2.3
    537373.\}
    538 \FCRESULT\F[]
     374RESULT
    539375\- whether the operation succeeded or failed
    540376.RE
    … …  
    548384.IP \(bu 2.3
    549385.\}
    550 \FCFILE\F[]
     386FILE
    551387\- the name of the file or directory the operation was performed on
    552388.sp
    … …  
    592428.RS 4
    593429.\}
    594 .fam C
    595 .ps -1
    596430.nf
    597 .if t \{\
    598 .sp -1
    599 .\}
    600 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    601 .sp -1
    602 
    603431        \fI[records]\fR
    604432        \m[blue]\fBpath = /data/records\fR\m[]
    … …  
    609437        \m[blue]\fBfull_audit:facility = LOCAL7\fR\m[]
    610438        \m[blue]\fBfull_audit:priority = ALERT\fR\m[]
    611 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    612 .if t \{\
    613 .sp 1
    614 .\}
    615439.fi
    616 .fam
    617 .ps +1
    618440.if n \{\
    619441.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_gpfs.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: vfs_gpfs
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "VFS_GPFS" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "VFS_GPFS" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022vfs_gpfs \- gpfs specific samba extensions like acls and prealloc
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCvfs objects = gpfs\F[]
    175 .fam
     25vfs objects = gpfs
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232The
    183 \FCgpfs\F[]
     33gpfs
    18434VFS module is the home for all gpfs extensions that Samba requires for proper integration with GPFS\&. It uses the GPL library interfaces provided by GPFS\&.
    18535.PP
    … …  
    22070.RE
    22171.PP
    222 \FCNOTE:\F[]This module follows the posix\-acl behaviour and hence allows permission stealing via chown\&. Samba might allow at a later point in time, to restrict the chown via this module as such restrictions are the responsibility of the underlying filesystem than of Samba\&.
     72NOTE:This module follows the posix\-acl behaviour and hence allows permission stealing via chown\&. Samba might allow at a later point in time, to restrict the chown via this module as such restrictions are the responsibility of the underlying filesystem than of Samba\&.
    22373.PP
    22474This module is stackable\&.
    … …  
    23989.IP \(bu 2.3
    24090.\}
    241 \FCsimple(default)\F[]
     91simple(default)
    24292\- do not use special IDs in GPFS ACEs
    24393.RE
    … …  
    251101.IP \(bu 2.3
    252102.\}
    253 \FCspecial\F[]
     103special
    254104\- use special IDs in GPFS ACEs\&.
    255105.sp
    … …  
    271121.IP \(bu 2.3
    272122.\}
    273 \FCdontcare (default)\F[]
     123dontcare (default)
    274124\- copy the ACEs as they come
    275125.RE
    … …  
    283133.IP \(bu 2.3
    284134.\}
    285 \FCreject\F[]
     135reject
    286136\- stop operation and exit with error on ACL set op
    287137.RE
    … …  
    295145.IP \(bu 2.3
    296146.\}
    297 \FCignore\F[]
     147ignore
    298148\- don\'t include the second matching ACE
    299149.RE
    … …  
    307157.IP \(bu 2.3
    308158.\}
    309 \FCmerge\F[]
     159merge
    310160\- bitwise OR the 2 ace\&.flag fields and 2 ace\&.mask fields of the 2 duplicate ACEs into 1 ACE
    311161.sp
    … …  
    329179.IP \(bu 2.3
    330180.\}
    331 \FCyes\F[]
     181yes
    332182\- Enable chown if as supported by the under filesystem
    333183.RE
    … …  
    341191.IP \(bu 2.3
    342192.\}
    343 \FCno (default)\F[]
     193no (default)
    344194\- Disable chown
    345195.sp
    … …  
    353203.RS 4
    354204.\}
    355 .fam C
    356 .ps -1
    357205.nf
    358 .if t \{\
    359 .sp -1
    360 .\}
    361 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    362 .sp -1
    363 
    364206        \fI[samba_gpfs_share]\fR
    365207        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = gpfs\fR\m[]
    … …  
    367209        \m[blue]\fBnfs4: mode = special\fR\m[]
    368210        \m[blue]\fBnfs4: acedup = merge\fR\m[]
    369 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    370 .if t \{\
    371 .sp 1
    372 .\}
    373211.fi
    374 .fam
    375 .ps +1
    376212.if n \{\
    377213.RE
    … …  
    380216.PP
    381217The gpfs gpl libraries are required by
    382 \FCgpfs\F[]
     218gpfs
    383219VFS module during both compilation and runtime\&. Also this VFS module is tested to work on SLES 9/10 and RHEL 4\&.4
    384220.SH "VERSION"

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_netatalk.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: vfs_netatalk
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "VFS_NETATALK" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "VFS_NETATALK" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022vfs_netatalk \- hide \&.AppleDouble files from CIFS clients
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCvfs objects = netatalk\F[]
    175 .fam
     25vfs objects = netatalk
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232The
    183 \FCvfs_netatalk\F[]
     33vfs_netatalk
    18434VFS module dynamically hides \&.AppleDouble files, preventing spurious errors on some CIFS clients\&. \&.AppleDouble files may be created by historic implementations of AFP (Apple Filing Protocol) on servers\&.
    18535.PP
    … …  
    19242.RS 4
    19343.\}
    194 .fam C
    195 .ps -1
    19644.nf
    197 .if t \{\
    198 .sp -1
    199 .\}
    200 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    201 .sp -1
    202 
    20345        \fI[data]\fR
    20446        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = netatalk\fR\m[]
    205 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    206 .if t \{\
    207 .sp 1
    208 .\}
    20947.fi
    210 .fam
    211 .ps +1
    21248.if n \{\
    21349.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_notify_fam.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: vfs_notify_fam
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "VFS_NOTIFY_FAM" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "VFS_NOTIFY_FAM" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022vfs_notify_fam \- FAM support for file change notifications
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCvfs objects = notify_fam\F[]
    175 .fam
     25vfs objects = notify_fam
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232The
    183 \FCvfs_notify_fam\F[]
     33vfs_notify_fam
    18434module makes use of the system FAM (File Alteration Monitor) daemon to implement file change notifications for Windows clients\&. FAM is generally present only on IRIX and some BSD systems\&.
    18535.PP
    … …  
    19242.RS 4
    19343.\}
    194 .fam C
    195 .ps -1
    19644.nf
    197 .if t \{\
    198 .sp -1
    199 .\}
    200 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    201 .sp -1
    202 
    20345        \fI[global]\fR
    20446        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = notify_fam\fR\m[]
    205 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    206 .if t \{\
    207 .sp 1
    208 .\}
    20947.fi
    210 .fam
    211 .ps +1
    21248.if n \{\
    21349.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_prealloc.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: vfs_prealloc
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "VFS_PREALLOC" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "VFS_PREALLOC" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022vfs_prealloc \- preallocate matching files to a predetermined size
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCvfs objects = prealloc\F[]
    175 .fam
     25vfs objects = prealloc
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232The
    183 \FCvfs_prealloc\F[]
     33vfs_prealloc
    18434VFS module preallocates files to a specified size each time a new file is created\&. This is useful in environments where files are of a predetermined size will be written to a disk subsystem where extending file allocations is expensive\&.
    18535.PP
    … …  
    20151.IP \(bu 2.3
    20252.\}
    203 \FCK\F[]
     53K
    20454\- BYTES is a number of kilobytes
    20555.RE
    … …  
    21363.IP \(bu 2.3
    21464.\}
    215 \FCM\F[]
     65M
    21666\- BYTES is a number of megabytes
    21767.RE
    … …  
    22575.IP \(bu 2.3
    22676.\}
    227 \FCG\F[]
     77G
    22878\- BYTES is a number of gigabytes
    22979.sp
    … …  
    23787.RS 4
    23888.\}
    239 .fam C
    240 .ps -1
    24189.nf
    242 .if t \{\
    243 .sp -1
    244 .\}
    245 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    246 .sp -1
    247 
    24890        \fI[frames]\fR
    24991        \m[blue]\fBpath = /data/frames\fR\m[]
    25092        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = prealloc\fR\m[]
    25193        \m[blue]\fBprealloc:tiff = 4M\fR\m[]
    252 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    253 .if t \{\
    254 .sp 1
    255 .\}
    25694.fi
    257 .fam
    258 .ps +1
    25995.if n \{\
    26096.RE
    … …  
    26298.SH "CAVEATS"
    26399.PP
    264 \FCvfs_prealloc\F[]
     100vfs_prealloc
    265101is not supported on all platforms and filesystems\&. Currently only XFS filesystems on Linux and IRIX are supported\&.
    266102.SH "VERSION"

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_preopen.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: vfs_preopen
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "VFS_PREOPEN" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "VFS_PREOPEN" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022vfs_preopen \- Hide read latencies for applications reading numbered files
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCvfs objects = preopen\F[]
    175 .fam
     25vfs objects = preopen
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    19040.RS 4
    19141preopen:names specifies the file name pattern which should trigger the preopen helpers to do their work\&. We assume that the files are numbered incrementally\&. So if your file names are numbered FRAME00000\&.frm FRAME00001\&.frm and so on you would list them as
    192 \FCpreopen:names=/FRAME*\&.frm/\F[]
     42preopen:names=/FRAME*\&.frm/
    19343.RE
    19444.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_readahead.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: vfs_readahead
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "VFS_READAHEAD" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "VFS_READAHEAD" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022vfs_readahead \- pre\-load the kernel buffer cache
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCvfs objects = readahead\F[]
    175 .fam
     25vfs objects = readahead
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232This
    183 \FCvfs_readahead\F[]
     33vfs_readahead
    18434VFS module detects read requests at multiples of a given offset (hex 0x80000 by default) and then tells the kernel via either the readahead system call (on Linux) or the posix_fadvise system call to pre\-fetch this data into the buffer cache\&.
    18535.PP
    … …  
    18939.PP
    19040The size of the disk read operations performed by
    191 \FCvfs_readahead\F[]
     41vfs_readahead
    19242is determined by the readahead:length option\&. By default this is set to the same value as the readahead:offset option and if not set explicitly will use the current value of readahead:offset\&.
    19343.PP
    … …  
    21565.IP \(bu 2.3
    21666.\}
    217 \FCK\F[]
     67K
    21868\- BYTES is a number of kilobytes
    21969.RE
    … …  
    22777.IP \(bu 2.3
    22878.\}
    229 \FCM\F[]
     79M
    23080\- BYTES is a number of megabytes
    23181.RE
    … …  
    23989.IP \(bu 2.3
    24090.\}
    241 \FCG\F[]
     91G
    24292\- BYTES is a number of gigabytes
    24393.SH "EXAMPLES"
    … …  
    24696.RS 4
    24797.\}
    248 .fam C
    249 .ps -1
    25098.nf
    251 .if t \{\
    252 .sp -1
    253 .\}
    254 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    255 .sp -1
    256 
    25799        \fI[hypothetical]\fR
    258100        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = readahead\fR\m[]
    259 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    260 .if t \{\
    261 .sp 1
    262 .\}
    263101.fi
    264 .fam
    265 .ps +1
    266102.if n \{\
    267103.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_readonly.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: vfs_readonly
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "VFS_READONLY" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "VFS_READONLY" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022vfs_readonly \- make a Samba share read only for a specified time period
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCvfs objects = readonly\F[]
    175 .fam
     25vfs objects = readonly
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232The
    183 \FCvfs_readonly\F[]
     33vfs_readonly
    18434VFS module marks a share as read only for all clients connecting within the configured time period\&. Clients connecting during this time will be denied write access to all files in the share, irrespective of ther actual access privileges\&.
    18535.PP
    … …  
    19949.RS 4
    20050.\}
    201 .fam C
    202 .ps -1
    20351.nf
    204 .if t \{\
    205 .sp -1
    206 .\}
    207 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    208 .sp -1
    209 
    21052        \fI[global]\fR
    21153        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = readonly\fR\m[]
    212 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    213 .if t \{\
    214 .sp 1
    215 .\}
    21654.fi
    217 .fam
    218 .ps +1
    21955.if n \{\
    22056.RE
    … …  
    22662.RS 4
    22763.\}
    228 .fam C
    229 .ps -1
    23064.nf
    231 .if t \{\
    232 .sp -1
    233 .\}
    234 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    235 .sp -1
    236 
    23765        \fI[backup]\fR
    23866        \m[blue]\fBpath = /readonly\fR\m[]
    23967        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = readonly\fR\m[]
    24068        \m[blue]\fBreadonly:period = readonly:period = "today 9:00","today 17:00"\fR\m[]
    241 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    242 .if t \{\
    243 .sp 1
    244 .\}
    24569.fi
    246 .fam
    247 .ps +1
    24870.if n \{\
    24971.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_recycle.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: vfs_recycle
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "VFS_RECYCLE" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "VFS_RECYCLE" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022vfs_recycle \- Samba VFS recycle bin
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCvfs objects = recycle\F[]
    175 .fam
     25vfs objects = recycle
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232The
    183 \FCvfs_recycle\F[]
     33vfs_recycle
    18434intercepts file deletion requests and moves the affected files to a temporary repository rather than deleting them immediately\&. This gives the same effect as the Recycle Bin on Windows computers\&.
    18535.PP
    … …  
    265115.RS 4
    266116.\}
    267 .fam C
    268 .ps -1
    269117.nf
    270 .if t \{\
    271 .sp -1
    272 .\}
    273 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    274 .sp -1
    275 
    276118        \fI[share]\fR
    277119        \m[blue]\fBpath = /data/share\fR\m[]
    … …  
    280122        \m[blue]\fBrecycle:keeptree = yes\fR\m[]
    281123        \m[blue]\fBrecycle:versions = yes\fR\m[]
    282 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    283 .if t \{\
    284 .sp 1
    285 .\}
    286124.fi
    287 .fam
    288 .ps +1
    289125.if n \{\
    290126.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_shadow_copy.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: vfs_shadow_copy
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "VFS_SHADOW_COPY" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "VFS_SHADOW_COPY" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022vfs_shadow_copy \- Make a Samba share read only for a specified time period
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCvfs objects = shadow_copy\F[]
    175 .fam
     25vfs objects = shadow_copy
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232The
    183 \FCvfs_shadow_copy\F[]
     33vfs_shadow_copy
    18434VFS module functionality that is similar to Microsoft Shadow Copy services\&. When setup properly, this module allows Microsoft Shadow Copy clients to browse "shadow copies" on Samba shares\&.
    18535.PP
    … …  
    18737.SH "CONFIGURATION"
    18838.PP
    189 \FCvfs_shadow_copy\F[]
     39vfs_shadow_copy
    19040relies on a filesystem snapshot implementation\&. Many common filesystems have native support for this\&.
    19141.PP
    19242Filesystem snapshots must be mounted on specially named directories in order to be recognized by
    193 \FCvfs_shadow_copy\F[]\&. The snapshot mount points must be immediate children of a the directory being shared\&.
     43vfs_shadow_copy\&. The snapshot mount points must be immediate children of a the directory being shared\&.
    19444.PP
    19545The snapshot naming convention is @GMT\-YYYY\&.MM\&.DD\-hh\&.mm\&.ss, where:
    … …  
    20353.IP \(bu 2.3
    20454.\}
    205 \FCYYYY\F[]
     55YYYY
    20656is the 4 digit year
    20757.RE
    … …  
    21565.IP \(bu 2.3
    21666.\}
    217 \FCMM\F[]
     67MM
    21868is the 2 digit month
    21969.RE
    … …  
    22777.IP \(bu 2.3
    22878.\}
    229 \FCDD\F[]
     79DD
    23080is the 2 digit day
    23181.RE
    … …  
    23989.IP \(bu 2.3
    24090.\}
    241 \FChh\F[]
     91hh
    24292is the 2 digit hour
    24393.RE
    … …  
    251101.IP \(bu 2.3
    252102.\}
    253 \FCmm\F[]
     103mm
    254104is the 2 digit minute
    255105.RE
    … …  
    263113.IP \(bu 2.3
    264114.\}
    265 \FCss\F[]
     115ss
    266116is the 2 digit second\&.
    267117.sp
    … …  
    269119.PP
    270120The
    271 \FCvfs_shadow_copy\F[]
     121vfs_shadow_copy
    272122snapshot naming convention can be produced with the following
    273123\fBdate\fR(1)
    … …  
    277127.RS 4
    278128.\}
    279 .fam C
    280 .ps -1
    281129.nf
    282 .if t \{\
    283 .sp -1
    284 .\}
    285 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    286 .sp -1
    287 
    288130        TZ=GMT date +@GMT\-%Y\&.%m\&.%d\-%H\&.%M\&.%S
    289131       
    290 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    291 .if t \{\
    292 .sp 1
    293 .\}
    294132.fi
    295 .fam
    296 .ps +1
    297133.if n \{\
    298134.RE
    … …  
    305141.RS 4
    306142.\}
    307 .fam C
    308 .ps -1
    309143.nf
    310 .if t \{\
    311 .sp -1
    312 .\}
    313 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    314 .sp -1
    315 
    316144        \fI[homes]\fR
    317145        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = shadow_copy\fR\m[]
    318 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    319 .if t \{\
    320 .sp 1
    321 .\}
    322146.fi
    323 .fam
    324 .ps +1
    325147.if n \{\
    326148.RE
    … …  
    331153.PP
    332154With Samba or Windows servers,
    333 \FCvfs_shadow_copy\F[]
     155vfs_shadow_copy
    334156is designed to be an end\-user tool only\&. It does not replace or enhance your backup and archival solutions and should in no way be considered as such\&. Additionally, if you need version control, implement a version control system\&.
    335157.SH "VERSION"

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_shadow_copy2.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: vfs_shadow_copy2
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "VFS_SHADOW_COPY2" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "VFS_SHADOW_COPY2" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022vfs_shadow_copy2 \- Expose snapshots to Windows clients as shadow copies\&.
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCvfs objects = shadow_copy2\F[]
    175 .fam
     25vfs objects = shadow_copy2
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232The
    183 \FCvfs_shadow_copy2\F[]
     33vfs_shadow_copy2
    18434VFS module functionality that is similar to Microsoft Shadow Copy services\&. When setup properly, this module allows Microsoft Shadow Copy clients to browse "shadow copies" on Samba shares\&.
    18535.PP
    … …  
    21363.SH "CONFIGURATION"
    21464.PP
    215 \FCvfs_shadow_copy2\F[]
     65vfs_shadow_copy2
    21666relies on a filesystem snapshot implementation\&. Many common filesystems have native support for this\&.
    21767.PP
    21868Filesystem snapshots must be mounted on specially named directories in order to be recognized by
    219 \FCvfs_shadow_copy2\F[]\&. The snapshot mount points must be immediate children of a the directory being shared\&.
     69vfs_shadow_copy2\&. The snapshot mount points must be immediate children of a the directory being shared\&.
    22070.PP
    22171The snapshot naming convention is @GMT\-YYYY\&.MM\&.DD\-hh\&.mm\&.ss, where:
    … …  
    22979.IP \(bu 2.3
    23080.\}
    231 \FCYYYY\F[]
     81YYYY
    23282is the 4 digit year
    23383.RE
    … …  
    24191.IP \(bu 2.3
    24292.\}
    243 \FCMM\F[]
     93MM
    24494is the 2 digit month
    24595.RE
    … …  
    253103.IP \(bu 2.3
    254104.\}
    255 \FCDD\F[]
     105DD
    256106is the 2 digit day
    257107.RE
    … …  
    265115.IP \(bu 2.3
    266116.\}
    267 \FChh\F[]
     117hh
    268118is the 2 digit hour
    269119.RE
    … …  
    277127.IP \(bu 2.3
    278128.\}
    279 \FCmm\F[]
     129mm
    280130is the 2 digit minute
    281131.RE
    … …  
    289139.IP \(bu 2.3
    290140.\}
    291 \FCss\F[]
     141ss
    292142is the 2 digit second\&.
    293143.sp
    … …  
    295145.PP
    296146The
    297 \FCvfs_shadow_copy2\F[]
     147vfs_shadow_copy2
    298148snapshot naming convention can be produced with the following
    299149\fBdate\fR(1)
    … …  
    303153.RS 4
    304154.\}
    305 .fam C
    306 .ps -1
    307155.nf
    308 .if t \{\
    309 .sp -1
    310 .\}
    311 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    312 .sp -1
    313 
    314156        TZ=GMT date +@GMT\-%Y\&.%m\&.%d\-%H\&.%M\&.%S
    315157       
    316 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    317 .if t \{\
    318 .sp 1
    319 .\}
    320158.fi
    321 .fam
    322 .ps +1
    323159.if n \{\
    324160.RE
    … …  
    339175.RS 4
    340176If you enable
    341 \FCshadow:fixinodes \F[]
     177shadow:fixinodes
    342178then this module will modify the apparent inode number of files in the snapshot directories using a hash of the files path\&. This is needed for snapshot systems where the snapshots have the same device:inode number as the original files (such as happens with GPFS snapshots)\&. If you don\'t set this option then the \'restore\' button in the shadow copy UI will fail with a sharing violation\&.
    343179.RE
    … …  
    349185.RS 4
    350186.\}
    351 .fam C
    352 .ps -1
    353187.nf
    354 .if t \{\
    355 .sp -1
    356 .\}
    357 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    358 .sp -1
    359 
    360188        \fI[homes]\fR
    361189        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = shadow_copy2\fR\m[]
    362190        \m[blue]\fBshadow:snapdir = /data/snaphots\fR\m[]
    363191        \m[blue]\fBshadow:basedir = /data/home\fR\m[]
    364 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    365 .if t \{\
    366 .sp 1
    367 .\}
    368192.fi
    369 .fam
    370 .ps +1
    371193.if n \{\
    372194.RE
    … …  
    377199.PP
    378200With Samba or Windows servers,
    379 \FCvfs_shadow_copy2\F[]
     201vfs_shadow_copy2
    380202is designed to be an end\-user tool only\&. It does not replace or enhance your backup and archival solutions and should in no way be considered as such\&. Additionally, if you need version control, implement a version control system\&.
    381203.SH "VERSION"

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_smb_traffic_analyzer.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: smb_traffic_analyzer
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "SMB_TRAFFIC_ANALYZER" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "SMB_TRAFFIC_ANALYZER" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022vfs_smb_traffic_analyzer \- log Samba VFS read and write operations through a socket to a helper application
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCvfs objects = smb_traffic_analyzer\F[]
    175 .fam
     25vfs objects = smb_traffic_analyzer
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232The
    183 \FCvfs_smb_traffic_analyzer\F[]
     33vfs_smb_traffic_analyzer
    18434VFS module logs client write and read operations on a Samba server and sends this data over a socket to a helper program, which feeds a SQL database\&. More information on the helper programs can be obtained from the homepage of the project at: http://holger123\&.wordpress\&.com/smb\-traffic\-analyzer/
    18535.PP
    186 \FCvfs_smb_traffic_analyzer\F[]
     36vfs_smb_traffic_analyzer
    18737currently is aware of the following VFS operations:
    18838.RS 4
    … …  
    19949.RE
    20050.PP
    201 \FCvfs_smb_traffic_analyzer\F[]
     51vfs_smb_traffic_analyzer
    20252sends the following data in a fixed format seperated by a comma through either an internet or a unix domain socket:
    20353.sp
    … …  
    20555.RS 4
    20656.\}
    207 .fam C
    208 .ps -1
    209 .nf
    210 .if t \{\
    211 .sp -1
    212 .\}
    213 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    214 .sp -1
    215 
     57.nf
    21658        BYTES|USER|DOMAIN|READ/WRITE|SHARE|FILENAME|TIMESTAMP
    21759       
    218 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    219 .if t \{\
    220 .sp 1
    221 .\}
    222 .fi
    223 .fam
    224 .ps +1
     60.fi
    22561.if n \{\
    22662.RE
    … …  
    23773.IP \(bu 2.3
    23874.\}
    239 \FCBYTES\F[]
     75BYTES
    24076\- the length in bytes of the VFS operation
    24177.RE
    … …  
    24985.IP \(bu 2.3
    25086.\}
    251 \FCUSER\F[]
     87USER
    25288\- the user who initiated the operation
    25389.RE
    … …  
    26197.IP \(bu 2.3
    26298.\}
    263 \FCDOMAIN\F[]
     99DOMAIN
    264100\- the domain of the user
    265101.RE
    … …  
    273109.IP \(bu 2.3
    274110.\}
    275 \FCREAD/WRITE\F[]
     111READ/WRITE
    276112\- either "W" for a write operation or "R" for read
    277113.RE
    … …  
    285121.IP \(bu 2.3
    286122.\}
    287 \FCSHARE\F[]
     123SHARE
    288124\- the name of the share on which the VFS operation occured
    289125.RE
    … …  
    297133.IP \(bu 2.3
    298134.\}
    299 \FCFILENAME\F[]
     135FILENAME
    300136\- the name of the file that was used by the VFS operation
    301137.RE
    … …  
    309145.IP \(bu 2.3
    310146.\}
    311 \FCTIMESTAMP\F[]
     147TIMESTAMP
    312148\- a timestamp, formatted as "yyyy\-mm\-dd hh\-mm\-ss\&.ms" indicating when the VFS operation occured
    313149.sp
    … …  
    348184.RS 4
    349185.\}
    350 .fam C
    351 .ps -1
    352 .nf
    353 .if t \{\
    354 .sp -1
    355 .\}
    356 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    357 .sp -1
    358 
     186.nf
    359187        \fI[example_share]\fR
    360188        \m[blue]\fBpath = /data/example\fR\m[]
    … …  
    362190        \m[blue]\fBsmb_traffic_analyzer:mode = unix_domain_socket\fR\m[]
    363191       
    364 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    365 .if t \{\
    366 .sp 1
    367 .\}
    368 .fi
    369 .fam
    370 .ps +1
     192.fi
    371193.if n \{\
    372194.RE
    … …  
    378200.RS 4
    379201.\}
    380 .fam C
    381 .ps -1
    382 .nf
    383 .if t \{\
    384 .sp -1
    385 .\}
    386 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    387 .sp -1
    388 
     202.nf
    389203        \fI[example_share]\fR
    390204        \m[blue]\fBpath = /data/example\fR\m[]
    … …  
    393207        \m[blue]\fBsmb_traffic_analyzer:port = 3491\fR\m[]
    394208       
    395 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    396 .if t \{\
    397 .sp 1
    398 .\}
    399 .fi
    400 .fam
    401 .ps +1
     209.fi
    402210.if n \{\
    403211.RE
    … …  
    409217.RS 4
    410218.\}
    411 .fam C
    412 .ps -1
    413 .nf
    414 .if t \{\
    415 .sp -1
    416 .\}
    417 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    418 .sp -1
    419 
     219.nf
    420220        \fI[example_share]\fR
    421221        \m[blue]\fBpath = /data/example\fR\m[]
    … …  
    425225        \m[blue]\fBsmb_traffic_analyzer:anonymize_prefix = User\fR\m[]
    426226       
    427 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    428 .if t \{\
    429 .sp 1
    430 .\}
    431 .fi
    432 .fam
    433 .ps +1
     227.fi
    434228.if n \{\
    435229.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_streams_depot.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: vfs_streams_depot
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "VFS_STREAMS_DEPOT" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "VFS_STREAMS_DEPOT" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022vfs_streams_depot \- EXPERIMENTAL module to store alternate data streams in a central directory\&.
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCvfs objects = streams_depot\F[]
    175 .fam
     25vfs objects = streams_depot
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18333.PP
    18434The
    185 \FCvfs_streams_depot\F[]
     35vfs_streams_depot
    18636enables storing of NTFS alternate data streams in the file system\&. As a normal posix file system does not support the concept of multiple data streams per file, the streams_depot module stores the data in files in a separate directory\&.
    18737.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    19646.RS 4
    19747.\}
    198 .fam C
    199 .ps -1
    20048.nf
    201 .if t \{\
    202 .sp -1
    203 .\}
    204 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    205 .sp -1
    206 
    20749        \fI[share]\fR
    20850        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = streams_depot\fR\m[]
    209 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    210 .if t \{\
    211 .sp 1
    212 .\}
    21351.fi
    214 .fam
    215 .ps +1
    21652.if n \{\
    21753.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_streams_xattr.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: vfs_streams_xattr
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "VFS_STREAMS_XATTR" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "VFS_STREAMS_XATTR" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022vfs_streams_xattr \- Store alternate data streams in posix xattrs
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCvfs objects = streams_xattr\F[]
    175 .fam
     25vfs objects = streams_xattr
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232The
    183 \FCvfs_streams_xattr\F[]
     33vfs_streams_xattr
    18434enables storing of NTFS alternate data streams in the file system\&. As a normal posix file system does not support the concept of multiple data streams per file, the streams_xattr module stores the data in posix extended attributes (xattrs)\&. The name of these attributes is user\&.DosStream\&."ADS\-NAME"\&.
    18535.PP
    … …  
    19242.RS 4
    19343.\}
    194 .fam C
    195 .ps -1
    19644.nf
    197 .if t \{\
    198 .sp -1
    199 .\}
    200 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    201 .sp -1
    202 
    20345        \fI[share]\fR
    20446        \m[blue]\fBvfs objects = streams_xattr\fR\m[]
    205 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    206 .if t \{\
    207 .sp 1
    208 .\}
    20947.fi
    210 .fam
    211 .ps +1
    21248.if n \{\
    21349.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfs_xattr_tdb.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: vfs_xattr_tdb
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "VFS_XATTR_TDB" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "VFS_XATTR_TDB" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022vfs_xattr_tdb \- Save Extended Attributes (EAs) in a tdb file
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCvfs objects = xattr_tdb\F[]
    175 .fam
     25vfs objects = xattr_tdb
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232The
    183 \FCvfs_xattr_tdb\F[]
     33vfs_xattr_tdb
    18434VFS module stores Extended Attributes (EAs) in a tdb file\&. This enables the usage of Extended Attributes on OS and filesystems which do not support Extended Attributes by themselves\&.
    18535.PP
    … …  
    19040.RS 4
    19141Name of the tdb file the EAs are stored in\&. If this option is not set, the default filename
    192 \FCxattr\&.tdb\F[]
     42xattr\&.tdb
    19343is used\&.
    19444.RE

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/vfstest.1

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: vfstest
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: User Commands
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "VFSTEST" "1" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "VFSTEST" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022vfstest \- tool for testing samba VFS modules
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCvfstest\F[] [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-c\ command] [\-l\ logdir] [\-h]
    175 .fam
     25vfstest [\-d\ debuglevel] [\-c\ command] [\-l\ logdir] [\-h]
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18030suite\&.
    18131.PP
    182 \FCvfstest\F[]
     32vfstest
    18333is a small command line utility that has the ability to test dso samba VFS modules\&. It gives the user the ability to call the various VFS functions manually and supports cascaded VFS modules\&.
    18434.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    21161.sp
    21262Note that specifying this parameter here will override the
    213 \m[blue]\fBlog level\fR\m[]
     63\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    21464parameter in the
    215 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     65smb\&.conf
    21666file\&.
    21767.RE
    21868.PP
    219 \-V
     69\-V|\-\-version
    22070.RS 4
    22171Prints the program version number\&.
    22272.RE
    22373.PP
    224 \-s <configuration file>
     74\-s|\-\-configfile <configuration file>
    22575.RS 4
    22676The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    227 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     77smb\&.conf
    22878for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    22979.RE
    … …  
    24797.IP \(bu 2.3
    24898.\}
    249 \FCload <module\&.so>\F[]
     99load <module\&.so>
    250100\- Load specified VFS module
    251101.RE
    … …  
    259109.IP \(bu 2.3
    260110.\}
    261 \FCpopulate <char> <size>\F[]
     111populate <char> <size>
    262112\- Populate a data buffer with the specified data
    263113.RE
    … …  
    271121.IP \(bu 2.3
    272122.\}
    273 \FCshowdata [<offset> <len>]\F[]
     123showdata [<offset> <len>]
    274124\- Show data currently in data buffer
    275125.RE
    … …  
    283133.IP \(bu 2.3
    284134.\}
    285 \FCconnect\F[]
     135connect
    286136\- VFS connect()
    287137.RE
    … …  
    295145.IP \(bu 2.3
    296146.\}
    297 \FCdisconnect\F[]
     147disconnect
    298148\- VFS disconnect()
    299149.RE
    … …  
    307157.IP \(bu 2.3
    308158.\}
    309 \FCdisk_free\F[]
     159disk_free
    310160\- VFS disk_free()
    311161.RE
    … …  
    319169.IP \(bu 2.3
    320170.\}
    321 \FCopendir\F[]
     171opendir
    322172\- VFS opendir()
    323173.RE
    … …  
    331181.IP \(bu 2.3
    332182.\}
    333 \FCreaddir\F[]
     183readdir
    334184\- VFS readdir()
    335185.RE
    … …  
    343193.IP \(bu 2.3
    344194.\}
    345 \FCmkdir\F[]
     195mkdir
    346196\- VFS mkdir()
    347197.RE
    … …  
    355205.IP \(bu 2.3
    356206.\}
    357 \FCrmdir\F[]
     207rmdir
    358208\- VFS rmdir()
    359209.RE
    … …  
    367217.IP \(bu 2.3
    368218.\}
    369 \FCclosedir\F[]
     219closedir
    370220\- VFS closedir()
    371221.RE
    … …  
    379229.IP \(bu 2.3
    380230.\}
    381 \FCopen\F[]
     231open
    382232\- VFS open()
    383233.RE
    … …  
    391241.IP \(bu 2.3
    392242.\}
    393 \FCclose\F[]
     243close
    394244\- VFS close()
    395245.RE
    … …  
    403253.IP \(bu 2.3
    404254.\}
    405 \FCread\F[]
     255read
    406256\- VFS read()
    407257.RE
    … …  
    415265.IP \(bu 2.3
    416266.\}
    417 \FCwrite\F[]
     267write
    418268\- VFS write()
    419269.RE
    … …  
    427277.IP \(bu 2.3
    428278.\}
    429 \FClseek\F[]
     279lseek
    430280\- VFS lseek()
    431281.RE
    … …  
    439289.IP \(bu 2.3
    440290.\}
    441 \FCrename\F[]
     291rename
    442292\- VFS rename()
    443293.RE
    … …  
    451301.IP \(bu 2.3
    452302.\}
    453 \FCfsync\F[]
     303fsync
    454304\- VFS fsync()
    455305.RE
    … …  
    463313.IP \(bu 2.3
    464314.\}
    465 \FCstat\F[]
     315stat
    466316\- VFS stat()
    467317.RE
    … …  
    475325.IP \(bu 2.3
    476326.\}
    477 \FCfstat\F[]
     327fstat
    478328\- VFS fstat()
    479329.RE
    … …  
    487337.IP \(bu 2.3
    488338.\}
    489 \FClstat\F[]
     339lstat
    490340\- VFS lstat()
    491341.RE
    … …  
    499349.IP \(bu 2.3
    500350.\}
    501 \FCunlink\F[]
     351unlink
    502352\- VFS unlink()
    503353.RE
    … …  
    511361.IP \(bu 2.3
    512362.\}
    513 \FCchmod\F[]
     363chmod
    514364\- VFS chmod()
    515365.RE
    … …  
    523373.IP \(bu 2.3
    524374.\}
    525 \FCfchmod\F[]
     375fchmod
    526376\- VFS fchmod()
    527377.RE
    … …  
    535385.IP \(bu 2.3
    536386.\}
    537 \FCchown\F[]
     387chown
    538388\- VFS chown()
    539389.RE
    … …  
    547397.IP \(bu 2.3
    548398.\}
    549 \FCfchown\F[]
     399fchown
    550400\- VFS fchown()
    551401.RE
    … …  
    559409.IP \(bu 2.3
    560410.\}
    561 \FCchdir\F[]
     411chdir
    562412\- VFS chdir()
    563413.RE
    … …  
    571421.IP \(bu 2.3
    572422.\}
    573 \FCgetwd\F[]
     423getwd
    574424\- VFS getwd()
    575425.RE
    … …  
    583433.IP \(bu 2.3
    584434.\}
    585 \FCutime\F[]
     435utime
    586436\- VFS utime()
    587437.RE
    … …  
    595445.IP \(bu 2.3
    596446.\}
    597 \FCftruncate\F[]
     447ftruncate
    598448\- VFS ftruncate()
    599449.RE
    … …  
    607457.IP \(bu 2.3
    608458.\}
    609 \FClock\F[]
     459lock
    610460\- VFS lock()
    611461.RE
    … …  
    619469.IP \(bu 2.3
    620470.\}
    621 \FCsymlink\F[]
     471symlink
    622472\- VFS symlink()
    623473.RE
    … …  
    631481.IP \(bu 2.3
    632482.\}
    633 \FCreadlink\F[]
     483readlink
    634484\- VFS readlink()
    635485.RE
    … …  
    643493.IP \(bu 2.3
    644494.\}
    645 \FClink\F[]
     495link
    646496\- VFS link()
    647497.RE
    … …  
    655505.IP \(bu 2.3
    656506.\}
    657 \FCmknod\F[]
     507mknod
    658508\- VFS mknod()
    659509.RE
    … …  
    667517.IP \(bu 2.3
    668518.\}
    669 \FCrealpath\F[]
     519realpath
    670520\- VFS realpath()
    671521.sp
    … …  
    682532.IP \(bu 2.3
    683533.\}
    684 \FCconf <smb\&.conf>\F[]
     534conf <smb\&.conf>
    685535\- Load a different configuration file
    686536.RE
    … …  
    694544.IP \(bu 2.3
    695545.\}
    696 \FChelp [<command>]\F[]
     546help [<command>]
    697547\- Get list of commands or info about specified command
    698548.RE
    … …  
    706556.IP \(bu 2.3
    707557.\}
    708 \FCdebuglevel <level>\F[]
     558debuglevel <level>
    709559\- Set debug level
    710560.RE
    … …  
    718568.IP \(bu 2.3
    719569.\}
    720 \FCfreemem\F[]
     570freemem
    721571\- Free memory currently in use
    722572.RE
    … …  
    730580.IP \(bu 2.3
    731581.\}
    732 \FCexit\F[]
     582exit
    733583\- Exit vfstest
    734584.SH "VERSION"

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/wbinfo.1

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: wbinfo
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: User Commands
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "WBINFO" "1" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "WBINFO" "1" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "User Commands"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022wbinfo \- Query information from winbind daemon
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCwbinfo\F[] [\-a\ user%password] [\-\-all\-domains] [\-\-allocate\-gid] [\-\-allocate\-uid] [\-D\ domain] [\-\-domain\ domain] [\-g] [\-\-getdcname\ domain] [\-\-get\-auth\-user] [\-G\ gid] [\-h] [\-i\ user] [\-I\ ip] [\-K\ user%password] [\-m] [\-n\ name] [\-N\ netbios\-name] [\-\-own\-domain] [\-p] [\-r\ user] [\-\-remove\-uid\-mapping\ uid,sid] [\-\-remove\-gid\-mapping\ gid,sid] [\-s\ sid] [\-\-separator] [\-\-sequence] [\-\-set\-auth\-user\ user%password] [\-\-set\-uid\-mapping\ uid,sid] [\-\-set\-gid\-mapping\ gid,sid] [\-S\ sid] [\-t] [\-u] [\-\-uid\-info\ uid] [\-\-user\-domgroups\ sid] [\-\-user\-sids\ sid] [\-U\ uid] [\-V] [\-Y\ sid] [\-\-verbose]
    175 .fam
     25wbinfo [\-a\ user%password] [\-\-all\-domains] [\-\-allocate\-gid] [\-\-allocate\-uid] [\-D\ domain] [\-\-domain\ domain] [\-g] [\-\-getdcname\ domain] [\-\-get\-auth\-user] [\-G\ gid] [\-h] [\-i\ user] [\-I\ ip] [\-K\ user%password] [\-m] [\-n\ name] [\-N\ netbios\-name] [\-\-own\-domain] [\-p] [\-r\ user] [\-\-remove\-uid\-mapping\ uid,sid] [\-\-remove\-gid\-mapping\ gid,sid] [\-s\ sid] [\-\-separator] [\-\-sequence] [\-\-set\-auth\-user\ user%password] [\-\-set\-uid\-mapping\ uid,sid] [\-\-set\-gid\-mapping\ gid,sid] [\-S\ sid] [\-t] [\-u] [\-\-uid\-info\ uid] [\-\-user\-domgroups\ sid] [\-\-user\-sids\ sid] [\-U\ uid] [\-V] [\-Y\ sid] [\-\-verbose]
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18131.PP
    18232The
    183 \FCwbinfo\F[]
     33wbinfo
    18434program queries and returns information created and used by the
    18535\fBwinbindd\fR(8)
    … …  
    18939\fBwinbindd\fR(8)
    19040daemon must be configured and running for the
    191 \FCwbinfo\F[]
     41wbinfo
    19242program to be able to return information\&.
    19343.SH "OPTIONS"
    … …  
    20050.\}
    20151.RS 4
    202 .BM yellow
    20352.it 1 an-trap
    20453.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    21261\fBntlm_auth\fR(1)\&.
    21362.sp .5v
    214 .EM yellow
    21563.RE
    21664.RE
    … …  
    432280.RE
    433281.PP
    434 \-V
     282\-V|\-\-version
    435283.RS 4
    436284Prints the program version number\&.
    … …  
    446294\fBwinbindd\fR(8)
    447295daemon is not working
    448 \FCwbinfo\F[]
     296wbinfo
    449297will always return failure\&.
    450298.SH "VERSION"
    … …  
    460308The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell\&. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed\&.
    461309.PP
    462 \FCwbinfo\F[]
     310wbinfo
    463311and
    464 \FCwinbindd\F[]
     312winbindd
    465313were written by Tim Potter\&.
    466314.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/winbind_krb5_locator.7

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: winbind_krb5_locator
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: 7
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "WINBIND_KRB5_LOCATOR" "7" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "7"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "WINBIND_KRB5_LOCATOR" "7" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "7"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022winbind_krb5_locator \- A plugin for MIT and Heimdal Kerberos for detecting KDCs using Windows semantics\&.
    17123.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    … …  
    17628.PP
    17729
    178 \FCwinbind_krb5_locator\F[]
     30winbind_krb5_locator
    17931is a plugin that permits MIT and Heimdal Kerberos libraries to detect Kerberos Servers (for the KDC and kpasswd service) using the same semantics that other tools of the Samba suite use\&. This include site\-aware DNS service record lookups and caching of closest dc\&. The plugin uses the public locator API provided by most modern Kerberos implementations\&.
    18032.SH "PREREQUISITES"
    … …  
    18739.PP
    18840The
    189 \FCwinbind_krb5_locator\&.so\F[]
     41winbind_krb5_locator\&.so
    19042file needs to be manually copied to the plugin directory of the system Kerberos library\&. For MIT Kerberos this is often:
    191 \FC/usr/lib/krb5/plugins/libkrb5/\F[]\&. For Heimdal Kerberos this is often:
    192 \FC/usr/lib/plugin/krb5/\F[]\&. Please check your local Kerberos installation for the correct paths\&. No modification in
    193 \FC/etc/krb5\&.conf\F[]
     43/usr/lib/krb5/plugins/libkrb5/\&. For Heimdal Kerberos this is often:
     44/usr/lib/plugin/krb5/\&. Please check your local Kerberos installation for the correct paths\&. No modification in
     45/etc/krb5\&.conf
    19446is required to enable the use of this plugin\&.
    19547.PP
    19648After copying the locator plugin to the appropriate plugin directory it should immediately be available for use\&. Users should be able to kinit into their kerberized Windows environment without any modification or servers being put manually into
    197 \FC/etc/krb5\&.conf\F[]\&.
     49/etc/krb5\&.conf\&.
    19850.SH "VERSION"
    19951.PP

  • branches/samba-3.3.x/docs/manpages/winbindd.8

    r342 r368  
     1'\" t
    12.\"     Title: winbindd
    23.\"    Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section]
    3 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.74.0 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
    4 .\"      Date: 10/12/2009
     4.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.75.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/>
     5.\"      Date: 01/14/2010
    56.\"    Manual: System Administration tools
    67.\"    Source: Samba 3.3
    78.\"  Language: English
    89.\"
    9 .TH "WINBINDD" "8" "10/12/2009" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    10 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    11 .\" * (re)Define some macros
    12 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    13 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    14 .\" toupper - uppercase a string (locale-aware)
    15 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    16 .de toupper
    17 .tr aAbBcCdDeEfFgGhHiIjJkKlLmMnNoOpPqQrRsStTuUvVwWxXyYzZ
    18 \\$*
    19 .tr aabbccddeeffgghhiijjkkllmmnnooppqqrrssttuuvvwwxxyyzz
    20 ..
    21 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    22 .\" SH-xref - format a cross-reference to an SH section
    23 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    24 .de SH-xref
    25 .ie n \{\
    26 .\}
    27 .toupper \\$*
    28 .el \{\
    29 \\$*
    30 .\}
    31 ..
    32 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    33 .\" SH - level-one heading that works better for non-TTY output
    34 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    35 .de1 SH
    36 .\" put an extra blank line of space above the head in non-TTY output
    37 .if t \{\
    38 .sp 1
    39 .\}
    40 .sp \\n[PD]u
    41 .nr an-level 1
    42 .set-an-margin
    43 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    44 .fi
    45 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    46 .ti 0
    47 .HTML-TAG ".NH \\n[an-level]"
    48 .it 1 an-trap
    49 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    50 .nr an-break-flag 1
    51 \." make the size of the head bigger
    52 .ps +3
    53 .ft B
    54 .ne (2v + 1u)
    55 .ie n \{\
    56 .\" if n (TTY output), use uppercase
    57 .toupper \\$*
    58 .\}
    59 .el \{\
    60 .nr an-break-flag 0
    61 .\" if not n (not TTY), use normal case (not uppercase)
    62 \\$1
    63 .in \\n[an-margin]u
    64 .ti 0
    65 .\" if not n (not TTY), put a border/line under subheading
    66 .sp -.6
    67 \l'\n(.lu'
    68 .\}
    69 ..
    70 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    71 .\" SS - level-two heading that works better for non-TTY output
    72 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    73 .de1 SS
    74 .sp \\n[PD]u
    75 .nr an-level 1
    76 .set-an-margin
    77 .nr an-prevailing-indent \\n[IN]
    78 .fi
    79 .in \\n[IN]u
    80 .ti \\n[SN]u
    81 .it 1 an-trap
    82 .nr an-no-space-flag 1
    83 .nr an-break-flag 1
    84 .ps \\n[PS-SS]u
    85 \." make the size of the head bigger
    86 .ps +2
    87 .ft B
    88 .ne (2v + 1u)
    89 .if \\n[.$] \&\\$*
    90 ..
    91 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    92 .\" BB/BE - put background/screen (filled box) around block of text
    93 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    94 .de BB
    95 .if t \{\
    96 .sp -.5
    97 .br
    98 .in +2n
    99 .ll -2n
    100 .gcolor red
    101 .di BX
    102 .\}
    103 ..
    104 .de EB
    105 .if t \{\
    106 .if "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    107 .sp -1
    108 .\}
    109 .br
    110 .di
    111 .in
    112 .ll
    113 .gcolor
    114 .nr BW \\n(.lu-\\n(.i
    115 .nr BH \\n(dn+.5v
    116 .ne \\n(BHu+.5v
    117 .ie "\\$2"adjust-for-leading-newline" \{\
    118 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'+.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    119 .\}
    120 .el \{\
    121 \M[\\$1]\h'1n'\v'-.5v'\D'P \\n(BWu 0 0 \\n(BHu -\\n(BWu 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    122 .\}
    123 .in 0
    124 .sp -.5v
    125 .nf
    126 .BX
    127 .in
    128 .sp .5v
    129 .fi
    130 .\}
    131 ..
    132 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    133 .\" BM/EM - put colored marker in margin next to block of text
    134 .\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
    135 .de BM
    136 .if t \{\
    137 .br
    138 .ll -2n
    139 .gcolor red
    140 .di BX
    141 .\}
    142 ..
    143 .de EM
    144 .if t \{\
    145 .br
    146 .di
    147 .ll
    148 .gcolor
    149 .nr BH \\n(dn
    150 .ne \\n(BHu
    151 \M[\\$1]\D'P -.75n 0 0 \\n(BHu -(\\n[.i]u - \\n(INu - .75n) 0 0 -\\n(BHu'\M[]
    152 .in 0
    153 .nf
    154 .BX
    155 .in
    156 .fi
    157 .\}
    158 ..
     10.TH "WINBINDD" "8" "01/14/2010" "Samba 3\&.3" "System Administration tools"
    15911.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    16012.\" * set default formatting
    … …  
    16719.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE *
    16820.\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
    169 .SH "Name"
     21.SH "NAME"
    17022winbindd \- Name Service Switch daemon for resolving names from NT servers
    171 .SH "Synopsis"
    172 .fam C
     23.SH "SYNOPSIS"
    17324.HP \w'\ 'u
    174 \FCwinbindd\F[] [\-D] [\-F] [\-S] [\-i] [\-Y] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-n]
    175 .fam
     25winbindd [\-D] [\-F] [\-S] [\-i] [\-Y] [\-d\ <debug\ level>] [\-s\ <smb\ config\ file>] [\-n]
    17626.SH "DESCRIPTION"
    17727.PP
    … …  
    18030suite\&.
    18131.PP
    182 \FCwinbindd\F[]
     32winbindd
    18333is a daemon that provides a number of services to the Name Service Switch capability found in most modern C libraries, to arbitrary applications via PAM and
    184 \FCntlm_auth\F[]
     34ntlm_auth
    18535and to Samba itself\&.
    18636.PP
    18737Even if winbind is not used for nsswitch, it still provides a service to
    188 \FCsmbd\F[],
    189 \FCntlm_auth\F[]
     38smbd,
     39ntlm_auth
    19040and the
    191 \FCpam_winbind\&.so\F[]
     41pam_winbind\&.so
    19242PAM module, by managing connections to domain controllers\&. In this configuraiton the
    19343\m[blue]\fBidmap uid\fR\m[]
    … …  
    19747.PP
    19848The Name Service Switch allows user and system information to be obtained from different databases services such as NIS or DNS\&. The exact behaviour can be configured throught the
    199 \FC/etc/nsswitch\&.conf\F[]
     49/etc/nsswitch\&.conf
    20050file\&. Users and groups are allocated as they are resolved to a range of user and group ids specified by the administrator of the Samba system\&.
    20151.PP
    20252The service provided by
    203 \FCwinbindd\F[]
     53winbindd
    20454is called `winbind\' and can be used to resolve user and group information from a Windows NT server\&. The service can also provide authentication services via an associated PAM module\&.
    20555.PP
    20656The
    207 \FCpam_winbind\F[]
     57pam_winbind
    20858module supports the
    20959\fIauth\fR,
    … …  
    21464\fIaccount\fR
    21565module simply performs a getpwnam() to verify that the system can obtain a uid for the user, as the domain controller has already performed access control\&. If the
    216 \FClibnss_winbind\F[]
     66libnss_winbind
    21767library has been correctly installed, or an alternate source of names configured, this should always succeed\&.
    21868.PP
    … …  
    22272.RS 4
    22373If specified, this parameter causes the server to operate as a daemon\&. That is, it detaches itself and runs in the background on the appropriate port\&. This switch is assumed if
    224 \FCwinbindd\F[]
     74winbindd
    22575is executed on the command line of a shell\&.
    22676.RE
    … …  
    22979.RS 4
    23080This feature is only available on IRIX\&. User information traditionally stored in the
    231 \FChosts(5)\F[]
     81hosts(5)
    23282file and used by
    233 \FCgethostbyname(3)\F[]
     83gethostbyname(3)
    23484functions\&. Names are resolved through the WINS server or by broadcast\&.
    23585.RE
    … …  
    23888.RS 4
    23989User information traditionally stored in the
    240 \FCpasswd(5)\F[]
     90passwd(5)
    24191file and used by
    242 \FCgetpwent(3)\F[]
     92getpwent(3)
    24393functions\&.
    24494.RE
    … …  
    24797.RS 4
    24898Group information traditionally stored in the
    249 \FCgroup(5)\F[]
     99group(5)
    250100file and used by
    251 \FCgetgrent(3)\F[]
     101getgrent(3)
    252102functions\&.
    253103.RE
    254104.PP
    255105For example, the following simple configuration in the
    256 \FC/etc/nsswitch\&.conf\F[]
     106/etc/nsswitch\&.conf
    257107file can be used to initially resolve user and group information from
    258 \FC/etc/passwd \F[]
     108/etc/passwd
    259109and
    260 \FC/etc/group\F[]
     110/etc/group
    261111and then from the Windows NT server\&.
    262112.sp
    … …  
    264114.RS 4
    265115.\}
    266 .fam C
    267 .ps -1
    268116.nf
    269 .if t \{\
    270 .sp -1
    271 .\}
    272 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    273 .sp -1
    274 
    275117passwd:         files winbind
    276118group:          files winbind
    … …  
    280122hosts:          files dns wins
    281123
    282 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    283 .if t \{\
    284 .sp 1
    285 .\}
    286124.fi
    287 .fam
    288 .ps +1
    289125.if n \{\
    290126.RE
    … …  
    292128.PP
    293129The following simple configuration in the
    294 \FC/etc/nsswitch\&.conf\F[]
     130/etc/nsswitch\&.conf
    295131file can be used to initially resolve hostnames from
    296 \FC/etc/hosts\F[]
     132/etc/hosts
    297133and then from the WINS server\&.
    298134.sp
    … …  
    300136.RS 4
    301137.\}
    302 .fam C
    303 .ps -1
    304138.nf
    305 .if t \{\
    306 .sp -1
    307 .\}
    308 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    309 .sp -1
    310 
    311139hosts:          files wins
    312 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    313 .if t \{\
    314 .sp 1
    315 .\}
    316140.fi
    317 .fam
    318 .ps +1
    319141.if n \{\
    320142.RE
    … …  
    325147.RS 4
    326148If specified, this parameter causes the main
    327 \FCwinbindd\F[]
     149winbindd
    328150process to not daemonize, i\&.e\&. double\-fork and disassociate with the terminal\&. Child processes are still created as normal to service each connection request, but the main process does not exit\&. This operation mode is suitable for running
    329 \FCwinbindd\F[]
     151winbindd
    330152under process supervisors such as
    331 \FCsupervise\F[]
     153supervise
    332154and
    333 \FCsvscan\F[]
     155svscan
    334156from Daniel J\&. Bernstein\'s
    335 \FCdaemontools\F[]
     157daemontools
    336158package, or the AIX process monitor\&.
    337159.RE
    … …  
    340162.RS 4
    341163If specified, this parameter causes
    342 \FCwinbindd\F[]
     164winbindd
    343165to log to standard output rather than a file\&.
    344166.RE
    … …  
    354176.sp
    355177Note that specifying this parameter here will override the
    356 \m[blue]\fBlog level\fR\m[]
     178\m[blue]\fB\%smb.conf.5.html#\fR\m[]
    357179parameter in the
    358 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     180smb\&.conf
    359181file\&.
    360182.RE
    361183.PP
    362 \-V
     184\-V|\-\-version
    363185.RS 4
    364186Prints the program version number\&.
    365187.RE
    366188.PP
    367 \-s <configuration file>
     189\-s|\-\-configfile <configuration file>
    368190.RS 4
    369191The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server\&. The information in this file includes server\-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide\&. See
    370 \FCsmb\&.conf\F[]
     192smb\&.conf
    371193for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&.
    372194.RE
    … …  
    387209.RS 4
    388210Tells
    389 \FCwinbindd\F[]
     211winbindd
    390212to not become a daemon and detach from the current terminal\&. This option is used by developers when interactive debugging of
    391 \FCwinbindd\F[]
     213winbindd
    392214is required\&.
    393 \FCwinbindd\F[]
     215winbindd
    394216also logs to standard output, as if the
    395 \FC\-S\F[]
     217\-S
    396218parameter had been given\&.
    397219.RE
    … …  
    409231.PP
    410232Users and groups on a Windows NT server are assigned a security id (SID) which is globally unique when the user or group is created\&. To convert the Windows NT user or group into a unix user or group, a mapping between SIDs and unix user and group ids is required\&. This is one of the jobs that
    411 \FC winbindd\F[]
     233winbindd
    412234performs\&.
    413235.PP
    … …  
    418240.PP
    419241Configuration of the
    420 \FCwinbindd\F[]
     242winbindd
    421243daemon is done through configuration parameters in the
    422244\fBsmb.conf\fR(5)
    … …  
    559381.PP
    560382In
    561 \FC/etc/nsswitch\&.conf\F[]
     383/etc/nsswitch\&.conf
    562384put the following:
    563385.sp
    … …  
    565387.RS 4
    566388.\}
    567 .fam C
    568 .ps -1
    569389.nf
    570 .if t \{\
    571 .sp -1
    572 .\}
    573 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    574 .sp -1
    575 
    576390passwd: files winbind
    577391group:  files winbind
    578 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    579 .if t \{\
    580 .sp 1
    581 .\}
    582392.fi
    583 .fam
    584 .ps +1
    585393.if n \{\
    586394.RE
    … …  
    588396.PP
    589397In
    590 \FC/etc/pam\&.d/*\F[]
     398/etc/pam\&.d/*
    591399replace the
    592400\fI auth\fR
    … …  
    596404.RS 4
    597405.\}
    598 .fam C
    599 .ps -1
    600406.nf
    601 .if t \{\
    602 .sp -1
    603 .\}
    604 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    605 .sp -1
    606 
    607407auth  required    /lib/security/pam_securetty\&.so
    608408auth  required    /lib/security/pam_nologin\&.so
    … …  
    610410auth  required    /lib/security/pam_unix\&.so \e
    611411                  use_first_pass shadow nullok
    612 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    613 .if t \{\
    614 .sp 1
    615 .\}
    616412.fi
    617 .fam
    618 .ps +1
    619 .if n \{\
    620 .RE
    621 .\}
    622 .sp
    623 .if n \{\
    624 .sp
    625 .\}
    626 .RS 4
    627 .BM yellow
     413.if n \{\
     414.RE
     415.\}
     416.sp
     417.if n \{\
     418.sp
     419.\}
     420.RS 4
    628421.it 1 an-trap
    629422.nr an-no-space-flag 1
    … …  
    637430The PAM module pam_unix has recently replaced the module pam_pwdb\&. Some Linux systems use the module pam_unix2 in place of pam_unix\&.
    638431.sp .5v
    639 .EM yellow
    640432.RE
    641433.PP
    … …  
    648440Now replace the account lines with this:
    649441.PP
    650 \FCaccount required /lib/security/pam_winbind\&.so \F[]
     442account required /lib/security/pam_winbind\&.so
    651443.PP
    652444The next step is to join the domain\&. To do that use the
    653 \FCnet\F[]
     445net
    654446program like this:
    655447.PP
    656 \FCnet join \-S PDC \-U Administrator\F[]
     448net join \-S PDC \-U Administrator
    657449.PP
    658450The username after the
    … …  
    661453.PP
    662454Next copy
    663 \FClibnss_winbind\&.so\F[]
     455libnss_winbind\&.so
    664456to
    665 \FC/lib\F[]
     457/lib
    666458and
    667 \FCpam_winbind\&.so \F[]
     459pam_winbind\&.so
    668460to
    669 \FC/lib/security\F[]\&. A symbolic link needs to be made from
    670 \FC/lib/libnss_winbind\&.so\F[]
     461/lib/security\&. A symbolic link needs to be made from
     462/lib/libnss_winbind\&.so
    671463to
    672 \FC/lib/libnss_winbind\&.so\&.2\F[]\&. If you are using an older version of glibc then the target of the link should be
    673 \FC/lib/libnss_winbind\&.so\&.1\F[]\&.
     464/lib/libnss_winbind\&.so\&.2\&. If you are using an older version of glibc then the target of the link should be
     465/lib/libnss_winbind\&.so\&.1\&.
    674466.PP
    675467Finally, setup a
    … …  
    680472.RS 4
    681473.\}
    682 .fam C
    683 .ps -1
    684474.nf
    685 .if t \{\
    686 .sp -1
    687 .\}
    688 .BB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    689 .sp -1
    690 
    691475[global]
    692476        winbind separator = +
    … …  
    699483        security = domain
    700484        password server = *
    701 .EB lightgray adjust-for-leading-newline
    702 .if t \{\
    703 .sp 1
    704 .\}
    705485.fi
    706 .fam
    707 .ps +1
    708486.if n \{\
    709487.RE
    … …  
    711489.PP
    712490Now start winbindd and you should find that your user and group database is expanded to include your NT users and groups, and that you can login to your unix box as a domain user, using the DOMAIN+user syntax for the username\&. You may wish to use the commands
    713 \FCgetent passwd\F[]
     491getent passwd
    714492and
    715 \FCgetent group \F[]
     493getent group
    716494to confirm the correct operation of winbindd\&.
    717495.SH "NOTES"
    718496.PP
    719497The following notes are useful when configuring and running
    720 \FCwinbindd\F[]:
     498winbindd:
    721499.PP
    722500\fBnmbd\fR(8)
    723501must be running on the local machine for
    724 \FCwinbindd\F[]
     502winbindd
    725503to work\&.
    726504.PP
    … …  
    728506.PP
    729507If more than one UNIX machine is running
    730 \FCwinbindd\F[], then in general the user and groups ids allocated by winbindd will not be the same\&. The user and group ids will only be valid for the local machine, unless a shared
     508winbindd, then in general the user and groups ids allocated by winbindd will not be the same\&. The user and group ids will only be valid for the local machine, unless a shared
    731509\m[blue]\fBidmap backend\fR\m[]
    732510is configured\&.
    … …  
    736514.PP
    737515The following signals can be used to manipulate the
    738 \FCwinbindd\F[]
     516winbindd
    739517daemon\&.
    740518.PP
    … …  
    749527.RS 4
    750528The SIGUSR2 signal will cause
    751 \FC winbindd\F[]
     529winbindd
    752530to write status information to the winbind log file\&.
    753531.sp
    … …  
    756534.SH "FILES"
    757535.PP
    758 \FC/etc/nsswitch\&.conf(5)\F[]
     536/etc/nsswitch\&.conf(5)
    759537.RS 4
    760538Name service switch configuration file\&.
    … …  
    764542.RS 4
    765543The UNIX pipe over which clients communicate with the
    766 \FCwinbindd\F[]
     544winbindd
    767545program\&. For security reasons, the winbind client will only attempt to connect to the winbindd daemon if both the
    768 \FC/tmp/\&.winbindd\F[]
     546/tmp/\&.winbindd
    769547directory and
    770 \FC/tmp/\&.winbindd/pipe\F[]
     548/tmp/\&.winbindd/pipe
    771549file are owned by root\&.
    772550.RE
    … …  
    775553.RS 4
    776554The UNIX pipe over which \'privileged\' clients communicate with the
    777 \FCwinbindd\F[]
     555winbindd
    778556program\&. For security reasons, access to some winbindd functions \- like those needed by the
    779 \FCntlm_auth\F[]
     557ntlm_auth
    780558utility \- is restricted\&. By default, only users in the \'root\' group will get this access, however the administrator may change the group permissions on $LOCKDIR/winbindd_privileged to allow programs like \'squid\' to use ntlm_auth\&. Note that the winbind client will only attempt to connect to the winbindd daemon if both the
    781 \FC$LOCKDIR/winbindd_privileged\F[]
     559$LOCKDIR/winbindd_privileged
    782560directory and
    783 \FC$LOCKDIR/winbindd_privileged/pipe\F[]
     561$LOCKDIR/winbindd_privileged/pipe
    784562file are owned by root\&.
    785563.RE
    … …  
    795573\fI\-\-with\-lockdir\fR
    796574option\&. This directory is by default
    797 \FC/usr/local/samba/var/locks \F[]\&.
     575/usr/local/samba/var/locks\&.
    798576.RE
    799577.PP
    … …  
    807585.SH "SEE ALSO"
    808586.PP
    809 \FCnsswitch\&.conf(5)\F[],
     587nsswitch\&.conf(5),
    810588\fBsamba\fR(7),
    811589\fBwbinfo\fR(1),
    … …  
    817595The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell\&. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed\&.
    818596.PP
    819 \FCwbinfo\F[]
     597wbinfo
    820598and
    821 \FCwinbindd\F[]
     599winbindd
    822600were written by Tim Potter\&.
    823601.PP
Note: See TracChangeset for help on using the changeset viewer.